' tay ie ah WEA nat 9 pals sath ? de ni Ha i batt A Sa the it} ITU eRe iy M, uy Heidi, af) Olt cart aS eat ive vi ih) ae Ui \j)) , Any ‘ ( at ) it hal) +) j UH NI "> ' ' vj He at Hii atinnial ih Peri At LAN i} i) } yh yy striae iis eta tetneita i. i) sh itt gies + Carine Rigen nt nih el i nih iH Ay eit i Hi iy! Init My) ie Hub Mea i, Pil etyta vinane tl WVU fal Raita Ta Hit) vane hil etait { bt > a e SS FF ae ‘lll _ btn. oO wea —— >, . oO — : ys % ATCA A ps wort i lt E KIN wt ew IMCS Slew reel g asa . £ wh we wage? wre af tit TL betwee | | LETT) Cals " Ww go , Litt SIN NO gy ree Se” Ben ae ee . ; : 5 ¥ Preres ; bh dell ww 5 ; yy baw Ch 1K Wes” a tt alt warceetty Ns Shed ~ Vey ait= w “ ro PRAT | | is | ap NALS toate 5 oN Sa PT anneal "a Woe wwe wy veyer, yy bik ~ ail NA we, | Sty YY! Wd aritey woo Ue ea HAA; HTT Lov v | L | | he chee we wae é ited aan eee et Vegntn,. AS te ”, ai th] : ta Hy % w i ichehe acaba toh meeecees aetna. | pe we Awe oavseeave P SS Vela Hneragne ei TT FA jae ‘83 "Ns oat ipa | PLAT Aa NITY one SEG ? ue ‘ as w ~.- S : | y i “\ . oe om 3 Lhlh d aden NRE ran v. x way woes nee = th Wuyi ° Pe ‘ w vw Mrvmew 4 On 'e ry Orit + = WV / wet OWN itr Lk see a Vey AWA ve ve Nee NN tn hea Oe x my & wee Vv emeene mg lt eM Tah, = gece, ~ moe : Sm ie itu "9 reir: Jy APR) e Then Z Sy — \* ' mnt teva” Seen 2525233 : ng MIS TIA innin sired | eet * peter a - vw! Putri: Were lo, Tr D TET bel ht athe ~~ - Ath ik to TAL em es & ir S Jeages ; Pa ebay oe assy J de yee - Sie r be, Fare RAL rt et ee tyes epee Peel i eee WYN IMI Tee SStrea z SD hhdehel geeee, ong hha a VM g Tet geome Mere eee NO “net SE Toh Ne ft] 7 wv Veu.! DAG Se Fes Vip f ores Sl : ser. ‘ag. ve wow z i ‘e . teh eee aires ene PA ni jal Nh npdireeernr ii Phy 14 fd TiS dond , : pr ~ aye wre Wu re 3S: = Vuyruvtyvd yew veweastteth Ee we Lede : Neer bt = eeereraeed wry i] Vy erty Til i. Peneeeeeee es tpecca~-adnelhe ss | WY ae ] f i i} Wry uu | ~ vuvend : Rr wee et : Minette ray iW, | a Nw we * Lose! i M4 ree ii. Wy we 4 Weimer erat vee iene Thee lt 7 idshht Leb earn ee ea hed pe? on en 3 * ee atienanne? TP ath eed w,Y = 4 ; <= =, ath Se vie tae z 2 : | see ee |) sie Bitty cece ony \ | - ata ad bSsee Sev" . a. ¥ ow At ; : po Same ee . | Tae hae Ir. " PN) ine eae PRE AF | ge: a Va S ree guste ane OF Wt Tey ge a HH PON ain, WA ity ak we Wye eth Fas Ne : ; ~~ AG Ny ttere ge RATS A, ee Ne < 4 fies ” “s ical ona ms a] * is s oe 6 . ws ] s “gvtr Ps AE ‘y vege” Pa he is =H fy" eae V0 WaT EL ww, tions atk VE TT A COE e er eaatittt ) 5 mage lee rNOUN eee (ote gr ; Ve Nee VURTH % ver 1} ive worn ead adiee ite Wy oe ot " wie. Midd pag htt stades | bo} dete bl ave evwetil . | Wu TWeweEee eer ertrmen w (treo atta le Wy ratty | dnl A seer we oe ee et hat ws ae vw w& PEPE iE ie ll ay Verve ch Ae ai ne) i oO aad ater. wily , , ‘ | hg Serr uier CARATS OU pdne pda teh OR | BAS se wy : ai | sie ~ & Sone, a Lo Seg tM ; fe ey vo Mi tH. st Ne eet Pn cern = ne aay | Sea "pe yy we “i Stee gets Wh We Neves 1 56 me . renee we Lotel™] “ve, "wy \ ] odd Pl as =i pe ie z ( ate cent eal o : ‘ td tw ty” { Lae 1 . i b » ~Swhiptr Lie Cd — Ww 1 7 wit ” Nad acdc hah ll Peewee tet, a ai hh be davenrgi¥! eld Saad Se 4 eer wrerely eed aayntytys pine Veen tre Lee ee 4 { Veen: ery,” > del, dg dO Ag de . NR Tl Raed Tidal tll AA dS TLL Lye yd etgy te a ae iy AAV a poo nei thal Hi mist i) Sa - Phare yay etl, < “3 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS / ae IN c 2 5 GEOLOGY ANDREW C. LAWSON JOHN C. MERRIAM EDITORS VOLUME VII WITH 25 PLATES UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS BERKELEY 1912-1914 rT “ad aian £S VBR SAY Inetii, > 7, ‘a, bo . 20. eis CONTENTS The Minerals of Tonopah, Nevada, by Arthur 8. Hakle — 2... Pseudostratification in Santa Barbara County, California, by George WD avSwlbOUGIeT bac Ke mie, ces eetas see ec cacee soe oa sac cns nny Saeeseo te cours seu ee Recent Discoveries of Carnivora in the Pleistocene of Rancho La Brea, by John ©. Mierriann ..222occcccc2c2ccs sa cesca cece stceecs, eeccctectecceseesectenersene The Neocene Section at Kirker Pass on the North Side of Mount Dilablomiby Bruce: Uris Clear yee cee cece sae ce ss seen osc eeee en seen eee cee ee eee Contributions to Avian Palaeontology from the Pacific Coast Region of North America, by Loye Holmes Miller ...........20.220.20...2022--220---- Physiography and Structure of the Western El Paso Range and the Southern Sierra Nevada, by Charles Laurence Baker .......... Fauna from the Type Loeality of the Monterey Series in Cali- fornia, by Bruce Martin .......... Bere soeeee Seen! 2 at Oe OB See ee Pleistocene Rodents of California, o Louise Kellogg ............2...22 Tapir Remains from the Late Cenozoic Beds of the Pacifie Coast Inexeationat, Joye collin (Ol, Wilpewevinis haa) eee ree ee ere eee ee The Monterey Series in California, by George Davis Louderback .. Supplementary Notes on Fossil Sharks, by David Starr Jordan and ROP BEE MOS Bs) Wale eY2 Ue eee sn ee er ere red Ain Fauna of the Eocene at Marysville Buttes, California, by Roy E. DCR EES Ocean ee entre sais teas ete re eee OOS Nee CLA n ees oe ee eed y Notes on Scutella norrisi and Scutaster andersoni, by Robert W. L2G eee ee orate te EES oh eRe LO y The Skull and Dentition of a Camel from fhe Pleistocene of Rancho WGambneas bison (C2 Mierruenm) 22 cesseececcec-csecees eeeec cesses eceecene sees . The Petrographie Designation of Alluvial Fan Formations, by PST T Give © sumer, OI eee steak tas awe ee ane os Mears te ore orien nee A Peculiar Horn or Antler from the Mohave Miocene of Cali- aeOHeADEN,, |oie Ifoaual (Of MUS yesamles al, erry ere eee es ee ger eens ee Nothrotherium and Megalonyx from the Pleistocene of Southern @alhtommiareibweCHeESterm S00 Clay sess cce- oe eccseceeeeeet setcseeee sec -eeeeeesee ee | Notes on the Canid Genus Tephrocyon, by John C. Merriam .......... ‘ Vertebrate Fauna of the Orindan and Siestan Beds in Middle C@anliionmnid apm ivare) (0 ines © sme [e ty Tineesneee ce eseeenees tates ceeeeee wees eee ere es eeee ‘ Recent Observations on the Mode of Accumulation of the Pleistocene Bone Deposits of Rancho La Brea, by Reginald C. Stoner —...... 3 Preliminary Report on the Horses of Rancho La Brea, by John ree Vile Ter cin eee rte oe ares, Aosta De a el 2a ae ees eee eee No. 25. New Anchitheriine Horses from the Tertiary of the Great Basin Area, by: John ©), Merriam. _...... New Protohippine Horses from Tertiary Beds on the Western Border of the Mohave Desert, by John C. Merriam .................... Pleistocene Beds at Manix in the Eastern Mohave Desert Region, — by John Ps Buwalda. .....2...3 2 ee The Problem of Aquatic Adaptation in the Carnivora, as Illus- trated in the Osteology and Evolution of the Sea-Otter, by Walter P. Taylor 22... OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 2 | fag LETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF oe Pe GEOLOGY | a 3 is 0. 1, pp. 1-20, pls. 1-2 Issued May 17, 1912 Ber Ne ee ee ba aise oS NS Bra " ARTHUR S. EAKLE __ UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS at es ee BERKELEY — pres: “ee ‘ i Sa A okesnk or the: 1S be ee and Ethnolo ital Nee se | Education, Modern Phaplogy, eiloeeia [sy _ Psychology. "a ances. —Anprew C. Lawson and. Joun C. Apc Baitor Volumes 1 (pp. 435), II (pp. 450), IIL (pp. 475), IV (p pe bi completed. Volume VI {in progress). Cited as Univ. Calif. Eup. Bull. Dept. G Vol. 1, 1893- 1896, 435 pp., with 18 platen, price $3. 50, Bis, tise. this volume will be sent on request. f Nhe yee - . $ VOLUME 2. 1. The Geology of Point Sal, by Harold W. Fairbanks... 2. On Some Pliocene Ostracoda from near Berkeley, by Fr 3. Note on Two Tertiary Faunas from the Rocks of the So Island, by J. C. Merriam sae ere re Bae 4. The Distribution of the Neocene Sea-urchins of Middle a on the Classification of the Neocene Formati _ 5. The Geology of Point Reyes Peninsula, by _ 6. Some Aspects of Erosion in Relation to ai, niearici ers Smiithh, oc. Pees se 0 at ed ene. peer ee NN _ 7. A Topographie Study of the Islands Ge ar Gest pee nae | 8. The Geology of the Central Portion of the Isthmus of Panama, b 9. A Contribution to the Geology of the John Day Basin, by John 10. Mineralogical Notes, by Arthur S. Hakle....s.ccccccccccccccecccecesee ‘11. Contributions to the Mineralogy of California, by Walter C. B 12. The Berkeley Hills. A Detail of Coast Range Grploe yy by Andr __.~ @harles Palache ........ Lee Ae eee Ee iets Aan eee cS wen earner ean en nee ween ee nen n ee anew enna: t vi la oe “VOLUME. Chats ; bane © The Quaternary of Southern California, by Osear Hs Hershey _ 2. Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur S. Eak 8. The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of Be term 4 - Andrew C. Lawson . Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California ‘and vada, bys . The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Rei . Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, h peeormnasttes an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near oo pAndrew9G. (lawson (2...) ee 2 re ~ 9. Palacheite, by Arthur S. Eakl 10. Two New Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, by 0. - TA: A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of Califor: - . Nos. 10 and 11 in one cover........ 12. New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Tring ¢ of Ca. 13. Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Wal 14. The Pliocene and Quaternary pease et the Great : Jahn Gy. Merriam’ <).:..: Sees eae S: 15. The Geomorphogeny of the Upp r 16. A Note on the Fauna of the Lowe Miocene ¢ 17. The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, Se slot yippee oes seater oe eae ‘ 18. A New Geatraciony ‘Spine from 2 eae Fossil Egg from Arizona, b} Wm. Cong , 20. Euecratherium, a New Ungulate from the iliam J. Sinclair and ‘E. L, Furlong....... 1, A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of Californ 2 Bane River ort 0 of the Deleeas Basin, Gaus rn pS ry RO ween nw eee ne nnn en nen nnn eee ee, eo wennne UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 1-20, pls. 1-2 ‘ Issued May 17, 1912 THE MINERALS OF TONOPAH, NEVADA BY ARTHUR S. EAKLE CONTENTS : PAGE Genesishotethe minerals 2.025 2.22 s sg lessccseeesecectebicsstdccenensotstnseeres ieegectecscszaccunee 1 Onigimwotathen deposits: 222 ..2.cscss.2- a — ae ee te 1- 38, oe 30 6 ~ “BY GEORGE DAVIS LOUDERBACK eS r xP ‘ans Ne JUN 12 eG de = 0 Ns ee 2Honal Musews=~ UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS | BERKELEY sei es eations of learned societies and institutions, universities and libraries. Compl all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample c publications and other information, address the Manager of the University Press, California, U. S. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. S. A. Geology.—ANnpDREW C. LAWSON and JoHN C. Merriam, Hditors. Price per volume, § ae . The Distribution of the Neocene Sea-urchins of Middle California, and Its Bearing . The Geology of Point Reyes Peninsula, by F. M. Andersons... 2¢ . Some Aspects of Erosion in Relation to the Theory of the Peneplain, by W. 8S. _ . A Topographic Study of the Islands of Southern California, by W. S. Tangier Smith - »40e ~ . The Geology of the Central Portion of the Isthmus of Panama, by Oscar H. Hershey 30¢ . A Contribution to the Geology of the John Day Basin, by John C. Merriam . 385¢. .. Mineralogical Notes, by. Arthur S. “Halle... o_o... --ctedeceeceseeeeo> same eeenee eee . Contributions to the Mineralogy of California, by Walter C. Blasdale...................-.. . The Berkeley Hills. A Detail of Coast Range Geology, by Andrew C. Lawson and . Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur S. Hakle-.........2.ceeecc-ecceeeeeeeeeeee= . The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by . Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John C. Merriam . Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. Schaller HOD WONAP whe . The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. Lawson . The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew C. . A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. Evans . A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmon . Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of California, by — . A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam . The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar H. Hershey Notze.—The University of California Publications are offered in 1 BENDS: OTTO HARRASSOWITZ R. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN LEIPZIG BERLIN » Agent for the series in American Arch- Agent for the series in Americs aeology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, aeology and Ethnology, Botany, G Education, Modern Philology, Philosophy, Mathematics, Pathology, Phyae Psychology. Zoology, and Memoirs. Volumes 1 (pp. 435), IL (pp. 450), IIT (pp. 475), IV (pp. 462), V (pp. 448), ff completed. Volume VI (in progress). Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. Vol. 1, 1893-1896, 435 pp., with 18 plates, price $3.50. A list of the titles in — a this volume will be sent on request. VOLUME 2. . The’Geology of Point Sal, by Harold ‘W.. Fairbanks.....3.-.... 4 65. . On Some Pliocene Ostracoda from near Berkeley, by Frederick Chapman................- . Note on Two Tertiary Faunas from the Rocks of the Southern Coast of Vancouver Island, by Js ©. Merrbamtie.cc. cscs cscscsetct-epeencecetiet oh ce cete cette y aot nea on the Classification of the Neocene Formations, by John C. Merriam................ pe Tangver, Smith *u22.-2..---penceenepesesenensces eansedansbenedentonennapeteporc een vt Z ares sPaAlaChe jan. cceseockccccesacohensiecd ance tench Sent ie el ee en ae prvsseesccnneeecee VOLUME 3. The Quaternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey ...........220.220-12s2-:seeseseeeeeeee ‘ Amdrew Cy. Lia won. 2n.-.--2..2icece-ne ole neet geass cence soSe cine a sopen cae ent ae ae The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid... cccccoc-ec-cspeecenee ee a Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, by AmdrewC. Dawson. ....:228-cs.to cents scitenn tty tidbocenc,beenannsenosvettnerecSete coe = taaa ee ae a Palacheite;*by Arthur-S. Walkley. 25.22 cns sc. ope cen enact heen eee eee soe era . Two New Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, by O. P. Hay. . A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinelair. Nos. 10 and 11 im One COVED ::2is--n2cccceek neo ooo oe Pomme aw Pee nd oe . New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam... . Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller-..tccc.....-. . The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, by Jolin :CleMerr ia orc ape cen agree eee cee ape enna acc A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in-California, by John C. Merriam... LA WSOT. © nce cencecnce cl ecec anos cnntabbnedsabannve=-dndanten Deckcee ne bag ReEe aac anaes a eS ee ee eer William J. Sinclair rns Ae Dual Deel dnb ad Koya keee sees e eee oe eS Re eer oo eagos — a ee = F UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 2, pp. 21-38, pls. 3-6 Issued May 25, 1912 PSEUDOSTRATIFICATION IN SANTA BARBARA COUNTY, CALIFORNIA BY GEORGE DAVIS LOUDERBACK CONTENTS PAGE Stratification, its meaning and Origin -..........2---.c.-c-cecc-seeece eee eee eee 21 ES mCOs imei CablONe seescc.t7weceseessvvece cco SS et tcee cca ec Seeecereeeecoccs tee seesc estes ee soeeseseent 22 "ANS ETE NTE AS TSE oe ee 23 General nature of the formations involved ...........2.22..22..22::2:02::e00eeeeeeeeereeeeees 28 Occurrence and appearance of expoOSuTes ..............-.----c-:c--cc-eceeeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeees 24 Determination of original structures -................:eecceccceceeseeeceeeeeeeeggeececeeeeeeeeees 24 Subordinate secondary layers -......-......:.--c-ccscceee-c-cceceeeeeceeceeeetseceeeeeeeeceeeeeseesees 25 TEAS GRECO SECT CES cw te Ee et a ee 25 Cementeot ameunated! Layers ...-22..--2c2:secce--¢2czecteencdecesetece cot eeccetecesederecedece eeezensese 26 SS ENICIMB TD C11 CLINGS emmeeseet as tee eile Re earn ce ee ees ctecat gens ee eee 27 TB app eae Oph AE a ONCE ANDY GAUSS OES eae a Pepe nl nt ee ree aie eee 28 Necessary conditions for production of observed aieagicne a teeae erator 29 Discussion of origin of subordinate layers -...........0...0.222. 22.220. 22c eee eee eee 30 Stratification, its meaning and origin.—Stratification as ap- plied in structural geology to rock formations may be defined as an arrangement in layers or ‘‘beds’’ as a result of the processes of sedimentation or of the extravasation of sheets of lava. 1 There is some difference of usage here, and many geologists do not include the bedded lavas as stratified formations. Their common oceur- rence in beds; their formation of series either alone or with their inter- bedded tuffs, or interstratified in the sedimentary series; the fact that their bedded form is due to the same fundamental conditions as for sedimentary strata (surface conditions, gravity and a pre-existing floor) ; the possibility of using their attitudes and deformations in exactly the same way as those of sedimentary beds for determining structural relations and earth movements, mark them fundamentally as stratified in the same sense in which the sediments are. The usage common in geological text-books of making a sharp distine- tion between stratified or sedimentary and massive or igneous rocks with- out further qualification or comment ignores some very important relation- ships. Surface igneous rocks are not only commonly stratified, but often also sedimentary. The volcanic tuffs frequently form stratified sedi- mentary formations of great thickness and areal extent, as for example in the Mesozoic and Tertiary areas of many of the western states. 22 University of California Publications in Geology | Vou.7 The production of geologic bodies by these processes is brought about by the settling, precipitation or spreading out of the com- ponent materials on some preéxisting basement or floor and the building up of the mass by the addition of fresh material normally to the upper surface of the deposit. The basement or floor may be the basin of a sea or lake, the bed of a stream, the surface of the ground, more rarely the floor of an underground space or cavern, ete. The appearance of laver-structure is caused by the varying nature or intensity of the agents supplying the material or by the sorting action of the medium or media through which the material passes before coming to rest. The distinetion between layers may therefore depend on differences in composi- tion, size of grain, or perhaps only on color change, or on the occurrence of thin bounding layers or separation planes between tabular masses of the same nature. The thicker layers are gen- erally referred to as strata or beds and the thinner as laminae. Stratification as above defined is geologically a very important condition. It indicates an essentially superficial or epigene origin of the formations exhibiting it, and except for the lava sheets which are set apart by a special group of characteristics, is a distinctive structure common to all of those closely related processes which are grouped under the general name of sedi- mentation. Furthermore, chiefly as a result of gravity control in these processes, the separation planes between the layers—the stratification planes—are in most types of these deposits formed horizontally or at only a shght inclination to the horizontal. This is a fundamental datum for structural geology, for with it as a basis we may judge of the nature and amount of earth movements that have tilted, folded, and otherwise disturbed the stratified formations. Pseudostratification.—In this paper the writer will describe occurrences in which there is a layer-structure in clastic sedimen- tary rocks giving the appearance of beds and often laminae, but not produced by the processes that brought the rock masses into existence. Furthermore, these structures have been formed both with horizontal attitude and with considerable inclination to the horizontal without relation or reference to the amount of tilting that has been suffered by the formation in which they are found. 1912] Louderback: Pseudostratification 23 If the genetic relationship were not to be insisted upon in the definition of the term stratification, but simply the arrangement in layers or beds, such structures might be referred to as second- ary bedding or secondary stratification. But in the opinion of the writer, it is desirable to limit the term stratification to the genetic types outlined above and to consider the genetic relation- ship as an essential element of the concept stratification. On this basis the term pseudostratification is proposed and will be used in the present paper for any structure that closely simulates stratification as defined above, but which is not the expression of an original laying down of the rock-mass layer upon layer on some preéxisting basement or floor. The individual bed-like masses may then be called pseudostrata, any thin subdivisions, pseudolaminae. Territory studied.—The territory within which these phenom- ena were particularly studied les in the central part of Santa Barbara County, California, within the Lompoc quadrangle of the United States Geological Survey, in the hilly country between Los Alamos Valley and Sisquoe Creek (often called ‘‘river’’), and especially in the vicinity of Cat Canon (Canada del Gato), and the country between it and Foxen Canon. General nature of formations involved.—The rocks in which these structures are chiefly developed are massive friable Tertiary sandstones—part of the Fernando formation of the Geological Survey—which here usually show only a light development of a cement and which generally crumble down into smooth, rounded slopes showing no surface exposures and rendering the problem of determining the detailed structure of the region rather difficult. The background of plate 5 illustrates the type of topography involved. Uncemented conglomerate or pebbly sandstone may also show lke structures. This territory is in part a petroleum producing district and has therefore been subject to considerable ‘‘prospecting’’ in which the determination of the structural details was an import- ant part of the work, and the common absence of exposures 24 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 showing the real attitude of the strata, and the presence of exposures of pseudostrata, have produced considerable confusion.? Occurrence and appearance of exposures.—The usual oceur- rence of exposures of pseudostrata is on the sides of stream cuts or small canons, well up towards the top near where the canon slope intersects the normal hill slope. We may usually dis- tinguish, below the soil layer, a layer of friable sandstone gener- ally extending from one to five feet below the surface, sometimes to ten or more feet. Then follows a more distinctly indurated layer with parallel or approximately parallel boundaries and varying in thickness from two to four or five feet in different localities. Below this follows a more friable layer, partly or wholly covered with hill wash or talus, which covers the slope from there down to the stream channel. Sometimes these ex- posures are produced by small landslides or local washouts on some slope. They may vary in length from twenty or thirty feet to a hundred yards or more. As a rule the attitude of the exposed layers roughly coincides with the surface slope most commonly the general hill slope, occasionally the canon slope. In making a section, therefore, across a ridge in areas where no other kinds of exposures are found, it appears as if the ridge were anticlinal in structure. Such an appearance is illustrated on the hills south of Foxen Cafon, and is particularly interesting because the real structure under one of the pseudoanticlinal areas is synclinal. The appearance of a pseudostratum in exposure is shown in plate 3. Without careful examination with this particular problem in mind, it is not always easy to distinguish such ex- posures from those of the original stratification of sedimentation. Determination of original structure.—The real attitude of the formations with reference to their original planes of deposition is frequently very difficult to determine. Bare fossil layers, thin streaks of gravel in the sand, or shaly layers, occasionally 2 For the general distribution of formations and for general structures, reference may be made to the geologic map in Bulletin 322 U. 8. Geol. Survey, on the Santa Maria Oil District. On this map structure lines are made to stop before reaching the area where pseudostratification is best developed, and the interpretation of the general structure is evidently affected by the occurrence of these exposures and the general lack of distinet stratification exposures. 1912 | Louderback: Pseudostratification 20 furnish the proof. In a number of cases where the bed in which the pseudostratification had developed was itself without original visible structure lines, a recent slide or wash, or an excavation made for the purpose, showed distinct structure lines in an under- or overlying layer, especially in shale streaks, or in layers with arranged micaceous materials. A test area of about two square miles, where the only exposures appeared to be those of pseudostratification, was worked over, and it was found that on the careful examination of the deeper slides and washes, and particularly of a series of excavations, a consistent group of observations could be obtained determining the original strati- fication and the attitude of the original beds. It showed a very open syncline while the more evident exposures of pseudostrata gave consistent indications of an anticline (a pseudoanticline), the axis of the syncline being quite a distance south of the axis of the pseudoanticline. Subordinate secondary layers.—All of the pseudostrata do not show within themselves distinct minor layers, but in some they are very well developed, and vary from two or three milli- meters in thickness up to ten or more centimeters. Layers of this latter thickness down to those of two or three centimeters are more common than the very thin ones, which may be ealled pseudolaminae. They are often bounded by separation planes and samples may be removed from their exposures as thin plates or approximately parallel bounded blocks. Such a block is shown in plate 6, figure 3. These features are more common in pseudo- strata occurring with dips of ten to twenty degrees or more. Sometimes these minor layers within the pseudostrata are quite parallel and continue for a number of yards—perhaps throughout the whole exposure. Sometimes they may be curved or may cut obliquely across the pseudostratum, or one division plane may cut obliquely across the others. Such oblique and curved arrangements may give rise to appearances that may be called pseudo-current bedding. Typical cases are illustrated in plate 4 and plate 5. Pseudofolds—It has already been described how the ex- posures Over an area may consistently give the impression of a folded arrangement of the strata. Plate 5 illustrates a some- 26 University of California Publications in Geology {Vou.7 what different case. It shows a structure that a number of men have taken to be an anticline, although the strata on both sides have not the same appearance. On the left can be seen the original stratification, on the right the pseudostratification. The original stratification does not show itself to the eye in the right hand part of the exposure even upon careful examination. The more indurated pseudostratum appears to be cross-bedded. The vertical parallel columnoid appearance of the layer under the pseudo-crossbedded stratum is simply a channeling of the surface of the uncemented sand, in part by dripping water, chiefly by the action of falling sand particles dislodged by various agents or blown by the wind. Cement of indurated layers.—Some of the indurated layers are grayish white, others yellowish or brownish, and many show in part a color banding, or irregular color blotches suggesting concretionary deposition of cement. Small white or yellowish veinlets of secondary deposition are occasionally found, and the minor layers (and laminae) are often separated by coatings which vary from one-half to three millimeters in thickness, and may be brown or yellow or almost white. The first material examined was that of the white veinlets, as they were presumably of the purest and most easily separable secondary substance. It is dull opaque white and rather porous and has the appearance often presented by secondary crusts of calcium carbonate or dull sinter. This material is insoluble in hydrochloric acid, infusible before the blowpipe where it sinters and gives up water, easily soluble in hydrofluoric acid with httle or no residue, and fuses with soda to a clear glass. Under the microscope it is chiefly amorphous with a showing here and there of anomalous double refraction. These properties, combined with the refractive index, determine it to be amorphous hydrous silica—opal. The general cement which has indurated pseudostrata and pseudolaminae is essentially of the same nature in all of the samples examined. The amount of carbonate material is very | slight or absent—practically negligible. The ochreous yellow or brown rocks, the predominant types, owe their color to hydrous iw) +] 1912 | Louderback: Pseudostratification oxides of iron, which occasionally act as a cement of minor im- portance. The chief rdle is played by opaline silica, as the following tests indicate. Boiling or long standing in contact with concentrated hydro- chlorie acid turns the rock white and yields a ferruginous solu- tion, accompanied by a slight superficial disintegration, a few of the surface grains becoming disconnected from the mass and settling to the bottom of the liquid. This disintegration action is probably due to physical action, however, more than to the freeing of grains by the solution of the cement. Boiling with hydrofluoric acid quickly disintegrates this mass ; the grains fall apart and we have a clear sand as a residue. A similar boiling with potassium hydroxide solution com- pletely disintegrates the rock into a ferruginous sand, if a yellow or brown specimen be used, or, if it be one previously leached by hydrochloric acid, a clean white sand results. A preparation of the sandstone cleared by hydrochloric acid treatment shows distinctly under the microscope the amorphous coating on and between many of the grains, and a crushing of the grains between slide glasses disconnects some of the coating, which shows the characteristics of opaline silica. The usually ochreous-colored coatings or separation laminae that are often found where distinct separable layers or laminae occur are in like manner determined to consist chiefly of amorphous hydrous silica, colored with ferric hydroxides, and including minute crystal fragments much smaller than the average grain of sandstone, but evidently derived from it mechanically. Sand pendants—In a few places where the pseudostrata were undermined by erosion or caving, small sand pendants and mammillations were observed. These vary from slight just notice- able protuberances up to pendants ten or more centimeters in length. They may be roughly cylindrical, with various irregular cross-sections, or, in the shorter ones, conical. These all have a central core of whitish, dull, opaque, porous opal, similar to that of the white veinlets described above, and usually showing a distinct concentric structure. The axial por- tion of the concentric structure may be hollow. The outer 28 University of California Publications in Geology |Vou.7 portion, representing usually from about the same to double the thickness of the core layers, is of sand cemented by silica, and more or less colored by iron. These forms probably originated from plant rootlets which, during their decay, became loci for the silica deposition which is rather pure where the rootlets themselves originally were. The outer sandy coatings are bound to the axial portions by silica cement deposited upon and in extension of the siliceous nucleus. They often have the appearance of stalactites. Some small sand pendants are shown in plate 6; their external forms in part broken and not terminated, in figure 2, and longitudinal and transverse sections, showing the silica core and central hole, in figure 1. Explanation of phenomena—In seeking for an explanation of these phenomena the position and attitude of the pseudostrata with respect to the surface of the ground is of fundamental importance. As to position, the more indurated layers always have their tops near the surface, rarely over ten or twelve feet below it. In attitude they generally agree with the surface slope, sometimes dipping at a shghtly greater angle than the sur- face. In the cases observed where they dip at a less angle than the surface, and then usually outcrop, the surface slope has been very recently modified by erosion, such as the undermin- ing action of a stream or land sliding and the consequently accelerated hill wash in its vicinity. The general appearance is often that of three layers or more; when three they are the upper friable below the soil, the indurated, and the lower friable. The appearance of more than three is due to pseudolamination of the indurated layer. There is, however, essentially one layer to account for—the main in- durated pseudostratum. This appears to be due to a superficial belt of cementation within the weathering zone, and dependent on the aridity of the climate, the lower limit of cementation being the lower limit of migration of the silica under normal conditions. The action is, therefore, analogous to the formation of hard- pan in soils* from which it differs chiefly in the fact that it occurs in the midst of a rock formation below the definite soil 3 See Hilgard, E. W., Soils (New York, 1910), pp. 162 and 183. 1912] Louderback: Pseudostratification 29 layer, and that it produces a structural appearance closely simulating stratification. It might readily happen that similar phenomena would arise from the deposition of a calcareous or ferruginous instead of a siliceous cement. Necessary conditions for production of observed phenomena.— An essential condition for the formation of pseudostratification as exhibited in the localities studied is a porous, moderately even- grained sediment, massive over the areas exposed. That is, it must be without definite segregation of the material into layers of different grain, or alternations of more porous and less porous layers, or other definite marks or conditions resulting from original stratification that might influence the percolation or deposition of cement, and disturb the formation or appearance of the new and independently oriented lines of structure. Furthermore, the climatic conditions would have to be such that while water would be supplied to dissolve, transport and deposit the cement, it would not be humid enough to wash all such solutions into a general ground-water system, and so prevent cementation near the surface. The rainfall, in other words, should mainly be by short, dis- connected showers, giving but a moderate water penetration. This degree of aridity is commonly realized in the western states. The fact that the dip of the pseudostrata is often greater than that of the surface is probably due to the greater penetration of the rain lower down the slope, where the ground may be supplied not only by the direct dropping of water from the atmosphere, but also by the surface movement of the rain sheet from the higher slopes. The predominance of silica in the cement is probably due to the composition of the sands here involved. Clay substance is very slight in amount, calcium and magnesium unimportant because there is a dearth of decomposable basic feldspar or lime- magnesium-iron minerals, while silica can be derived from the plentiful orthoclase and acid plagioclase, and perhaps from the abundant quartz. An important auxiliary condition which renders the pseudo- stratification the more easily mistaken for true stratification is the disintegrable nature of the original formations which yield 30 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 a regolith which very effectually hides such indications of strata- fication as are present, the only exposures showing any struc- tural characters whatever over considerable areas being exposures of pseudostrata. Origin of subordinate layers.——A more difficult matter to explain is the very distinct layers and lamellae into which some of the pseudostrata are divided, and which are illustrated in plates 4 and 6. These are frequently parallel-sided, sharply defined and physically separable, either by simply lifting the upper from the lower or after a light blow from a hammer, and often with siliceous coatings separating them. While not visible as such, it seems possible that the cement is deposited with a more or less banded structure due to different penetrations and different levels of depositions in different seasons. In hardpans, where calcareous or ferruginous cement is abundantly developed, a roughly horizontal banding may be distinctly visible. Any agent, then, producing fracture in the rock,—temperature changes, plant action, even the drying out and shrinkage of the siliceous cement,—would tend to break it along the banding surfaces. In a specimen collected, a distinct silica-coated, roughly parallel-faced layer about three centimeters thick, is a crack run- ning somewhat obliquely to the bounding surfaces, and traceable for about fifteen centimeters on one side and six on the other. It is very distinctly not due to pressure or to faulting or shear- ing, and it 1s apparently not a bounding line between two layers of deposition of cement. It may be due to shrinkage or tempera- ture changes. The plane determined by it is partly occupied by a coating of silica. It is shown in plate 6, figure 3. Some of the silica coatings are peculiarly marked by an irregular network of minute furrows like numerous small worm tracks. These are evidently the impression of fine rootlets, as individuals can be traced and their gradual tapering and branch- ing distinctly made out. Such thin mats of interlocking rootlets are quite competent to extend and complete cracks that may have been started by other agents. They are to be expected only in an exposure or quite near the surface. The best separation planes were noted in the pseudostrata 1912 | Louderbach: Pseudostratification ol with considerable dip. Some of these planes appeared as if they had been formed by a bodily slipping of the wet, poorly cemented sand material, and the consequent development of a plane of more easy water percolation, and therefore silica deposition. Such shpping surfaces may be plane for several meters, or they may be short, irregular, or curved and give the appearance of cross or current-bedding. Some of the lamellae show a visible banding of the fer- ruginous cement parallel to the bounding surfaces. This may in part antedate the formation of the layers, and may have contributed to their production, but in several cases carefully examined, the distribution of ferruginous bands was so peculiarly related to the form of the layer, that it seems necessary to believe that they were later and dependent on it for their form of deposition. Transmitted March 4, 1912. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 3 + se Typical exposure of an approximately horizontal pseudostratum. veal stratification dip (not visible) is down to the right at. ab Tinaquaice grant, Santa Barbara County. ‘ 7 [32] e 7 6 PUBL. BULL DEPT... GEOL [LOUDERBACK] VOL. 7, PL. 3 ae EXPLANATION OF PLATE 4 Minor pseudostrata and pseudolaminae. Tinaquaic grant. Fig. 1.—Lamination approximately parallel to cafion slope. Narrow and more prominently weathering separating layers chiefly of silica. True dip away from observer (north, 8°). Dip of pseudolamination, east 30°. Fig. 2.—Same locality, showing pseudostratification planes as planes of separation. [34] Si << UNIV. CALIF. PUBL. BULL. DEPT, GEOL. [LOUDERBACK] VOL. 7, PL. 4 . ‘ yea ' . ‘ ’ - © ‘ ‘ ' EXPLANATION OF PLATE 5 Pseudoanticline. Upper Cat Cation, looking east. True stratification visible on left, dipping north; pseudostratification on right, dipping south. The main pseudostratum has a cross bedded appearance. The columnar layer below is sand fluted by dripping water and falling particles. [36] EXPLANATION OF PLATE 6 Sand pendants and minor stratum. Fig. 1—Sections.of sand pendants split longitudinally and broken transversely. The inner light portion is chiefly hydrous silica, the outer dark portion, sand cemented by silica. The central hole is seen in the lower transverse sections and in part in the upper right-hand longitudinal section. Natural size. Fig. 2.—Portions of sand pendants to show outer surface and general form. None show complete length. Natural size. Fig. 38.—Separated layer from exposure shown in plate 4, figure 2. The white edges of the secondary silica layers are well shown. The upper surface is coated with such a layer showing ramifying channels as if impressions of plant rootlets. Joint planes transverse to layers are also coated with silica. One newly developing crack is shown on left side, and its walls are also coated with siliea. The light colored blotches are due to varying amount of hydrous oxide of iron. It is disposed in bands parallel to the layer surfaces and also in irregular areas determined by the concretionary type of deposition. *%4 natural size. [38] UNIV CALIF RUBEN BIEL: ) GEOL, [LOUDERBAC} Figs. 1 and 2 OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF eae GEOLOGY |. 7, No. Bs pp. 39-46, 10 text-figures Issued September 12, 1912 ECENT DISCOVERIES OF CARNIVORA IN _ THE PLEISTOCENE OF RANCHO | LA BREA BY JOHN C. MERRIAM j PN UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS BERKELEY ae UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS — NotE.—The University of California Publications are offered in exchange for th eations of learned societies and institutions, universities and libraries. / Complet all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample copies publications and other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Be California, U. S. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. S. A. i se Orto HaRRASSOWITZ R, FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN LEIPZIG | ; BERLIN Agent for the series in American Arch- Agent for the series in American Are aeology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, aeology and Ethnology, Botany, Geolog Education, Modern Philology, Philosophy, Mathematics, Pathology, Physio. Psychology. Zoology, and Memoirs. Se Geology.—Anprew C. LAwson and JoHN C. Merriam, Hditors. Price per volume, Volumes 1 (pp. 435), II (pp. 450), IIL (pp. 475), IV (pp. 462), V (pp. 448), completed. Volume VI (in progress). aE Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. Vol. 1, 1893-1896, 435 pp., with 18 plates, price $3.50. A list of the titles in this volume will be sent on request. . ¢ VOLUME 2. i. The Geology of Point Sal, by Harold W. Fairbanks...) 300.0 y 2. On Some Pliocene Ostracoda from near Berkeley, by Frederick Chapman..........._.. 3. Note on Two Tertiary Faunas from the Rocks of the Southern Coast of Vancouver Island, by. J. OC. Merriam. 2.2.2 cee ec ce 4. The Distribution of the Neocene Sea-urchins of Middle California, and Its Bearing on the Classification of the Neocene Formations, by John C. Merriam.................... 5. The Geology of Point Reyes Peninsula, by F. M. Anderson............-.-----csc--escereceeesneens 6. Some Aspects of Erosion’in Relation to the Theory of the Peneplain, by W. S. Manrrien, Smith.) sk oe eee eee need hag nea co due Scan aaa ea 32, See 20c a8 7. A Topographic Study of the Islands of Southern California, by W. 8S. Tangier/Smith 40¢ ~ 8. The Geology of the Central Portion of the Isthmus of Panama, by Oscar H. Hershey 30¢ | 9. A Contribution to the Geology of the John Day Basin, by John C. Merriam =35C. am 10. Mineralogical Notes, by Arthur S. Hakle....u...2..2.2c:--cce-nccceeneceeneceoncnererceoecesneeteas xe Le ae 11. Contributions to the Mineralogy of California, by Walter C. Blasdale............... 12. The Berkeley Hills. A Detail of Coast Range Geology, by Andrew ©, Lawson and Charles: Palache :.-. 2st sccgis-o kta ce steced Lawson oi .sic222-c2-o--neecnsenenctoncne nuescoeietns enag get enes ence ae ces Herat eae tine eae ea Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John C. Merriam............ The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid .......-..---2---.-n----n-e-ceeeeeeneereneeeeneeennes Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. Schaller — Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, by Am Grew ©, TiawSou :.-ccs-cusaccccees oe cess eet awa ON aan oe eee Palacheite, by Arthur S. Hake... ------------2s--ceceec-cceceecenerccceen cee nerce reer eneneeeesenneenanentannnnaneay = Two New Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, by O. P. Hay. ; A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair, Nos. 10 and 11 im On€ COVED. ....-2--..2------0-------0-ennee enn enenere nanan ce cenenensensnnbesaneaetenenenes ee 12. New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassie of California, by John C. Merriam..... - 18. Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller... zs 14. The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, by Tol Cy. Merriam «2......-----c-e-cceccceeceeceeceennecconeeceecensnenecasenannsnnesnanaeensenecasenecsnneareammecnnronmannns 15. The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. Lawson......._. ag 16. A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merriam... 17. The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew C. — SIS is PSS wag wey William J. Sinclair and BE. L. Furlong... -..------s----eso-te--seensporeerennseceenecears savannas si 21. A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam 92. The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Osear H. Hershey... UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 3, pp. 39-46 Issued September 12, 1912 RECENT DISCOVERIES OF CARNIVORA IN THE PLEISTOCENE OF RANCHO LA BREA BY; JOHN C. MERRIAM INTRODUCTION Until recently no remains of true bears and none represent- ing eats of the puma type have been discovered in the collections of carnivore remains obtained at Rancho La Brea. Absence of these two groups has therefore been generally considered as one of the peculiar features of this fauna. Bears of the arctothere eroup are known from fragmentary remains representing a large species which has been tentatively designated as Arcto- therium californicum.t True eats are represented at Rancho La Brea by the gigantie lon, Felix atroxr bebbi,? and by wild-cats of the type of Lynx californicus fischeri.’ Included in collections from Rancho La Brea which have been prepared for study within the past year there are several fragmentary specimens which evidently represent a bear of the Ursus type, and a eat closely related to the existing pumas. These discoveries are of some significance in connection with studies on the distribution of the fauna of Rancho La Brea with refer- ence both to time and to space, and it is therefore deemed desir- able to record the information available. 1 Merriam, J. C., Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. vol. 6, p. 165, 1911. 2 Merriam, J. C., Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. vol. 5, pp. 291-304, 1909. 3 Merriam, J. C., Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. vol. 5, p. 394, 1910. 40) University of California Publications in Geology (Vou.7 Ursus, sp. The remains referred to Ursus consist of an atlas (no. 12786) and fragments of other vertebrae. The atlas (figs. 1 and 2) is dis- tinctly of the ursid type. It resembles Ursus, and differs from AN ““ \ ie Figs. 1 and 2. Ursus, sp. Atlas. No. 12786, X 1%. Fig. 1, superior view; fig. 2, posterior view. Rancho La Brea Beds. Arctotherium in the character of the posterior opening of the vertebrarterial canal. The general form of the transverse pro- cess seems also to resemble Ursus more closely than Arctotherium, although this cannot be demonstrated as the ends of these pro- cesses are broken away. In such material as is available for comparison the atlas of Ursus differs from that of Arctotherium in the location of the posterior opening of the vertebrarterial canal. In Ursus this opening is on the upper side of the posterior face of the trans- verse process; in Arctotherium (fig. 3) the posterior opening is on the upper side of the transverse process some distance in advance of the posterior margin, much as in the Canidae. In 1912] Merriam: Carnivora of Rancho La Brea 4] Ursus the posterior articular faces of the atlas commonly extend backward on angular processes which project some distance behind the proximal region of the posterior border of the trans- Fig. 3. Arctotherium simum Cope. Atlas, superior view. No. 3035, 1%. Pleistocene of Potter Creek Cave, California. verse process. In Arctotheriuwm the posterior border of the transverse process is shghtly notched, but the plates supporting the posterior articular faces are not as prominent as they may be in Ursus, and there is a very narrow posterior notch. In both of the characters just mentioned atlas no. 12786 from Rancho La Brea is distinetly ursine rather than aretotherine. The atlas may be referred to the genus Ursus, but specific determination is hardly possible with the material available. In form, size, and position of the posterior opening of the verte- brarterial canal the atlas specimen from Rancho La Brea is nearer to the black bear than it is to the grizzly. The form of the transverse processes differs somewhat from both black and erizzly. Unfortunately in the fossil specimen these processes are ineomplete on both sides, and no distinctive characters can be based upon them. The animal represented by the ursine atlas from Rancho La Brea was about as large as a grizzly of average size, but was very considerably smaller than the gigantie Arctotherium cali- fornicum known from these beds. MEASUREMENTS OF ATLAS Least anteroposterior diameter on dorsal side... 25.3 mm. Greatest transverse diameter across anterior articular faces............ 65.5 Greatest height of neural canal..............2..22..22.2222-ceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 26. 42 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 FELIS, near HIPPOLESTES Merriam, C. H. ’ The remains referred to the puma group of felines consist of a portion of a mandible and four perfect metapodials. The jaw and two of the metapodials were found near together and may represent the same individual. They agree approximately in form and dimensions with the corresponding elements of exist- ing cougars included in Felis hippolestes, but it is hardly safe on the basis of such fragmentary material to assume that the species can be definitely determined. The jaw fragment (fig. 4) is almost identical in dimensions Fig. 4. Felis, near hippolestes Merriam, C. H. Fragment of mandible. No. 19525, natural size. Rancho La Brea Beds. with the average of several specimens of Felis hippolestes, but differs slightly in the shape of the coronoid process from the normal form in this species. In most specimens of F. hippo- lestes a line drawn between the middle of the posterior side of the condyle and the most posterior part of the upper region of the coronoid process will lean forward. In the specimen from Rancho La Brea such a line is tipped strongly backward. This is generally considered as a characteristic of the tiger, and is a 1912] Merriam: Carnivora of Rancho La Brea H. Metapodials, nat- Felis, near hippolestes Merriam, C. ural size, Rancho La Brea Beds: fig. 5, metacarpal IV, anterior view, no. 19526; fig. 6, metatarsal V, anterior view, no. 12245; fig. 7, right meta- tarsal III, anterior view, no. 19290; fig. 8, left metatarsal III, proximal Figs. 5 to 8. end, no. 19290. Fig. 9. Felis hippolestes Merriam, C. H. Proximal end of left metatarsal III, natural size, Recent, California. Fig. 10. Felis atror bebbi Merriam, J. C. Proximal end of left metatarsal III, natural size, no, 12679, Rancho La Brea Beds. 44 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 feature of all specimens of Felis atror thus far examined. In the Rancho La Brea specimen the character just mentioned is coupled with distinctly greater anteroposterior diameter of the upper portion of the coronoid process. This deviation from the form of F’. hippolestes is, however, so slight that it may have no real taxonomic value. Of the metapodials representing the small Felis form, meta- carpal four (fig. 5) is very slightly larger than that of an average specimen of F. hippolestes, but is distinguished by the character of the antero-medial region of the shaft. In the specimens of PF. hippolestes available this area of the shaft is regularly rounded, and almost without tendeney to development of an antero-medial angle. In the Rancho La Brea specimen the proximal half of this region is decidedly angular, and is swollen medially so as to produce a noticeable prominence. There is reason to doubt that this difference is due solely to individual variation. . The specimen representing metatarsal five (fig. 6) is a lttle larger than that of the individuals of F. hippolestes available. The Rancho La Brea specimen differs from the Recent ones only in greater width of the postero-medial face for articulation, with metatarsal four, and in the more distinetly angular nature of the proximal portion of the lateral margin. A right and a left metatarsal three (fig. 7), evidently from the same individual, are a little larger than the corresponding elements of an average specimen of F’. hippolestes. The dimen- sional relations between these elements, and the metatarsal five referred to F’. hippolestes above are almost exactly similar to those between metatarsals three and five in the Recent F. hippo- lestes. The third metatarsals differ distinctly from those of Felis atrox and Felis leo in certain characters in whieh these two forms are alike; and in the respects in which they differ from F’. leo and F. atroxr they are almost identical with F’. hippo- lestes. The resemblance of metatarsal three in the Rancho La Brea specimens to the pumas, and its separation from the lions, is particularly noticeable in the form of the proximal end, and in the nature of the facets of this region. (See figs. 8 to 10). 1912] Merriam: Carnivora of Rancho La Brea 45 In the puma the roughly hammer-shaped proximal articular face shows commonly a very narrow notch on the medial side, and the posterior end of the facet terminates with a clearly-defined margin some distance anterior to the posterior tubercle of the proximal end of this bone. In the F. atroxr and F. leo the medial notch is very wide and the posterior end of the proximal articular facet reaches almost to the end of the posterior proxi- mal tuberele. In the puma the posterior lateral face for articu- lation with metatarsal four is entirely distinct from the proximal articular face. In the F. leo and F. atror this face extends almost if not quite to the latero-proximal angle of the bone. In the third metatarsals (no. 19290), from Rancho La Brea, the proximal facets correspond in form to those of the puma. The third metatarsals in no. 19290 differ in general form from those of F’. hippolestes very slightly. They appear a little heavier anteroposteriorly in the proximal region of the shaft, and the antero-lateral side of the proximal end tends to develop a small tubercle between the proximal face and the antero-lateral face for metatarsal four. In the puma the shaft narrows gradually for some distance down from the proximal end, and there is no suggestion of a tubercle in the proximo- lateral region. The two specimens representing metartarsal three are evi- dently from a form of the same type as that seen in metatarsal five and metacarpal four described above. This form is not separable from the puma group by any characters thus far known. Possible relationship of this form to the jaguar, Felis onca, has been considered, but the jaw sems to differ distinctly from that species. No material representing the extremities of the jaguar is available for comparison, but the nature of the mandible would seem to suggest that the Rancho La Brea form is a puma rather than a jaguar. Slight differences between the elements available and the corresponding parts of pumas at hand for comparison suggest that the Rancho La Brea specimens may represent a species or a subspecies different from FP’. hippolestes, and possibly a form as yet undescribed. 46 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 MEASUREMENTS Mandible. Height from inferior margin below masseterie fossa to summit Of (COTONOId! PIOCeSS) <.icee-cteseeee ere 64. mm, Height of summit of coronoid process above condyle .........-..- 37. Transverse diameter of condyle 2.8. 30.8 Metacarpal IV GGA GES Tek OM Ota sce cane pees ee ae eee eee ee Least transverse diameter of shaft Metatarsal III Greatest length along middle of shat ......202:ccccecccee-steee eee 108.5 IWeast transverse diameter Os eShabdit eescseeee seeees eceecese eeueceee eeneneae 13. Least anteroposterior diameter of shaft -2.2 2S... 10.9 Greatest transverse diameter of proximal end ............0.2------ 19.2 Greatest anteroposterior diameter cf proximal end .......,.........--..- 24.3 Metatarsal V Greatest dem oth! coarse cases segues teeeaeys ee rses fees eer 95.6 Iueast transverse: diameter of shaft 220.2... 9.1 CONCLUSIONS The apparent absence of arctotheres, of true bears, and of cats of the puma group from the Rancho La Brea fauna, has appeared to give this assemblage a distinetly ancient aspect com- pared with other Pleistocene faunas in the Pacific Coast region. There are still many peculiar features in the life of Rancho La Brea which make it seem quite different from that of the Pleis- tocene known from other localities of this province. Some of these peculiarities will be interpreted as due to difference in time, and some to difference in habitat. The known presence of true bears, arctotheres, and cats of the puma group brings the Rancho La Brea fauna into closer relation with the other Pleis- tocene faunas of this region than had previously seemed possible. ISITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS se BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Issued October 10, 1912 NORTH SIDE OF MOUNT DIABLO BY es — BRUCE L. CLARK UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS - BERKELEY _ ‘ 5 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATI < Notre,—The University of California Publications are*offered in exchange eations of learned societies and institutions, universities and libraries. Comp all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample co publications and other information, address the Manager of the University Press, California, U. S. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. S. A. : Orto HAaRRASSOWITZ ‘ R: FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN LEIPZIG BERLIN i leg Agent for the series in American Arch- Agent for the series in American A aeology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, aeology and Ethnology, Botany, Geolo Edueation, Modern Philology, Philosophy, Mathematics, Pathology, Physiology, — Psychology. Zoology, and Memoirs. « st = Tete. ela Geology.—ANpbREW C. LAWSON and JoHN C. MerriAM, Editors. Price per volume, $3 Volumes 1 (pp. 435), IL (pp. 450), III (pp. 475), IV (pp. 462), V (pp. 448), completed. Volume VI (in progress). Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. Vol. 1, 1893-1896, 435 pp., with 18 plates, price $3.50. A list of the titles in this volume will be sent on request. VOLUME 2. . The Geology. of‘ Point Sal, by. Harold W. Fairbanks... .- =... - On Some Pliocene Ostracoda from near Berkeley, by Frederick Chapman................. - Note on Two Tertiary Faunas from the Rocks of the Southern Coast of Vancouver Island, by J. C. Merriam.................-.- Bon ngetcswnfecececstenBeksangen dase tas Un ieee ee ee arr a: . The Distribution of the Neocene Sea-urchins of Middle California, and Its Bearing on the Classification of the Neocene Formations, by John C. Merriam . The Geology of Point Reyes Peninsula, by F, M. Andersom...........22...2--22-22--ce--eee--eeee . Some Aspects of Erosion in Relation to the Theory of the Peneplain, by W. S. Cnr ee 11. Contributions to the Mineralogy of California, by Walter C. Blasdale...........0. 12. The Berkeley Hills. A Detail of Coast Range Geology, by Andrew C. Lawson and Charles, Palache~ ...° 22s see.... 23. eee ae a een ae 2 eee VOLUME 3. 1. The Quaternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey 2. Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur S. Hakle 8. The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by Amrdrew ©. sTuawsort 2.0.22. 2cce5 cscs eect enrages aoe ere 4. Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John C. Merriam 6. The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid. ..........-ccce-ccececccceececteeceeneesoeeeceeneeeees 7. Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. Schaller 3. Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, by “Andrew Cy Tia wson.. ..2:\ceeinc--Bise-2- orci scence cece See ee semesters oe a 9) Palaicheite, by -Arthur.S. Balle: .22:. 202 tc cn nfs 05 aces eee = 10. Two New Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, by O. P. Hay. 11. A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair. Nos; 10 amd 17 im ome CO VOM .2eicsi a. re Gene onscreen me aac 12. New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam... 13. Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller_...._.... 14. The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, by ion Os Miererrayrnay 5 a ee ee pee E 15. The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. Lawson...” 16. A Note-on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John’C. Merriam... 17. The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew ©. We SOT. Fekete oc Pe ace ccs 18. A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassie of Idaho, by Herbert M. Eva 19. A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmo 20. Euceratherium. a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of California, b William J. Sinclair and HB. Li. Furlong.-...---.--------2-:2------2s-e---nre eee 33 21. A New Marine Reptile from the Triassie of California, by John C. Merriam .. 22, The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar H. Hershey... UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 4, pp. 47-60, pl. 7 Issued October 10, 1912 THE NEOCENE SECTION AT KIRKER PASS ON THE NORTH SIDE OF MOUNT DIABLO BY BRUCE L. CLARK CONTENTS PAGE BTA GT. CHILI CT: Mag eres Oe sarees gas tes So anse vu scusee eccuscestatacassenessaseracdssesse:deceeee--2ccs 48 FN SGOT Call SVC VAC Wek osts 22. oc c2hc-ecce- aca: sacebeeevsctocssoeanteece=2-ssteubeciveacescessaieadeaacnesde 48 INIA © epee eee cere ee tes Sno caeeusaveserteeces snescesastacsace oeses :eieedcasecstneacetae=aaa 49 TeyeN beast He) MESO oes eee ee pe PP Pe ere 49 Slhallepe Term by ery eset eres osteo ee ces fe eases 2 sed ete uence cece davon e sesseescoaasee’ 49 Carbonaceous Shales and Sandstones .......2.....-2-.--:-::-0000ceeeeeeeee 50 Tuffaceous Shales and Sandstones .............2-.-2-----:0--2-:e-e0eeeeeeeeeeeeeeetee 50 TDF yUuNEY, (Ope Bf) oy oyemes NU o Sauer) Se ree ee eee 51 Sear, TERN) 0 Ka); ar/ (NX NQ) , Pinole y irk Tor dan; Tp Tuff; Tsp, San Pa ffae hale, L, diatomaceou oe Sn Ce ie & ee ad - = Bef ' _ ; * \ ; Mf : ' - CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS * ta “ft ‘BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF _ GEOLOGY. % DESO , No. 5, pp. 61-115 Issued October 12, 1912 < . a a GS ONTRIBUTIONS TO AVIAN PALAEON-. _ TOLOGY FROM THE PACIFIC COAST OF NORTH AMERICA BY LOYE HOLMES MILLER n UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS BERKELEY eations of learned societies and cnetitntiougy universities and ‘braris all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample ec publications and other information, address the Manager of the University E California, U. S. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to T Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. S. A. 5) ~ 5 Otro HARRASSOWITZ R. FRIEDLAENDER & : Sony LEIPZIG ~ BERLIN Agent for the series in American Arch- Agent for the series in Anoret aeology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, aeology and Ethnology, Botany, Ge Edueation, Modern Philology, Philosophy, Mathematics, Pathology, Physiol Psychology. Zoology, and Memoirs. Geology.—ANDREW C. LAWSON and JoHN C. Merriam, Editors. Price per volume, $3 Volumes 1 (pp. 435), IL (pp. 450), III (pp. 475), IV (pp. 462), V (pp. 448), : completed. Volume VI (in progress). é Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. this volume will oe sent on request. ¥ VOLUME 2. 1, The Geology of Point Sal, by Harold W. Fairbanks........0 522. = =e 2, On Some Pliocene Ostracoda from near Berkeley, by Frederick Chapman............... aun 3. Note on Two Tertiary Faunas from es Rocks of the Southern Coast of Vancouver Island, by J. C. Merriam occ. ooo cot. ces e-o ston beseeee seness ee notes el ne eer 4, The Distribution of the Neocene Bear urchins of Middle California, and Its Bowne on the Classification of the Neocene Formations. by John C. Merriam 5. The Geology of Point Reyes Peninsula, by F. M. Anderson... 10-22 6. Some Aspects of Erosion in Relation to the Theory of the Peneplain, by W. S. Tampier Smith” 22.08.20. ccc once, etietes Sonnet ates cnciee sland easee ganar san suet 7. A Topographie Study of the Islands of Southern California, by W. 8. Tangier Smith 8. The Geology of the Central Portion of the Isthmus of Panama, by Oscar H. Hershey 31 9. A Contribution to the Geology of the John Day Basin, by John C. Merriam 10. Mineralogical Notes, by Arthur S, Makle..........22.0 is. Loc eee 11. Contributions to the Mineralogy of California, by Walter C. Blasdale.............. = 12. The Berkeley Hills. A Detail of Coast Range Geology, by Andrew c. Lawson and — Charles. Palache® 220..0..2°.-.:.. 253s oe ee VOLUME 3. rs 1. The Quaternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey ........2--..20-.22-ess eee 2. Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur 8. Hakle....2 2c ccccsee 3. The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by Andrew (@.~ Lev wS0n no .-- 228-225 spec ccgnvar nse seen soa gen sae tee ane veatomne te one 4. Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John C. Merriam... 5 6. The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid... --.-2--cse--ccececcceneetececeececemeeceeneneceess 7. Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar 7. Schaller 8. Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, by Andrew. Cy Lawson 22. see es sco Se aa ree 9. Palacheite, by Arthur S. Hakles._....2.. oie. -ee seep eeeee eee eo 10. Two New Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, by O. P. Hay. 11. A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W, J- Sinclair, Nos.-10 and 11. in one Covers... 52.2228 Ree oe oe ee 12. New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassie of California, by John C. Merriam 13. Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller... 14. The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of Californ a, by John C. Merriam ay 15, The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. Lawson... 16. A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merr 17. The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa; San Diego County, California, by Andrew C. SD WAS(0) « Pee eee Dar se teseeceen one oe, Bea oe Sp rsbere > aaemeeeen she. ceeaeee See were eos 18. A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassie of Idaho, by Herbe 19. A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover x 20. Euceratherium. a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of California, William J. Sinclair and EB. L. Furlong... 2-22. --ce-c-scenee seen eee nace ecnereeeneceneemneneenes e 21. A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, by John G. Merriam 2°. The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar H. Be oe ; UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 5, pp. 61-115 Issued October 12, 1912 CONTRIBUTIONS TO AVIAN PALAEONTOL- OGY FROM THE PACIFIC COAST OF NORTH AMERICA BY LOYE HOLMES MILLER CONTENTS TETaU TREO GAY ae a eC ANGI TAW OA NGO EN 01S eee Significance of Osteological Characters in Ornithology ..................... Review of the Literature ........ Sa ea eet ee ee eee AVirayberralpaiyalil aol Chester cence ete las eee ces fee eens pee nabes Son factcayebeadandsovssevseseseeces OI Cem el Ha UM anc cs ees se tanec ve Sore Souisvnca cncncnedecvieatececcepeistcesseceteieSi oats Miocene Fauna ................-....... ee ar HATEISCO CONC eM AUN Ae <2... -.2 cote ccc seeecsenscbce lbs. sfesscceesssesecceracdescoetssedstuceaéessctcnctescete VEEL CORRES) Se SLOPE Seana CeO OR Sh a a HEV AWAV CTC A Vis sofa cre Sesc levis ieee set csacdesstese 43 Osborn, H. F., The Age of Mammals (New York, Macmillan, 1910). 1912] Miller: Pacific Coast Avian Palaeontology ul Development of gigantic size in the eathartids is in effect a case of over-specialization in that it works frequently to the detriment of the species. The condors of today are of such unwieldy size that, after a full meal, they experience much diffi- culty in taking wing from low ground. This fact is reported to have caused the destruction of many individuals which had been led to alight in places from which they could not rise again into the air. Teratornis must have attained a bulk almost thrice that of the condor if we may judge from coracoid and furcula. The suggestion conveyed by the sternum is that the pectoral muscles were not so heavy in proportion, yet the weight of the bird must have been far greater than that of the condors. The nature of its food was such that it must have come to the ground to feed. The effort to rise again, gorged with food, must have been a severe tax upon its strength, and slowness in taking wing may have subjected it to frequent danger. The high, compressed beak of Teratornis resembling the eagle’s in form, though struc- turally cathartine, indicated the extreme of specialization. The large body size, likewise a phase of specialization, may have mili- tated in the end against the life of the species. The principle of specific decay or senility of species as a cause of extinction may have suffered somewhat through the too frequent application of it by the palaeontologist, yet there often appear cases in which no other factor seems adequate to explain the loss of a species. Certainly the intersterility of species would lead to inbreeding with its attendant ill effects. Incipient strains of intersterility within a species might, where geographically restricted, lead to the more rapid deterioration of the stock; generation upon generation of individuals, like the succeeding generations of somatic cells, become less and less virile until the species would decline in a manner comparable to the senile decay of the individual. The rapid decline of certain of the less con- spicuous species of Hawaiian birds, such as Palmeria and Chae- toptila, seems almost of necessity the result of such depleting influence. How effective this factor was in robbing us of many Pleistocene birds it is of course impossible to estimate; it would seem proper, however, to look upon it as possibly a contributing cause. a University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 TABULAR ARRANGEMENT OF West-AMERICAN PLEISTOCENE AVIFAUNAS S Eo Pe 2 hee is) © Ae capone cana we ABchmophorusy Wucasie Miner gesese sete see ene eee ee ‘ « Kchmorphorus occidentalis (Lawrence .............22.---2.--- Colymbus holbelli (Reinhardt) Colymbus auritus Linnaeus ...............22..--2::0::200--1-- ee Colybus nigricollis ealifornicus (Heermann) i Podilymbus podiceps (Linnaeus) ...............-.2.-22----1------ i Larus argentatus Pontoppidan ................... Caer epee iy IOP) axe) oyolspnbes TSHoye eNO eee * Larus californicus Lawrence .................2..2::2--:010e10e0e % Tarus ores onus HS ut el cites ence eer ener 2 Dams) philadelm nia s(Or dl) eeeeece ses ce cress ce oereee ore eeeeeeseeseee %. Gaby FeH oro (Al ISP oyhate) se i Sterna? eleoans! PAC CUPULET Velox (IWS OM) beets See eres rere crete zsueseee IBywHeYo) Joxepeeebicy ((Esenelbia)) ee Buteo swainsoni Bonaparte (2?) -2......2.22.-.-:21:::-0000---- JMR 0) AS] Oe cee oe Ee as Archibuteo ferrugineus (Lichtenstein) -...............22......-. * Aquila chrysaétos (Linnaeus) .........2..22..-2--2:ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 114 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 S ee Seen rit ais) © 4 oa, w = @ ¢ 8 g F 3s Bea ad eS TNO|uMUE We jolloyepag oy) PVA Gly Se eps z Je\Cay ville) (rors buh) PSM Ohh ee eo oe if Haliaétus leucocephalus (Linnaeus) ~.............-.-..-.-.-.-- ta Morphnus woodwardi Miller -.0.2..20220.00000200002.-2eee-eee ig Geranoaétus melanoleucus Auct. (?) -....-2----- Geranoaétus grinnelli Miller -.......2..2.22220..222:.2s:e-eeeeeoe = CGeranoadeuus straoilise inl er yaseee:ceeeueese sere ceeeees seer eeeenoee * Haleo mp ere Sm isa Mam Sa eee eee eee ence IN ENC OSES gene secterec nee ccs vane coer c aoe eee ean eee * Faleo sparverius Linnaeus .......-.....----2.:--:c--eeeceeceeceeeeeeeees IBolybonns tharuS acute peseesce eens eee eres eee rece Aluco pratincola (Bonaparte) ACS10n walsomiamuss |(UESSOM)) | ee-ceceecnecee sae so eee ree sere eo neers Asio flammeus (Pontoppidan) -.....-......----c:--:ccsceeceeeeeeees z ©fusasio™ (Glimnaeus))) Seis cease ee Bubo yan oumiamnis: iGo en) ease eee eee sees ABU fo) tepvated len int OY UDC v es oe Bee Speotyto cunicularia hypogaea (Bonaparte) ................ by Glaucidium gnoma Wagler ....................- eae ee ae Micropallas whitneyi (J. G. Cooper) ..........22:.2:::2::000200+ INeomorp hay, 2, SPs, .csze-cceec! eons woos cacetonsessee- codes ccastee acca testes * @olaptesicaterm (Gmelin) Weseeeees essere: sceraeeseuee se saeeeueesenrennes Otocoris alpestris (Linnaeus) ........-2......-220-2--e1eeeeeeeeeee = @yanocitita stellleris (Game lim) jee eee eee esesoees @oryusncorasx Winn Aeus gescec ven -seececestee cece erence -eesereeeseeees Corvus brachyrhynchos Brebim j2222.22.22222 cesses eee Corvus annectens Shufeldt. ............20..22.22.-2ee2eeeeeeeeee eee * Corvus; SP: <:2----<-:-.- oes ceg cass Sen gee oes Pcne cuca ease ee eure * Xanthocephalus xanthocephalus (Bonaparte) .............. = Avelaiussoubernator (WWiaeler)) see ssenese eee eeeee eee * Sturnella neglecta Audubon .-........... oe a Euphagus cyanocephalus (Wagler) ...........-.-----.----------00-0- TD jojo) eye b tsp eewarbawle: pO) aub Re U0 hd epeeeee eee eee eee eee i PAPO] Ot SPs oe caceuzaccecessttesetees fetes suze con teee gue eeser eee see eeeemeretcnee % Lanius ludovicianus Linnaeus .................c0.ceceeeeeceecneeseee ees 1912] Miller: Pacific Coast Avian Palaeontology 115 BrBuioGRAPHY OF Paciric Coast Fossm AVIFAUNAS 1878. Cope, E. D., Bull. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr. iv no. 2, May 3, 1878. Describes three species of birds from Fossil Lake, Ore. 1892. Shufeldt, R. W., A Study of the Fossil Avifauna of the Equus Beds of the Oregon Desert, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila. no. 9, p. 389. 1894. Cope, E. D., On Cyphornis, an Extinct Genus of Birds, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. no. 9, p. 449. 1901. Lueas, F. A., A. Flightless Auk, Manealla ecaliforniensis, from the Miocene of California, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, p. 133. 1909. Miller, L. H., Pavo californicus, a Fossil Peacock from the Quater- nary Asphalt Beds of Rancho La Brea, Univ. Calif. Publ., Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 5, p. 285. 1909. Miller, L. H., Teratornis, a New Avian Genus from Rancho La Brea, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 5, p. 305. 1910. Miller, L. H., Wading Birds from the Quaternary Asphalt of Rancho La Brea, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 5, p. 437. 1910. Miller, L. H., The Condor-like Vultures of Rancho La Brea, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 6, p. 1. 1911. Miller, L. H., Additions to the Avifauna of the Pleistocene Deposits at Fossil Lake, Oregon, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 6, p. 79. 1911. Miller, L. H., A Series of Eagle Tarsi from the Pleistocene of Rancho La Brea, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 6, p. 305. 1911. Miller, L. H., Avifauna of the Pleistocene Cave Deposits of Cali- fornia, Uniy. Calif. Publ., Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 6, p. 385. NotTe.—Since the text of this paper went to press, bird remains have been found in the Upper San Pedro Pleistocene at San Pedro, Cal., by Dr. F. C. Clark of Los Angeles. These remains were very generously presented to the present writer by Dr. Clark, and by permission of the latter, were deposited in the Vertebrate Palaeontology Collections at the University of California. Three of the specimens are almost perfect, the several others are too fragmentary for determination. One specimen repre- sents an undescribed species of grebe of the genus Achmophorus but in view of the fact that the active exploration of these beds now going on will possibly bring to light cther remains of like nature, a description of the species is thought unwise at present. Remains of Bison, Equus, a ecamelid, rodents, seals, small turtles, and sting rays have also been taken from these beds by Dr. Clark and the writer. List OF SPECIES FROM Upper SAN PEDRO Mammals Birds Equus Aichmophorus, n. sp. Bison Nettion carolinense (Gmelin) Camelid Sturnella neglecta Audubon DEC 17 1912 Natigns| wiuser® “UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS es, BERKELEY ; sh Notr.—The University of California Publications are offered i in exc ange cations of learned societies and institutions, universities and libraries. r all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sa publications and other information, address the Manager of the University California, U. S. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to T. Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. S. A. OTTO HARRASSOWITZ , R. FRIEDLAENDER & LEIPZIG BERLIN Agent for the series in American Arch- Agent for the series in Ameri aeology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, aeology and Ethnology, Botany, Edueation, Modern Philology, Philosophy, Mathematics, Pathology, Ph; Psychology. Zoology, and Memoirs, : Geology.—Anprew OC. Lawson and Joun OC. Merriam, Editors. Price per volume, Volumes 1 (pp. 435), II (pp. 450), IIL (pp. 475), IV (pp. 462), V (pp. 448), completed. Volumes VI and VII (in progress). Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. Volume 1, 1893-1896, 435 pp., with 18 plates, price.....-.....-.:c-cceccs-eecceceeeseeseence Volume 2, 1896-1902, 450 pp., with 17 plates and 1 map, price.......-..-2--.- a A list of the titles in volumes 1 and 2 will be sent upon request. . VOLUME 3. 1, The Quaternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey ...-....--.--::-ceceosceeeceseseeeees-oee 2. Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur S. Hakle........-c-ssccesescccceensececenssone 3. The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by Amdrew ©. Lawson ......2...20 oc cetalecesccste:sccuestenseccsesethot saceie conde oeie i neces aon a 4, Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John C. Merriam. 6, The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. “Reid... ic. o2..c.fc-2-cncteencencoeesanceeen eden 7. Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. Schaller 1 8. Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, by Aridrew..C. Lawson 02. 2c iste ni ee ae 9. Palacheite, by Arthur S. Hakle : 0. Two New Species of Fossil Turtles from Oregon, by 6. P. Hay. 1. A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of peg by W. J. Sinclair. Nos.. 10 amd/11 im one COV er ..2i sit. sect de ceen cess open oceans eee : 12. New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassie of ioe by John C. Merriam es 13. Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller 14. The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, by Jol C.-M erriamise <8, i ara Beene tt Secnay acess se =s nanave he eae con ne en ee owen 15. The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. Lawson.............. : 16. A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merriam..... 17. The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, Caiifornia, by Andrew CO. 1 UY 5031 C3 « gee ein a een emetic ES or c.iccppanerer conection Ose 18, A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. ; 19. A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmon 20. Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of California, by William J. Sinclair and HE. Gu. Purlong...-..- 2. ccecccnscencsens eccnecencecsensencnestPesurnneseeneaane a 21, A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam -...... 22. The Riwer Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar H. Hershey... % VOLUME 4. 2 te Smith oe 1 a Ne a a ee ne ene a CG; Merriam a ec ee ge OM as ce a a eee Geological Section of the Coast Ranges North of the Bay of San Francisco, by Wes SO STONE 2 oo eee sae ne ee ee eae Arcas of the California Neocene, by Vance C. Osmont.............-... Contribution to the Palaeontology of the Martinez Group, by Charles E, W New or Imperfectly Known Rodents and Ungulates from the John Day ie Ao we New Mammalia from the Quaternary Caves of California by William J. Sine . Preptoceras, a New Ungulate from the Samwel Cave, California, by ast Furlong on . UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 7, pp. 143-150 Issued December 4, 1912 FAUNA FROM THE TYPE LOCALITY OF THE MONTEREY SERIES IN CALIFORNIA BY BRUCE MARTIN CONTENTS PAGE TASC RU) (0) Toe oe Ee 143 FETS GON Call SVC MMC We be Fcc ot sso ccs seasveSescceoiuetecves esta cusdoeett etch atenteseuecesseesecvivecces sie 144 Wesermption of the: Type! Locality -.....--.c.s---csccsassscceececseeeesecsteceececeeeeerececese 145 Wocatiom and Topography 2cccc.c-cececcccceceecceetececcseccence-eeneoees areas eee 145 PSI TREE ETT OVO fc eA ae ee SE PERE er SR a 145 TUpH BLN KOK 7 cea ee a a Ee eee 146 Fauna of the Type Locality ......................-- pee ee eee Ire 147 Correlation with the Monterey of Contra Costa County .........---....- 149 INTRODUCTION In the course of a study of the Monterey series, as it appears along the east shore of San Pablo Bay and in the vicinity of Mt. Diablo, the writer found it necessary to compare the fauna with that of the type section of the Monterey at the town of Mon- terey. The writer visited the type locality and brought together what seemed to be a representative collection of the molluscan fauna. As comparatively little relative to the palaeontology of the type section has been published it seemed desirable to record such information as is available. 144 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 HISTORICAL REVIEW The first reference to the formations known as the Monterey series in the literature of Pacific Coast geology is by Dr. W. P. Blake? in describing a series of sedimentary rocks, mostly diatomaceous shales, which occurs near the town of Monterey. Dr. Blake’s observations were made during the latter part of 1854 while he was geologist for the Pacifie Railroad Survey. In his description of the formation he refers to it as a ‘‘formation teeming with the skeletons of microscopic organisms which appears to overle and to be conformable to the Tertiary strata that underlie a part of the town of Monterey and to extend to and beyond the Mission of San Carlos.’’ The Tertiary strata underlying the town of Monterey are a part of the formation containing the skeletons of microscopic organisms to which refer- ence is made by Blake. This fact was recognized by him as is indicated in the later part of his report. His separation of the two is probably due to his finding a few casts of foraminifers in the lower horizons instead of the diatoms, which were found in the upper horizon. 5 The stratigraphic relations noted by Blake were as follows: The Monterey was seen to rest directly upon the granite of Point Pinos and was not found to be covered by any later formation other than Recent or terrace accumulations along the bay shore. Blake’s description of the lithology of the beds is as full and com- plete as can be desired. The fauna that is listed in his report is, however, very meagre and is not particularly characteristic of any division of the Tertiary. The species listed were: Tellina con- gesta Conrad, a few borings of Petricola cylindracea, casts of foraminifers, and diatoms. The diatoms were determined by Professor Baily of West Point as belonging to the genus Coscin- odiscus. In 1893 Professor A. C. Lawson published an account of the geology? of Carmelo Bay in which he distinctly defined the Monterey series and gave a discussion of its stratigraphy and 1 Blake, W. P., Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad., vol. 7, pp. 328-331, 1855. Also Pacific Railroad Reports, vol. 5, pp. 180-182, 1855. 2 Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. of Geol., vol. 1, pp. 1-59, 1893. 1912] Martin: Type Locality of Monterey Series in California 145 lithology. He also published a list of the fossil marine inverte- brates upon which the determination of these beds as Miocene was based. The following species, identified by Dr. W. H. Dall, were noted by Professor Lawson : Area, sp. (nov.?). Saxidomus, sp. Leda, sp. (nov.?). Lueina, like L. crenulata. Clementia?, sp. Young Cardium or small Venericardia. Pecten (Pseudamusium) peckhami Gabb. Macoma, sp. (nov.?). DESCRIPTION OF THE TYPE LOCALITY Location and Topography.—The territory over which the ob- servations on the typical Monterey were extended comprises an area about four miles square between Monterey Bay and the valley of the Carmelo River, and lying principally east of the main coast road leading from Monterey to Carmel-by-the-Sea. A small area occurs in the higher hills west of this road. Several short excursions were made beyond the limits of this territory, but they have no direct bearing upon the results. This locality lies at the north extremity of the Santa Lucia Range, and while it may be easily separated physiographically from the region to the south of the Carmelo River valley, it must, nevertheless, be considered a part of the range. The physical features show well-rounded hills and flat-topped ridges whose flanks are dis- sected by numerous streams and ravines. In no case does the elevation exceed eleven hundred feet. From Point Pinos the hills rise abruptly to the southward, attaining an elevation of approximately eight hundred feet two miles southwest of Mon- terey, where they swing to the eastward, forming a crescent- shaped chain around the town. Stratigraphy.—tThe stratigraphic relations of the Monterey series are very simple. At several localities along its western border it may be observed resting almost horizontally upon the eroded surface of the Santa Lucia Granite. On the northern and eastern boundaries the shale passes beneath the Recent or terrace accumulations which flank the hills in the vicinity of Monterey 146 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 and Carmelo bays. The western limit of the series may be roughly followed by the outcroppings of the granite in the lower portions of the hills and over the more nearly level territory sur- rounding the town of Monterey. On the summit of the main ridge, two miles southwest of Monterey, and on the south side of this ridge, both the shale and the granite are mantled by a considerable thickness of brown to yellow sand, which prevented the accurate mapping of the formations. One of the most favor- able localities for observing the relations of the shale and the granite is seen in a small creek near the middle of the town of Monterey. The east bank of this stream stands perpendicular for twelve feet or more. At the base of this section the solid granite is exposed. Coarse-grained sandstone and boulders immediately overlie the granite. Passing upward the beds grade into finer sandstone. Near the top of the section the sandstone is replaced by clay shale or mudstone. Several feet back from the precipitous banks of the stream the typical whitish-yellow bituminous shale was found in place, approximately thirty feet stratigraphically above the granite, showing the rapid transition from sandstone to shale. A sheht tilting to the eastward is the only movement that has affected the shale, excepting a few minor dislocations due to faulting. The inclination of the strata from the horizontal is seldom greater than fifteen degrees and frequently not over five. In several localities immediately southeast of Monterey the beds - were found lying approximately horizontal. A conservative esti- mate of the thickness of the beds would place it at no less than two thousand feet. Lithology.—tThe character of the rocks and the theories as to their origin have been dealt with at considerable length by Pro- fessor Lawson in his publication to which reference has been made above, and it does not seem necessary to do more than review the general types of rocks that are found in this series. The series, as exposed at the type locality, consists mainly of white and light yellow shales, usually well bedded and very resistant to weathering. The shale can be separated lithologically into three types: (1) a soft chalk-like rock which appears to be largely of diatomaceous origin; (2) a cherty shale which is very brittle and breaks with a smooth, glassy fracture; (3) an arenaceous and argillaceous shale. In the upper portion of the series the dia- 1912] Martin: Type Locality of Monterey Series in Califorma 147 tomaceous shale greatly predominates. In the lower portions the cherty and arenaceous phases are quite common. Besides these there are variations of local importance, as they are the phases from which the greater number of the fossil marine invertebrates were obtained. One of these localities occurs along the Pacific Improvement Club’s driveway approximately one and one quarter miles northeast of Carmelo Bay. Here a section is exposed in which the strata are dipping toward the northeast at an angle of ten or fifteen degrees. The base of the section con- sists of yellowish-brown limestone and calcareous sandstone which grades upward into a purple, fine-grained sandstone. ... mm. ine & vees of the Orleans Basin, California, by Osear H. Hershey...... VOLUME 4. BoA, Primicis is , Geciosica: VM. COs 92 vo oes special gue ae SRS oe ee en eee 2 Areas of (he Jn'\ 1» Neogene, by Vance C. Osmont “4 Contribution to t ‘2 aeontology of the Martinez Group, ee Charles E. New or lmperfee “ .wn Rodents and Ungulates from ve John Day Se William J. Sinv!ais New Mammalia 7%: - Quaternary Caves of California, by William J. 8S . Preptoceras, 2 ~ A o 4 Q oO n a Le! 9 oO e. ° B ct mM to 3. B oO lar) Hw Oo B (ar oe a>) al fo} 4 (a>) Le J 4 Le} ing i) m ee ic} ° Lar) KH [or © j=" So ao q jan io) rf o oO La} ct ies] és Q . Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of California, by William J. Sinclair and H, L. Furlomng.........-.---.---.-:-:2--sec2scececoseeserscenenenerensnenenenenenes . A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam -.. . The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Osear H. Hershey....... bo So eo 1 Doe VOLUME 4. Ms yc Gr eer es We ee eRe eo Soccer atom og Gomsberrresie so 2, A Primitive Ichthyosaurian Limb from the Middle Triassie of Nevada, C. Merriam ...-...2ese---c--eecnnceceencceercersntceennentenennecccnccesspeecnnesenenannnasnnansnnensrrnannaneysnnae neat 3. Geological Section of the Coast Ranges North of the Bay of San Francise Wi C® Ob ont ence cece a ae ee ae 4, Areas of the California Neocene, by Vance C. Osmont..........-.--------------- 5. Contribution to the Palaeontology of the Martinez Group, by Charles E. We 6. New or Imperfectly Known Rodents and Ungulates from the John Day Series William J. Sinclair 2.2... -cececcecececeecsecceeeeneereemeneesceorenaesenenenensnesanessnncsaseaseceanes sting - New Mammalia from the Quaternary Caves of California, by William J. Si . Preptoceras, a New Ungulate from the Samwel Cave, California, by Eusta Furlong -2...22------cenencscscseereecsceesnnareneneneccesenserenenccansaneanameacnccsaracs weeeconssenctunanencte cere UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 10, pp. 177-241 Issued February 26, 1913 THE MONTEREY SERIES IN CALIFORNIA BY GEORGE DAVIS LOUDERBACK CONTENTS PAGE Part I.—The Santa Clara Valley Region of Ventura County and its Relationship to the Coastal Region to the North and West.... 179 Mert UNC G10 Nipeg ss ccf eee oe occa areas See rece cece racine ee net sel nscapesstesseieezsezes eanctezscs 179 Previously Described Section North of Santa Clara Valley ............ 180 Vaqueros-Monterey Series of Monterey-Santa Barbara Coastal TRACE ee ae eo ep sere ee Apparent Contrasts between the two Regions .. Opening of ‘‘ Vaqueros’’ Deposition MhesSespe WorMation: ...2.-.....-2...--cceccennceeceeneeeenene Upper part of ‘‘ Vaqueros-Modelo’’ Series ........ Region north of Santa Clara Valley -............. Pe wMIO dl eLO! SANSOM CS 2 soe. o5 oo esc casa ses co cteecnscesecernnecesceteteececesetece 187 Region south of Santa Clara Valley 188 HOS UGS yes. ates Mee cso sarescareusic-accveseassetescectetes 89) Lithological Types and Nomenclature in Various Fields .................. 189 Relationships of Different Seetions of the Series —........-.0.0.----- 191 MCU SH OMe Saas eee wee con Face cece eas ash scadedusatevedaseactae-seisicacesctececeecessaceusdecssise 192 Parr II.—Critical Review of our Knowledge of the Monterey Series in California and History of its Nomenclature ~....................... 193 SEATING ID OS CS pen cece a ee ree aS A cco eee ae Uae SS av ees laa fe ovsaeetbeceestenedeezstes 193 Marly, Notices—Previous to 1898 ............0.2---2--ccscscessssceseeeeeeessesseeeeeenens 193 Decade 1893-1903: Recognition of Series as Stratigraphic Unit and Extension of Knowledge of its Areal Distribution -............... 195 Wammeloweay——MaiwSOuy) WUSQ3) x.z2..de2eeo cece cee cee cers acces seer ceeedecetecotes-s were both sandstones to disappear it would be difficult to distinguish these rocks from the upper portion of the Vaqueros formation.’’ In other words, were the two sandstones not present, the upper part of the series would become a uniform succession of siliceous diatomaceous shales and correspond in character and stratigraphic position exactly with the siliceous Monterey shales of the coast region to the west and north. The Modelo Sandstones—A study of the rield relations'® of these sandstones leads to suggestive results. In upper Hopper Canon the lower Modelo sandstone is well developed and _ is probably over 2000 feet thick. This thickness diminishes rap- idly towards the south, so that in 5 or 6 miles it is only a few hundred feet and within 8 or 9 miles it has apparently disap- peared or is so insignificant as to attract no attention. No for- mation corresponding to it has been recognized south of the Santa Clara Valley, nor to the west in the Sulphur Mountain district. The upper sandstone has not been recognized over so large an area, nor is its maximum thickness so great nor its tapering so rapid, but its relationships seem to be similar. It les in 14 Bull. 309, p. 19. 15 The italics introduced by present writer. 16 These descriptions may be followed on map, plate I, Bull. 309, U. 8. Geol. Surv. 188 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 the same general territory as the lower sandstone—that is, east of Sespe Creek, north of Santa Clara Valley, and does not cross the Piru drainage basin to the east. It appears to die out before the south side of the Santa Clara Valley is reached. These sands, then, are strictly local facies which grow thicker as they approach the mountain mass to the north. from which they were probably derived; and to the west, south, and southeast (to the east they pass under later formations and their extent is unknown) they thin down either to negligibly small layers or to complete extinction. Region South of Santa Clara Valley.—To the south of Santa Clara Valley, the development of the Vaqueros-Monterey series is simpler and the correspondence with the normal coast type more readily discernible. Fossils are abundant in the lower layers, so that the horizon is readily identified. The whole series is thinner, in particular by loss of the Modelo sandstones and a considerable decrease in the terrigenous shales. It may be noted that these shales show variation in thickness on the north side of Santa Clara Valley similar to that shown by the Modelo sandstones,—that is, they decrease in thickness towards the south, west, and southeast, although they do not, as far as observed, entirely disappear. There appears to be no reason to doubt that the formations south of the Santa Clara Valley represent as a whole practically the same duration of deposition as do those to the north, and that the particular differences of the latter are due simply to an original position nearer inshore, during at least a large portion of the period, and more directly related to a special source of supply of terrigenous detritus—the mountainous region of north- ern Ventura County. This relationship was indeed suggested as a possibility by Eldridge and Arnold:* ‘‘South of the river this division does not appear to hold, yet one or another of the characteristics of the Miocene, taken as a whole, north of the river reappears on the south side, suggesting that the beds on both sides of the valley from base to summit should be included in a single formation.”’ 17 Bull. 309, p. 21. 1913 ] Louderback: The Monterey Series 189 Results—Krom the above considerations it is evident that the division of the series at the base of the lower Modelo sand- stone is an artificial division which holds in only a small part of the Santa Clara field, and that the line as drawn to the west of Sespe Creek and south of Santa Clara river is the same as that used by Arnold in the Santa Maria district,—that is, the base of the siliceous shales. LiItHOLOGICAL TYPES AND NOMENCLATURE IN VARIOUS FIELDS t should be particularly noted that the distinction between Vaqueros and Monterey or Modelo has been actually made in the field by Hamlin,'* Fairbanks, Eldridge, and Arnold, in the Salinas Valley, San Luis quadrangle, Santa Maria district, Sum- merland district, and Santa Clara Valley districts, on a strictly lithologic basis,—that is, on a change in the type of sedimen- tation, and we may represent the correlation of depositional types in these districts by the following table in order to show how the application of the nomenclature and the position of the divisional lines have varied.'® 18U. S. G. 8S. Water Supply and Irrig. Paper no. 89, 1904. 19 It is evident that the questions here considered have nothing to do with the determinations of horizons as indicated by faunal zones within the Vaqueros-Monterey Series. [ VoL. 7 in Geology acations ‘via Publ for ( ity of Cal werst Un 190 ; 9} BIOTIOT S109 odsog eTppuy Aysui ‘aAvl ouo UOLPVIULO NT petite id AT yy ‘skeo vue (9u0}s adsag ++! souoyspues Avis jodseg a[pprfl -umoiq odsaq) pue pet yysuig spoq poy ———— ALINUYOANOON {) $$ a ae : at 3 Atqqead ATpe “ 2} GLQU10 . o}BId | WOT} BULLO -WOTSBIDO VTRYS stOISpUBS : sopeys Apues 4 ae uf : ee orenbe A -u0d puB fre eneiinee -wopsuos pue | adsag szadd ayeurpzoqns 9U0{SpUBS U pues aUO}SpuBg L yy fouojspueg Be ee WOTPBULLO [ KeroAyt soronbe A bdo AESORIS] DUS soreube A oyeurpazoqus (motjpo19 009 pue ‘yievd 1aMoy, (suotpa10U0d (SUOLpaIIUOD oUOJSOUIE — | WOLPBVULLO YT at ATperoodsa aUOJSOWTT PUB) oUuoJSoUutTy ) YQUa) sepeys sotonbev, | suorjetom0d sno So[VYS SNOUISLL1 J, So[BYS SNOUISLLL J, SNOUVSLLL J, -dLBITVI UJLAL) peas: o[BYS SUOUISLLI0 J, Aato}UO JT ae = = ee ee ee : ( ie X a[BYS Snovd1I][tg sopvys ayeyg _ SoTRYys — | UOryBULLOT soypeys f atoyspuBs TaMOrT SNOVOTLIS KoLoJUOT, SNOODdTLIS O[Ppol SLODDT[IS | UOLYRULTO GT apBYS SNOVdI]IG APotyy) APoupyy AYoty, O[epofy) oeuoyspues aoddy) ayeys snovdtpIg ———— AMINYOANOON]) ALINYOINOON () — ALINUYOd NOON) ———— |] —— ALINYOUNOON{() ———— oa | uosuyog pur ‘uossepuy ‘powy | po fe ouay pur o3piapie SUBTLE wl ay ears [nein : eweny ned ceiver gigi nak aueee yo nage nae a[suvapengy siny ug : = AB[PA Ble[Q BpUB_g fo YYNOS UOlsoy SoeA BALIO Byurg jo Ytou uolsoy SUTYUAS AWYALNOW WO SadlOVvel purptomumng pue viuiepy eyueg TIVNOLLISOdHd WO GUI LWTIONGINON 1913] Louderback: The Monterey Series 191 RELATIONSHIPS OF DIFFERENT SECTIONS OF THE SERIES The foregoing table is a comparison of the general features of several sections of the Monterey-Vaqueros series, the division lines being drawn on a lithological basis—the only basis on which actual divisional lines have been drawn in the areas repre- sented. But a careful comparison of different sections of the Santa Clara Valley region gives very suggestive evidence, as explained above, that much of the terrigenous shale in the Sespe district corresponds to diatomaceous shale south of the Santa Clara Valley, and that much of the Modelo sandstones corre- sponds to contemporaneous deposition of siliceous shales south of the valley. A study of numerous sections along the coast to the north of Point Conception has led the writer to similar conclusions for other areas. In the Santa Maria district conglomerate at one point is seen to take the place of sandstone within a few miles (as in the region between Suey Creek and Huasna- Creek) ; sandstone at one point is replaced by terrigenous shales within a moderate distance (as in the Casmalia Hills). The rapid flue- tuation in thickness of the terrigenous basal members of the conformable series which grade into biogenie caleareous and then siliceous shales, the terrigenous members retaining the same faunal facies, indicates that the terrigenous material at one local- ity is strictly contemporaneous with detrital material of a dif- ferent grain and with biogenic material at others. This rela- tionship is suggested practically everywhere that the series is developed. In particular, it is frequently observable that the terrigenous material is definitely related to older land masses in many local- ities, and that the biogenic shale increases in amount in definite directions—often in directions that point to greater distance from an old shore line, as was brought out for the Santa Clar: region and will be indicated for several other localities in a later part of this paper. 192 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 CONCLUSION It results from these relationships that in the region observed the ‘‘Vaqueros’’ is merely a depositional facies, as is also the ‘“Monterey shale,’’? the former type including the lower sand- stone and conglomerate and intercalated shale, according to the usage of Fairbanks and Hamlin, the latter the predominant clay shales, limestone and diatomaceous beds. Eldridge, Arnold, and R. Anderson throw the usually intermediate strata—predomi- nately terrigenous shale and limestone—into the Vaqueros type. In the territory mapped by Fairbanks (San Luis Folio) we must hold that Vaqueros sandstone of one portion corresponds to Monterey shale of an adjoining portion, and the same holds in the Santa Clara district mapped by Eldridge and the Santa Maria district mapped by Arnold, Anderson, and Johnson. The use of these terms as ‘‘formations’’ representing definite time intervals is misleading and gives a wrong picture of this great depositional series as a whole. The correlations usually put forward are merely formal and not real. Stratigraphically the one thing we can generally recognize definitely is the series, the lower portion of which, from several feet to several thousand feet, is usually terrigenous and is distinguished from underlying beds, either by unconformity, distinctive fauna, or marked change in depositional type. It was brought to a close by an uncon- formity representing important orogenic movements throughout the whole California coastal region, or at least throughout the whole region in which its deposition had taken place. It repre- sents, in facet, a depositional eyele, and emphasis should be placed on the series as a whole, and a single name should be- used to designate it. It represents historically, areally, and economically one of the important periods of deposition in West Coast geologic history, and to be appreciated it should be presented as a major stratigraphic unit—which it is. Its most important relation- ships and essential characteristics are lost when it is presented merely as two or more different ‘‘formations.’? The name ‘Monterey Series’’ was proposed some years ago*® by Lawson, 20 Univ. of Calif. Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. I, pp. 1-59 (1898). 1913 | Louderback: The Monterey Series 193 and has been used by him and some others consistently ever since for the rocks of this depositional cycle. It will be used in this paper in the further discussion of the subject. The Vaqueros sandstone, the Monterey shale, the Modelo sand- stone, are mere depositional facies, and while rocks designated by any of these names may be analogous in different localities, they are frequently not correlative. The ‘‘Modelo formation’’ is an artificial and, as far as evidence goes, meaningless group, not even applicable throughout the region of the Santa Clara Valley oil fields and it should be abandoned. PART II CRITICAL REVIEW OF OUR KNOWLEDGE OF THE MONTEREY SERIES IN CALIFORNIA AND HISTORY OF ITS NOMENCLATURE PURPOSES In the light of the ideas developed in Part I of this paper, it is proposed to review critically the literature that has had most influence on present day conceptions of the California Middle Tertiary, with the purpose (1) of determining if pos- sible the extent to which these ideas will apply to other areas; (2) of eritically examining the evidence presented for various other interpretations and the bases for the diverse nomenclature ; (3) of bringing out the main characteristics of the Monterey series in the different areas in which it has been studied. EARLY NOTICES—PREVIOUS TO 1893 Probably the first reference that occurs in the hterature to the most peculiar member of this series is in an article by W. P. Blake, published*! in 1855 and entitled ‘‘Notice of Remarkable Strata containing the remains of Infusoria and Polythalamia in the Tertiary Formation of Monterey, California. quently referred to as the paper in which the formational name te) This is fre- 21 Proce. Acad. Sei., Philadelphia, vol. 7, pp. 328-331 (1855). 194 University of California Publications in Geology |Vou.7 ? ‘*Monterey’’ was first definitely given and defined. It is a his- torically interesting paper in that it is the first notice of that type of deposit that is so widespread and important, both geolog- ically and economically, in California—the siliceous, chiefly dia- tomaceous, earths and shales. A careful reading, however, shows no intention to either name or define any stratigraphic unit,— the whole purpose was to announce the occurrence in thick de- posit of this remarkable type of strata. A partial section is given, the lowest member of which was not estimated as ‘‘it extends downward under the chamisal for a lone distanee.’’ ‘“This interesting formation, teemine with the skeletons of microscopie organisms, appears to overlie and to be conformable with the tertiary strata that underlie a part of the town of Monterey and extend to and beyond the Mission of San Carlos. These strata rest upon a porphyritie granite’’ (p. 330). These latter strata are said to contain fossil shells, the more abundant of which Conrad described and named Tellina congesta, which at San Carlos is associated with Lutraria Traskii, also a new species. “A stratum of the Monterey formation similar in texture to the stone which is used for buildings, but different in color, also contains casts of Tellina congesta in great numbers’’ (p. 331). This is the only mention Blake makes of ‘‘Monterey formation,’’ or any similar expression, and it is evident from the context that he was not naming a stratigraphie unit, but simply meant the formation or type of material at Monterey— a mere locality designation—a common practice among the geolo- gists who explored the west at that period and for 20 or more years later. As further evidence of this, it may be noted that Blake pub- lished two geological descriptions of the territory about Monterey the iollowing year (1856), without once mentioning these rocks by such a designation. In the Pacific Railroad Report,*? he described them as ‘‘the Tertiary formations,’’ and uses the term Monterey only in the following expressions, ‘‘the base of the formation at Monterey,’’ ‘‘A stratum of the Monterey rock’’ 22 Reports of Explorations and Surveys to ascertain the most practi- cable and economical route for a railroad from the Mississippi River to the -acific Ocean. Vol. 5 (1856), Part II, Chapter XIII, esp. pp. 180-182. 1913 | Louderback: The Monterey Series 195 (p. 180). In the Report of the Superintendent of the Coast Survey,° they are again called ‘‘ Tertiary Strata’’ (p. 391), and Monterey is only used in the expression ‘‘strata about Monte- rey.’’ In Map no. 59, the formations in the ‘*‘ Vicinity of Mon- terey Bay’’ are plotted, and the strata under discussion are mapped as ‘‘Tertiary,’’ not as ‘‘ Monterey shale’’ or other similar designation, although in Map no. 58, of San Francisco harbor, the ‘‘San Francisco Sandstone”’ is so designated and ‘‘Tertiary”’ written after it. This is really not a very important point, and would not here be discussed were it not that in several publi- cations of the U. 8. Geological Survey** it is distinctly stated that the ‘‘Monterey formation’’ (as a stratigraphic unit) was named and deseribed in the paper above referred to. These formations were also referred to or deseribed by other early geologists, such as Trask,?? Whitney,°® and Becker,*’ who generally referred to their most characteristic type as bituminous “*slates.’’ DECADE 1893-1903: RECOGNITION OF SERIES AS STRATIGRAPHIC UNIT AND EXTENSION OF KNOWLEDGE OF ITS AREAL DISTRIBUTION Carmelo Bay, Lawson, 1895.—The first definite application of a local name to the series as a stratigraphic unit was made by A. © Lawson in ‘‘The Geology of Carmelo Bay,’’ published in 1893.28 ‘‘The Miocene formations are abundantly developed .. . The series was among the first which attracted the attention of the earlier writers, Trask and Blake, and it has since become famous for the ‘infusorial’ remains which it contains, being known to collectors as the Monterey formation.*? This name, 23 Report of the Superintendent of the Coast Survey showing the pro- gress of the Survey during the year 1855 (1856), Appendix no. 65, pp. 390-392. 24 Bull. 191 (1902), Prof. Paper 47 (1906), Bull. 321 (1907), Bull. 522 (1907). 25 Report on the Geology of the Coast Mountains, ete. Assembly Jour- nal, 5th Session, 1854, Legislature, State of California, Appendix, doc. no. 9; 6th Session, 1856, Appendix, doe. 14. 26 California Geological Survey, Geology, vol. I (1865). 27 U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. no. 19 (1885); Monograph 18, p. 185 (1888). 28 Bull. Dept. Geol. Univ. of Calif., vol. 1, pp. 1-59 (1893). 29 In the meaning given by collectors and prospectors, formation means any type of deposit or produet—really a rough petrographical term, as ‘“stalactite formation,’’ ‘‘lime formation.’’ 196 University of California Publications in Geology (Vou. 7 under the form of the ‘Monterey series’ will be adopted as the local designation of the series’’ (p. 7). That by “‘local designation’’ he meant to inelude the whole depositional province, is shown by the statement: ‘‘The rocks of the Monterey series, as displayed in the vicinity of Carmelo Bay, are representative of the Miocene wherever it occurs for several hundred miles along the coast of California’’ (p. 22). A rather full description and discussion of the origin and rela- tionship of the series follows, and it is plotted on the map of Carmelo Bay, Plate I, as the ‘‘ Monterey Series (Miocene).’’ That it was not intended to so designate merely a lithologie type is indicated by the following: ‘‘ Near the base of the series at the town of Monterey there are some sandstones. There are also occasional lenses of a dense yellowish to mauve-colored fos- siliferous limestone, and... there are some beds which are both caleareous and gritty’’ (p. 24). Voleanie ash is also described in the series. A list of fossils is given as determined by Dall, in addition to those reported by Blake, and the conclusion reached that the series 1s Miocene. Point Sal, Fairbanks, 1896.—In 1896, Fairbanks®® described representatives of this series from Point Sal under the desig- nation ‘‘Miocene.’’ He notes 1000 feet of ‘‘bituminous shales’’ earrying Pecten peckhami Gabb, including limestone, caleareous sandstone, marly rocks and flints, below which are ‘‘gypsiferous clays’’ 1800 feet, three strata of ash, and finally 2000 feet of soft sandstone, shale, and conglomerate. Santa Catalina Island, W. S. T. Smith, 1897.—In 1897 W.S. T. Smith deseribed*! diatomaceous Miocene shale, voleanic tuff and limestone on Santa Catalina Island, associated with Tellina congesta, Conrad. The diatom remains were discussed by G. J. Hinde. San Clemente Island, W. 8S. T. Smith, 1898.—In 1898 he de- scribed ‘‘Miocene’’ beds on San Clemente Island,*? beginning as sandstones and passing into yellowish to grayish white shales, 30 Bull. Dept. of Geol. Univ. Calif., vol. 2; see pp. 9-18 (1896). 31 Proe. Calif. Acad. Sci., 8rd Ser. Geology, vol. 1, no. 1 (1897). 32 U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Annual Rept., 465-496 (1898). a 1913] Louderback: The Monterey Series OT the bulk of which consists of diatoms, associated with radiolaria and foraminifera, and showing abundant impressions of Pecten peckhami Gabb. Southern Coast Ranges, Fairbanks, 1898.—In the same year, Fairbanks published a general account of the Geology of the Southern Coast Ranges,** particularly in the vicinity of San Luis Obispo, in which he describes the ‘‘ Monterey series (Lower Miocene). With the beginning of the Neocene a subsidence commenced and continued through, or nearly through the Mio- cene. Finally, almost the whole Coast Range region was sub- merged and a thickness of rocks in many places of more than 7000 feet was deposited. The most characteristic feature of the series is the bituminous shales. They form its upper portion and reach a thickness of 5000 feet. Below them are limestones, clays, voleanie ash, sandstones, and conglomerates. .. . The sandstones and conglomerates at the bottom of the series are most prominently developed in the region lying east of the Rin- conada Valley, between it and the main granite range’’ (p. 561). Point Reyes Peninsula, F. M. Anderson, 1899.—In a paper on the geology of the Point Reyes** Peninsula, 1899, F. M. Anderson describes the there developed representative of this period of deposition under the head of ‘‘ Miocene Sediments,’’ consisting of conglomerates up to 300 feet thick, resting on the _ granite, and occasionally very coarse, followed everywhere by hight yellowish sandstones and then whitish, thin bedded siliceous shale. The latter is said to be the ‘‘white Miocene shale of the Monterey series, well known in the Coast Ranges.’’ On the Point Reyes peninsula ‘‘The series is entirely conformable, and doubtless all belongs to the same period of sedimentation. ”’ Coast Range Bituminous Rock Districts, Eldridge, 1901.—In 1901 (or 1902) Eldridge published a general survey of ‘‘the Asphalt and Bituminous Rock Deposits of the United States’’*? in which the Monterey rocks of California were given the following general description. 33 Jour. of Geol., vol. 6 (1898), this series described pp. 561-563. 34 Bull. Dept. Geol. Univ. Calif., vol. 2, pp. 119-153. Miocene, pp. 134-141. 25 U, S. Geol. Surv., 22d Annl. Rept., Part I, pp. 209-452. The main points of this paper were presented later in Bull, 213, pp. 296-805, 1908. 198 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 ‘‘Lower Neocene (Monterey ).—The rocks of this age usually embrace a heavy body of sandstones, conglomerates, and shales at the base, in which the form Ostrea titan is often found; over- lying these in some places is a body of gypsiferous clays that, in the region of Point Sal, for example, attains a thickness of nearly 2000 feet; above all is the salient feature of this series, a great body of more or less siliceous shales, everywhere of con- siderable thickness and locally embracing at least -2000 or 3000 feet. This suecession is not, however, strictly adhered to at all points. The formation is distributed the entire length of the Coast Range from Cape Mendocino to beyond Los Angeles. It borders the coast and occurs in the interior, forming a conspic uous terrane along the great valley of California drained by the San Joaquin and Sacramento rivers.”’ A few of his local descriptions will be referred to. ‘*Mon- terey shale’’ was described from the Santa Cruz district. ‘‘ For the Coast Range, in general it has already been stated that the lower portion of the Monterey frequently consists of sandstones. The sands here referred to’’ (in local description) ‘‘may be the equivalent of these; or, on the other hand, it may be that they are simply a shore deposit of uncertain age laid down prior to the deposit of the Monterey shale, and derived in large measure from the adjoining granite or brought into their position by coastwise currents’? (pp. 383, 384). Vhe Monterey was also reported and briefly described from the Salinas Valley region, San Luis Obispo district, the Santa Maria district, Los Alamos district, the southern coastal strip of Santa Barbara County, the Chino district (Puente Hills), and the Asphalto district (MeKittrick). In many of these local- ities it is said to lie unconformably below the ‘‘San Pablo (Middle 39 Neocene ) Sandstones are often reported as intercalated in the shales, or at the base of the shales and either definitely or. doubtfully referred to the Monterey. Point Arena District—As Eldridge’s is the only published account of the Point Arena district, it is presented here in more detail than the other districts mentioned. ‘‘This district embraces a small area of Monterey shale lying along the coast about 110 miles north of San Francisco. The 1913 | Louderback: The Monterey Series 199 shales form a low, rolling bench between ocean and Coast Range, 2 or 3 miles wide, and from 100 to 200 feet above the sea at the shore to 300 or 400 at the base of the range proper. The bench is cut transversely by streams from the mountains, and along them the shales are well exposed, displaying several folds with axes trending N. 50° W.”’ “The shales of the Monterey in this locality are interlami- nated with sandstones varying in thickness from a foot or two up to 30 or 40.—The shales are brown on fresh fracture, weath- ering to a greenish-gray; they are also clearly bituminous, not only for the locality in question but along the whole of this portion of the coast’’ (p. 379). derkeley Hills, Lawson and Palache, 1902.—In 1902, Lawson and Palache published** the Geology of ‘‘The Berkeley Hills,’ in which is described ‘‘The Monterey Series,’’ resting uncon- formably on the Chico (upper Cretaceous), and composed chiefly of siliceous shales and cherts earrying Tellina congesta, Pecten peckhami, fish scales and foraminifera. The series also is said to contain sandstones and limestones, the former carrying unrec- ognizable species of Tapes, Cytherea, Anthomya, Macoma, Lucina, Tellina, and Neverita. Furthermore, ‘‘it should be observed that this formation, as exposed on Skyline Ridge, does not represent the entire Monterey series. The series in Contra Costa County, only a few miles to the eastward, is made up of an alternation of four fossiliferous sandstone formations and three formations of ‘bituminous shale,’ aggregating in all several thousand feet in thickness’’ (p. 367). Middle Coast Ranges, Lawson, 1903.—This Contra Costa County Section had been presented by Professor Lawson before the Cordilleran Section of the Geological Society of America®’ in December, 1901, as follows: Upper Stage 7, sandstone, 1800 ft. Stage 6, bituminous shale, 670 ft. Stage 5, sandstone, 1200 ft. Monterey <~ Middle ~ Stage 4, bituminous shale, 1400 ft. Stage 3, sandstone, 600 ft. Stage 2, bituminous shale, 250 ft. Lower Stage 1, sandstone, 400 ft. 86 Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 2, see pp. 363-371. 37 Geological Section of the Middle Coast Ranges of California, Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., vol. 18, pp. 544-545 (1903). 200 University of California Publications in Geology (Vou.7 San Pedro, Arnold, 1903.—In 1903, Ralph Arnold,** in ‘‘The Palaeontology and Stratigraphy of the Marine Pliocene and Pleistocene of San Pedro, California,’’ stated that ‘‘The oldest formation exposed in the immediate vicinity of San Pedro is the Miocene, or Monterey series. The shales of this formation are exposed along the sea cliff in the eastern end of San Pedro Hill and also on Deadman Island’’ (p. 12). Petroleum Districts, Eldridge, 1903.—In Contributions to Economie Geology for 1902,*° Eldridge gave an outline of the geology of the various oil districts of California. He described formations referable to the Monterey series in the following localities: Coalinga (*‘100 or 200 feet of clays and sandstones that may prove to be Lower Miocene; 200 feet of siliceous shales typical of the Monterey (Upper Miocene) ’’) ; MeKittrick (‘‘prin- cipally of siliceous shales with their chalky, earthy, or more areillaceous modifications’’); Sunset (‘‘loecal developments of eritty sands, brown and yellow limestones, and gypsiferous clays, perhaps a lower division of the Miocene, the upper division con- sisting of siliceous shales, typical of the Monterey’’) ; Kern River Kield (ealled Lower Miocene) ; La Graciosa District (Monterey shale) ; Summerland Field (siliceous shales of the Monterey) ; Santa Clara Valley (Lower Miocene, and Monterey shales) ; Los Angeles Field (siliceous shales of Monterey type) ; Puente Hilts (‘‘ Lower Miocene, and Monterey’’). It is to be noted that while Eldridge definitely refers certain formations in these fields to the Monterey (or to the Monterey shale), yet he suggests that certain underlying sands or shales may be Lower Miocene and therefore older than the Monterey. This foreshadows the erection of a separate formation group and name for these lower beds that is definitely put forward by others the following year. General Character of Decade 1893-1903.—We see, then, that from 1893 to 1903 the unity of the series was accepted by the various workers in California Tertiary geology, the name Mon- terey for the whole series was the only local designation used, and its areal distribution was recognized along the coast from Point Arena to San Clemente Island. 38 Calif. Acad. Sei. Memoirs, vol. 3 (1903). 39 U.S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 213, pp. 306-321, 1908. 1913] Louderback: The Monterey Series 201 A few of the workers used the term Miocene instead of Monterey, although all believed that it represented the same series and displayed everywhere the same peculiar Lthologic types which up to that time were considered characteristic of the Monterey period of deposition in the California coastal province. Advantage of Local (Provincial) Name.—Even at that time it was evident that the term Monterey was preferable to Miocene, beeause the former designated definitely a series of deposits, representing a depositional period in a certain province of sedi- mentation, while the latter represents a time interval referred to a far distant standard and not necessarily coextensive in time with the period of deposition here under consideration. Its determination as Miocene is dependent upon the estimated rela- tion and meaning of faunal characteristics, the interpretation of which has varied up to the present and will probably continue to vary. Furthermore, J. C. Merriam had already in 1898 de- seribed the San Pablo formation,*® which in Contra Costa County and, as since determined, at many other localities, overlies the Mouterey. This series, originally referred by Merriam to the Fy ‘‘middle Neocene,’’ has been considered by some to be Plio- cene, and by others upper Miocene—this latter view being prob- ably the prevailing one among palaeontologists at the present time. Throughout the Coast region, wherever it comes in contact with the Monterey, it is believed to rest upon the latter uncon- formably, and over considerable areas the unconformity is very marked and represents a considerable amount of orogenic dis- turbance. If we accept the Miocene age of the San Pablo, there- fore, the Monterey, the period of orogenic disturbance, and the San Pablo would all be included under the designation Miocene. PERIOD OF 1904 TO THE PRESENT (1912) Opening of the Period.—The year 1904 was very prolific of publeation on the California Miocene and marked the beginning of the dismemberment of the Monterey series and the multi- pheation of formational names, both within the limits of this series and throughout all the Tertiary terranes, so that after a 49 Bull. Dept. Geol. Uniy. Calif., vol. 2, no. 4, May, 1898. 202 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 few years the array becomes confusing and rather discouraging to one who wishes to acquaint himself with the real essentials of the geological history of that time. Salinas Valley, Hamlin, 1904.—It was Homer Hamlin who suggested the term ‘*‘ Vaquero sandstone’’ for the sandy lower portions of the Monterey series in the Salinas Valley region. In 1904 in a paper on the Water Resources of the Salinas Valley, California,*’ he defines it as follows: ‘‘ Vaquero sandstone.— In the Salinas Valley, the Vaquero sandstone is a well defined formation. So far as observed in this region it rests uncon- formably on the Basement complex and on stratified terranes older than the Neocene, being thus in this locality the oldest known member of the Neocene; in other localities Neocene for- mations are found below the Vaquero sandstones, indicating that it is not the basal member of the Neocene. “The Vaquero formation is a rather coarse, uniformly gray, white or light-yellow quartzose sandstone with an occasional stratum of granitic pebbles. It is of great thickness along the eastern slope of the Santa Lucia range, especially in Los Vaqueros Valley; hence the designation proposed by the writer for this series of sandstones. . . . The following fossils have been found in the Vaquero sandstone: Balanus, sp.?; Mytilus, sp., probably mathewsonu Gabb; Ostrea tayloriana Gabb (Young) ?; Ostrea titan Conrad?; Pecten magnolia Conrad; Turritella hoffmanni Gabb?; Chione mathewsonit Gabb; Chione n. sp. (large, charac- teristic of this horizon) ; Mactra aff. catilliformis Conrad; Pecten estrellanus Conrad; Pecten (Chlamys) n. sp., 8.; Pecten (Pla- gioclenitum) n. sp. A.”’ San Luis Quadrangle, Fairbanks, 1904.—Fairbanks adopted Hamlin’s nomenclature for the San Luis Folio, which was pub- lished (appearing in fact earlier) the same year. He places in the ‘‘ Vaquero Sandstone’’ that lower portion of the series which is made up of sandstone and conglomerate ‘‘because of their extensive occurrence on Los Vaqueros Creek.’’ Beyond the quad- rangle it reaches a great thickness, especially ‘‘along the southern side of the granitic area.’’ It may be 5000 to 6000 feet thick. 41U. 8. Geol. Surv., W. S. and Irrig. Paper no. 89. 1913] Louderbach: The Monterey Series 203 Within the quadrangle itself it varies only up to about 500 feet in thickness. ; The ‘‘Monterey shale’’ ineludes the clay shales and lime- stones, and the siliceous shales in all from 5000-7000 feet thick. He considers that it lies conformably over the Vaquero sandstone, and states that ‘‘it seems probable that these sandstones and conglomerates were in origin, partly at least, contemporaneous with the bituminous Monterey shale, the former representing the shore deposits, and the latter representing deposits formed at. a considerable distance from land.’’ The ‘‘Monterey shale’’ is also shown to contain voleanie ash beds. The conformable series, Vaquero sandstone—Monterey shale, is separated from both earlier and later deposits by marked unconformities. It will be noted that the separation of the series is on a purely hthologie basis. and the Vaquero sandstones of one part of the field are believed to be contemporaneous and to have originally graded laterally into the Monterey shale in another part. They are, therefore, merely depositional facies of the same series of deposits, as believed by the present writer. The unfortunate thing about Fairbanks’ work is that he omitted the outward sign of the essential unity that he believed in—the name of the series as a whole, and presented it in his columnar section as two separate entities, representing two different periods of depo- sition, which idea his descriptions oppose. San Mateo County, Hachl and Arnold, 1904.—In this same vear (1904) Haehl and Arnold in discussing the ‘‘ Miocene Dia- base of the Santa Cruz Mountains in San Mateo County, Cali- fornia,’’!? presented these two divisions as representing different time intervals,—different faunal stages. They described’ ‘the lower Miocene”’ as ‘‘a series two or three thousand feet thick of massive, coarse, yellowish sandstone layers, interbedded with a few layers of varying thickness of dark colored argillaceous shale, the whole overlain by three or four hundred feet of thin bedded siliceous shales. The lower part of this series of beds, including most of the sandstone, appears to have the same fauna and oceupy the same stratigraphic position as the Vaquero sandstone of the Salinas Valley. The name ‘Vaquero’ will, therefore, be used 42 Proe. Am. Phil. Soe., vol. 48, pp. 16-53 (1904). 204 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 to designate the lower Miocene sandstone in the area under dis- cussion’’ (p. 19). the Monterey.’’ Here again we have the formation-faunal stage fallacy. Nevertheless ‘‘from geologic conditions to the south of the Puente Hills in the Santa Ana Range, however, the writer is inelined to consider the entire succession of beds described above as the local equivalent of the Monterey.’’ As in the Santa Clara Valley, this series underlies the ‘‘Fernando formation’’ unconformably. 52 Loc. cit., pp. 102-137. 1913 ] Louderback: The Monterey Series 211 Los Angeles, Arnold, 1907.—In the part dealing with ‘‘the Los Angeles Oil District,’? Arnold®* uses the same term Puente, and divides the Miocene representatives into the ‘‘ Puente sand- stone’’ and the ‘‘Upper Puente shale.’’ These he believes to correspond to the deposits of the same name in the Puente Hills. But his Puente sandstone here is fossiliferous and yields a fauna that he considers to be characteristic of the ‘‘lower Miocene throughout the southern San Joaquin Valley and as far south as the Santa Ana Mountains’’ and ‘‘equivalent®* in general to the Vaqueros sandstone of central California.’’ It apparently corresponds to the Agasoma zone and the stage of Turritella ocoyana and T’. variata. he lower portion of the ‘‘Puente sandstone’’ is described as argillaceous, and as possibly equivalent to the ‘‘lower Puente shale’’ of the Puente Hills. The ‘‘upper Puente shale’’ is said to consist of alternating sandstones and shales throughout, the lower 1000 feet being thick bedded and grading into the Puente sandstone with ‘‘no sharp line of demareation,’’ the upper thousand feet thin bedded. Mosi of the shale in the lower part of the ‘‘ Upper Puente shale,’’ and also ‘‘many of the shale beds interstratified with the Puente sandstone,°® are of the hard white siliceous variety character- istic of the Monterey shale in the Coast Range.’’ They carry abundant remains of micro-organisms. We have here then a continuous series of deposits at least 4000 feet thick, carrying sandstones from top to bottom and interbedded throughout with clay shales, and siliceous shales of the Monterey type, the sandstones more abundant in the lower portion, but a 50-foot stratum at the top, the lower sandstones more or less fossiliferous and showing a fauna similar to the Vaqueros of the central ranges. Thus again we get repetitions of ‘‘Monterey shale’’ and ‘‘ Vaqueros sandstone’’ in a way similar to the western Contra Costa County area already described. 53 U.S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 309, pp. 188-198 (1907). 54 The correlation table on p. 143 of that bulletin does not agree with the deseription in the text. 55 Italics not in original, 212 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 Summerland District, Arnold, 1907.—In the ‘‘Geology and Oil Resources of the Summerland*® District’’ which appeared this same year, Arnold describes the ‘‘ Vaqueros formation’’ and the 5 ‘*Monterey shale.’? These designations were used and were easy of application because the territory studied lies within that coastal belt where the Monterey period of deposition opened with a sandy facies with subordinate shales (785 feet thick in the locality described) graded into predominant clay shales with calcareous shales and eoneretions (1650 feet near Summerland) and finally into dominant diatomaceous shales and siliceous cherts with occasional ash beds. The lower sands and terrigenous shales are said to contain no characteristic fossils, but their ‘‘strati- eraphic position and lithologie similarity’’ to the fossiliferous beds already described in the Santa Clara District ‘‘leave no doubt in the mind of the writer as to its correct correlation”’ with the Vaqueros. The dominant diatomaceous shales in the upper part of the series are called ‘‘ Monterey shale’’ and contain besides the microscopic organisms a few species of the shale fauna of Merriam. Here we return to the distinction based on lthologie types, but divided as in the Santa Clara District (and not as originally by Fairbanks farther north) for reasons already discussed. Santa Maria District, Arnold and Robert Anderson, 1907.— In their bulletin’? on the ‘‘Geology and Oil Resources of the Santa Maria Oil District, Santa Barbara County,’’ Arnold and Robert Anderson used the same classification that was used in the Summerland district just described. The Vaqueros for- mation was placed in the ‘‘Tejon-Sespe-Vaqueros terrane,’’ as they considered that the purpose of the bulletin did not warrant the time necessary to trace the lines between the constituent members. A table of ‘‘Vaqueros (lower Miocene) ’’ fossils and localities is given (p. 32). The ‘‘Monterey shale (middle Mio- cene)’’ is said to follow the Vaqueros conformably, the division being placed on lthologie ground at the end of the calcareous shales and beginning of the dominantly siliceous shales. The Monterey shale is said to be 5200 feet thick. 56 U. 8. Geol. Surv. Bull. 321 (1907). 57 U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 322 (1907); also earlier briefer account in Bull. 317 (1907). 1913] Louderback: The Monterey Series 213 ““The Vaqueros and Monterey terranes taken as wholes are distinct units, representing periods of deposition of entirely dif- ferent character.’ As indicated by the rocks, deposition was continuous between the Vaqueros and Monterey and the change in character came suddenly, although less so in some places than in others. The general nature of the Vaqueros series is detrital ; that of the Monterey organic. The former contains many well preserved molluscan forms, the latter few. Close to the line between the two, beds predominatingly of a gravelly or sandy nature or those bearing fossil mollusks are considered part of the Vaqueros; those of a fine texture and of flinty or opaline or chaleedonic nature, part of the Monterey’’ (p. 34). ‘““A paucity of recognizable mollusean fossils is one of the prominent characteristics of the Monterey in this region, as in most others in the Coast Ranges where it outerops. Moreover, the other fossils that it contains are of little value in indicating its age. Its position in the geologic column is determined by the lower Miocene fossils found just below its base in the Vaqueros*® and by the upper Miocene fossils found at or near the base of the Fernando formation which lies unconformably above it’’ (p. 47). Yet it is said ‘‘These shales make up the Monterey formation and are probably representative of the whole of middle Miocene time”’ (p. 33). We have here a confession of the flimsy evidence upon which the *‘ period of deposition’’ of the siliceous shales is determined. The alternation of organic shales and sandstones (‘‘ Vaqueros’’) found in the Los Angeles district and the rapid fluctuation in b] the relative proportions of ‘‘ Monterey’? and ‘‘ Vaqueros’’ in the Santa Maria district (see p. 191) apparently did not lead the writers to see that these two types were merely depositional facies, and that the line drawn between them in the Santa Maria field while lithologic, and having an important economie and geologic bearing, in no sense represents a horizon or division line between the ‘‘lower Miocene’’ and ‘‘middle Miocene.’’ Whatever period of time referred to the European scale the rocks of the Monterey series of the Santa Maria district repre- 58 Italies supplied. 59 Ttalies not in original. 214 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 sent, it seems certain that the organic shales at some points represent part of the earlier half of the period, and the sand- stones or terrigenous shales represent part of the later half at other points. Coalinga-Mchittrick Region, F. M. Anderson, 1908.—In 1908 F. M. Anderson®’ published ‘‘A Further Stratigraphie Study in the Mount Diablo Range of California,’’ dealing particularly with that part of the range between Cantua Creek and McKit- trick. He used the same terms for the rocks under discussion as he did in his former paper, the ‘‘Temblor beds’’ and the He considered the Temblor to be the more persistent of the two and also ‘‘best characterized by fossils, and is therefore the most easily recognized faunally’’ (p. 18). Their ? ‘*Monterey shale.’ usual thickness is given as 450-550 feet. The Monterey shale is said to be 5000 feet thick north of the Temblor ranch house and to decrease to 250 or 300 feet near Coalinga® (the ‘‘ Big of the oil men doubtfully referred by Anderson to the Monterey. Anderson again criticized very strongly (pp. 38-39) the use 73 Blue of the term ‘‘ Vaquero sandstone’’ because the ‘‘type’’ locality (Los Vaqueros Valley) lacked ‘‘faunal or even stratigraphic description,’’ nor is it delineated on any published map. He admits, however, that ‘‘most of the strata that have been de- scribed under the name ‘Vaquero sandstone,’ as far as known, represent a well characterized horizon of the Lower Miocene, and as such are without doubt to be correlated with the Temblor beds of the Mount Diablo range’’ (p. 39). As to the siliceous shales, ‘‘the Monterey shales occurring in the Middle Miocene of California have generally been called by that name; hence little is to be said regarding their corre- lation with the same in the Mount Diablo range. In general, however, there is a tendency to trust too far to lithological char- acters in their identification, and it is not unlikely that error 60 Calif. Acad. Sci. Proce., 4th Ser., vol. 3, pp. 1-40 (1908). 61 In his earlier publication (see loc. cit., p. 207 of this paper) some of the beds evidently belonging to the Monterey series were included in his ““Coalinga beds,’’? but in this paper they are removed from that category and placed with the Temblor, and the term Coalinga is therefore not here discussed. Diatomaceous shales near Coalinga in the previous paper re- ferred to the Monterey are in this paper called Eocene or Oligocene. 1913] Louderback: The Monterey Series 215 has thus originated more than once in the application of this name.’’ Nevertheless it may be pointed out that Anderson no- where gives a characteristic fauna for his ‘‘Monterey shale’’ and really makes the division on lithologic grounds himself. In fact the fossils which he reports from the Monterey shale are the same that are found in the diatomaceous shale which he first called Monterey but which in his later paper he placed in the Eocene or Oligocene because he considered that it lay uncon- formably below sandstones carrying a Temblor fauna. We find here again an unrealizable ideal system of two for- mations, two faunas, two periods of deposition—and an actual condition of the lithological division of a series dependent on depositional facies varying from place to place in relative thick- ness. Geological History of Coast Ranges, Lawson, 1908.—In this same year in the Report of the State Earthquake Investigation Commission"? on the California earthquake of April 18, 1906, Lawson outlined briefly the geological history of the Coast Ranges. Withcut discussing the ideas of others he showed that his view of the unity of the Monterey series had been unaffected by the numerous publications that had dismembered it and given its parts and different areas various names and interpretations. He says ‘‘Miocene time in the Coast Range region was charac- terized by a progressive subsidence with oscillations of the coast. The Miocene sea gradually transgrest the continental margin from the southwest, and as it did so spread a formation of arkose sands and conglomerates over the greater part of the Southern Coast Ranges. This was followed, as the water deepened with progressive subsidence, by a remarkable deposit of bituminous shales’’ (p. 9). He notes the oscillatory nature of deposition in the Bay of San Francisco region (giving 9 divisions instead of the 7 he previously reported—5 sands and 4 bituminous shales). ‘‘ This series is known as the Monterey series.’’? ‘‘ While the oscillation of the coast so clearly recorded in the strata near the Bay of San Francisco is not apparent in the southern Coast Ranges, it is by no means certain that they were not affected in a similar 62 Carnegie Inst. of Wash., vol. I, Part I (1908). 216 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 way. The vertical movement involved was not great, and such a movement might have extended over the deeper portions of the area of deposition in Monterey time without effecting a suffi- cient change in the depth of the water to alter the character of the sediments’’ (p. 10). I have pointed out above that similar oscillations did take place in the Santa Clara Valley region, Los Angeles district and Puente Hills. Santa Cruz Folio, Branner, Newsom, and Arnold, 1909.— Considerable areas of rocks representing the Monterey series have been mapped by Branner, Newsom, and Arnold in the Santa Cruz quadrangle, the folio®* for which appeared in 1909. They are presented as two formations separated by an unconformity, and presumably representing different time intervals in the ceologic seale. “The Vaqueros sandstone, of lower Miocene age, is one of the most important formations of the quadrangle. . . . The sand- stone varies in texture from fine grained beds to conglomerate, but is usually medium grained. Generally it is brown or buff in color... . The Vaqueros in general les conformably above the San Lorenzo formation, and there is often a gradual change from one formation to the other. . . . Southwest of Ben Lomond Ridge, Big Basin, and Butano Ridge the thin sandstone at the base of the supposed Monterey shale, tentatively included with the Vaqueros, overlaps unconformably the San Lorenzo, the Butano and the pre-Cretaceous diorite’’ (p. 4). “The relation of the Vaqueros sandstone to the overlying beds is not so elear’’ (?) ‘‘as are its relations to the underlying strata. Around the northwest end of Butano Ridge the diato- maceous shale (supposed Monterey) rests directly on the Bu- tano, and the thin sandstone (regarded as possibly Vaqueros) is absent. Elsewhere in the quadrangle there is commonly a marked difference in the dips of the Monterey strata and those of the Vaqueros sandstone, and an unconformity is therefore believed to exist generally between the two formations. Inas- much, however. as the line of contact nearly always occurs in densely wooded or chaparral-covered regions and where the rocks 63 U. S. Geol. Surv., Santa Cruz Folio, California, no. 163 (1909). 1913 ] Louderback: The Monterey Series 217 are much crushed and folded, it is not possible to say with cer- tainty that there is at all places an unconformity between the Vaqueros sandstone and the overlying strata.’’ The fact that everywhere else the Monterey series exhibits a conformable relation throughout and that even within this area the sandstones.underlying the shale in some places are distinctly conformable below them, and that where unconform- able relations are suggested by different dips the contact areas are not distinctly visible should make one doubt the correctness of this determination which the authors themselves speak of in a doubtful way. However, even if the suspected unconformity does oceur, it must be a very local and minor feature and can hardly be accepted as marking a time boundary between two dis- tinct formations, which as has been frequently pointed out, are ‘*determined’’ in general by quite different characteristics which change at various horizons. The idea expressed (p. 10, col. 3) that ‘‘after the deposition of the Vaqueros sandstone at least a portion of the region appears to have been raised, and was probably folded and faulted; in parts of the area considerable erosion appears to have taken r) place,’’ does not seem diastrophically probable. That within part of that comparatively small area such activities as uplift, folding, faulting, considerable erosion and then subsidence, should take place, while over other parts of the area and in the neighboring regions quiet deposition was going on is hardly to be expected and should be backed up by very definite or strong evidence before it can be accepted. Again the authors say ‘‘There are few localities where the Vaqueros sandstone is fossiliferous, but at those places the rocks yield an abundant fauna of unmistakable lower Miocene age. As would be expected in a formation composed largely of con- olomerates and coarse sandstones, the Vaqueros contains a shallow water or littoral fauna’’ (p. 4, col. 3). In other words, all of the sandstones and conglomerates not found above diatomaceous shale were placed in this ‘‘ formation”? on a lithologic basis, while the fauna found in a few localities ? was considered ‘‘characteristic’’ of the horizon supposedly repre- sented by them all. 218 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 ‘““The fauna is characterized by a great abundance of indi- viduals of several species of the genus Agasoma .. .”’. Turning now to the ‘‘Monterey shale,’’ ‘‘middle Miocene,’’ it is said that ‘‘In the Santa Cruz quadrangle the Monterey shale consists chiefly of diatomaceous shale with here and there inter- calated sandstone beds. . . . The diatomaceous shale composes the greater part of the formation.’’ ‘*Loeally the Monterey shale contains abundant fossils, leav- ing no doubt as to its age. . . . Some of the areas of diatomaceous shale supposed to be of Monterey age have thus far yielded no determinable fossils’’ (p. 3). ‘“Rew species are known in the formation, but this paucity in the number of species is partly compensated for by the abun- dance or rather widespread distribution of Pecten peckhami Gabb, Yoldia impressa Conrad, Arca obispoana Conrad, and Tellina congesta Conrad. The first two of these are found spar- ingly also in the San Lorenzo formation (Oligocene) ; neverthe- less their great abundance in the Monterey make them more or less useful for purposes of correlation.’’ . We have the admission here that two of these forms are found in the ‘‘Oligocene,’’ and therefore cannot be considered characteristic of the ‘‘age’’ of the shale, and it may be added that Tellina congesta is one of the shale fauna that is found very low in the Monterey series in Contra Costa County and it is doubtfully determined by Anderson" in the shales near Coalinga considered by Arnold and others to be Eocene or Oligo- cene; and that Arca obispoana® is reported from the Vaqueros (Temblor of Anderson) associated with an Agasoma fauna in the vicinity of Coalinga. One may hardly look upon these as ‘leaving no doubt’’ as to the ‘‘middle Miocene’’ age of the formation. A fossil list of 15 is also given with those ‘‘sup- posedly characteristic of formation’’ indicated. For eleven of these specific determinations are given of which all but two have been reported from other localities as associated with ‘‘charac- teristic’? Vaqueros or San Lorenzo fossils. The two not so found 64 Anderson, Proce. Cal. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., vol. III, p. 16 (1908). 65 Arnold, U. 8. Geol. Surv. Bull. 396, p. 17 (1909), and Bull. 398, p. 86 (1910). 1913] Louderback: The Monterey Series 219 (Mactra montereyana Arnold and Venericardia montereyana Arnold) have not as far as known to the writer been reported from any locality but that of original discovery, and their geo- logic relations are unknown. The thickness of the ‘‘Monterey shale’’ is given as 5000+ feet, of the Vaqueros sandstone 2700+. In the Santa Cruz Folio, then, the rocks of the Monterey series have been presented as two distinct formations apparently separated lithologically, faunally, and representing two epochs of deposition (lower Miocene and middle Miocene respectively ), and separated in part by an unconformity. But a critical esti- mation of the evidence presented indicates that the divisions have been made throughout on lithologie difference (depositional facies), that the unconformity is not evident where exposures are clear but only suspected in certain areas where contact areas are hidden and even if present we have no reason to suspect that it marks the time of supposed depositional or (and) faunal change. Furthermore, the supposed characteristic fauna of the Monterey is chiefly a shale facies, whose forms are known to the base of the Miocene and in large part into strata supposed to be Oligocene (San Lorenzo) or Eocene (Coalinga Tejon shale) and containing no element that is even fairly surely known to 9 characterize a ‘‘Monterey shale’’ or ‘‘middle Miocene’’ time period. It is evident that this area which seemed at first to offer especially good grounds for the distinction is on no stronger basis than others already discussed. Environment of Tertiary Faunas, Arnold, 1909.—A general statement of Arnold’s views appeared this same year.®° As the individual papers in which his evidence is presented have already been discussed, this general paper (in which no evidence is pre- sented) may be passed over without discussion. Coalinga Oil District, Arnold and R. Anderson, 1910.—In 1910 Arnold and Robert Anderson published®* an extensive report on the ‘‘Geology and Oil Resources of the Coalinga Dis- trict.’’ The ‘‘Vaqueros sandstone (lower Miocene)’’ is de- 66 Arnold, Environment of the Tertiary Faunas of the Pacific Coast of fhe United States, Jour. of Geol., vol. 17, pp. 509-533 (1909). 67 U. S. Geol. Survey, Bull. 398 (1910). See also the Preliminary Re- port, Bull. 357 (1908), and the Palaeontological Report, Bull. 396 (1909). 220 University of California Publications in Geology | Vou.7 scribed, and extensive fossil lists given. These terrigenous beds are the same as those called ‘‘Temblor’’ by F. M. Anderson. The Temblor is considered the equivalent of the Vaqueros of the coast because of ‘‘the large number of species common to the two’’ (p. 87). The ‘‘Monterey shale’’ is considered to be probably absent, although it is stated that the ‘‘ Big Blue’’ referred to the Mon- terey by F. M. Anderson ‘‘corresponds in stratigraphic position to the Monterey shale (middle Miocene) of regions near the coast, but nothing has been discovered to indicate that it may belong to that formation’’ (p. 76). Cantua-Panoche District, R. Anderson, 1910—A brief state- ment of the geology to the north of the Coalinga district, in the Cantua-Panoche region, was given by Robert Anderson in Con- tributions to Economie Geology, 1909.°%% Under the caption ‘‘Lower Miocene’’ (pp. 64 et seq.) is deseribed ‘‘the continu- ation of that described as the Vaqueros sandstone (lower Mio- cene) in the report of the Coalinga district.’’ The fauna in the hills surrounding the Vallecitos (30-35 miles north of Coal- inga) is said to differ in aspect ‘‘from that in the Coalinga dis- trict or from any other well known fauna of the Coast Ranges. This fauna, together with the presence in the formation . . . of considerable masses of siliceous diatomaceous shale, which occurs only in thin zones in the northern part of the Coalinga district and is absent in the southern part, suggests a possible equivalence of the formation to the lower portion of the Monterey shale in the region nearer the coast and a gradual transition westward from the sandy and gravelly strata at the eastern edge of the Coast Range to the purely organic sediments in the coastal belt.’’ The fauna is said to be characterized by such forms as Turritella ocoyana, Pecten andersoni, P. propatulus, and teeth of Desmo- stylus, which would seem to place it in the 7. ocoyana zone or F. M. Anderson’s Temblor. Robert Anderson remarks that ‘‘ Any correlation of sandy fossiliferous strata with the Monterey shale is difficult to make, owing to the scant knowledge of the fauna of Monterey time. Hence the suggestion of the possible equiv- alence of the formation to the lower part of the Monterey shale 68 U. S. Geol. Survey, Bull. 481—-A, pp. 54-83, 1910. 1913 | Louderback: The Monterey Series 221 is conjectural.’’ The beds are said to be 1700-1800 feet thick around the Vallecitos and to consist of sandstone and conglom- erate interbedded with thick lavers of siliceous diatomaceous shale. McKittrick-Sunset Region, Arnold and Johnson, 1910.—A discussion of the territory to the south of the Coalinga district is contained in the ‘‘Preliminary report on the MceKittrick- Sunset Oil Region’? (1910) by Arnold and Johnson.*? The 9 ‘*Vaqueros sandstone (lower Miocene) ’’ is described as for the most part uniformly arenaceous, but near Annette and upon the southwest side of the Carrizo Plain the sands evidently in part grade into light colored shales closely resembling the Mon- terey®® (p. 48). It is given as from 60 to 2400 feet thick. These are of course F. M. Anderson’s ‘‘Temblor beds.’”’ The ‘‘Monterey shale (lower middle Muiocene)’’ in which F. M. Anderson and others had included ‘‘the whole of the prominent series of white shale extending uninterruptedly from just east of Polonio Pass southeastward along the flank of the Temblor Range nearly to Temblor ranch, and to the great area of shale embracing practically all of the range from the head of Salt Creek southeast to the limits of the region studied,’’ was separated into two formations, ‘‘one of which is thought to be the equivalent of the Santa Margarita (?) formation (upper middle Miocene) in the Coalinga region, while the earlier more closely resembles the Monterey (lower middle Miocene) as_ it has been described in other parts of the state. Definite palaeon- tologic evidence for the separation in the MeKittrick-Sunset region has been seant. . . . The main consideration involved in the present separation of the rocks, however, is one of convenience to the prospector. Since there is a marked difference in the physical appearance of the rocks, it simplifies an understanding of the geologic and structural conditions’? . . . (pp. 55-56). ““The lowest portion of the series is usually made up of calcareous and arenaceous shales which represent a transition into the sandstones and fossiliferous beds of the Vaqueros. These grade upward into typical siliceous and argillaceous shales that 69 U.S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 406 (1910). 70 Italics not in original. ape University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 contain evidence of organie origin. Prominent zones of nodular caleareous shales are characteristic of this middle portion of the series. The upper third of the formation includes an indefinite zone of sandstone beds that are irregularly intercalated in limy- siliceous shales. The succession and character of these sedi- ments coincides very closely with those of the lower division of the Monterey in the Santa Maria district. The upper division, so prominently developed near Lompoe, in the Santa Maria dis- trict, is absent from the MecKittrick-Sunset region, unless the | basal organic shales of the formation here described as Santa Margarita (?) formation are the same as those described as upper Monterey in the Santa Maria report’’ (pp. 56-57). The Vaqueros and Monterey together are given as conform- able, but with supposed uneonformable relations to the over- and underlying formations. We may be sure that the Monterey series is represented here, and that it shows many similarities of depositional progress to that of the Southern Coast Ranges. Evidence for age and divisions as given does not appear to be particularly good in the area studied, but the attempted discrim- inations are made on the basis of ideas developed elsewhere. Geologic Record of California, J. P. Smith, 1910.—In the ‘“Geologie Reeord of California’? (1910) a summary by J. P. Smith,? a geologie column is presented exhibiting a standard marine section for the Coast region of which the Tertiary part is as follows :*° 71 Jour. Geol., vol. 18, pp. 216-226 (1910). 72 Loc. cit., plate following page 217. 1913] Louderback: The Monterey Series 223 FORMATION /Sandstones of Lake Merced with | Merced | Cardium meekanum and Scutella | interlineata Pliocene $$ —- | Sandstones of San Di- Hes ; ON ot ego and Half Moon S: r 2 sime ; 4 San Diego Purisima | Bay with Pecten | healeyi | |Sandstones of San Pablo Bay and Upper San Pablo | the Coalinga region, with Pecten | pabloensis and Peecten oweni Sata 'Sandstones of Salinas Valley, with Dae > o ite Margarita Pecten estrellanus, Ostrea titan, : ; and Tamiosoma gregaria Miocene Middle =a | a aaa ee | 1M rey Shales wi di leMionteresar | fonterey Shales with Peeten discus | ~ | and Peeten peckhami Sandstones of Monterey and San . is is e les, wit - Lower Vaqueros Luis Obi po counties, with Tur ritella inezana and Mytilus ma- thewsoni }--——— — = | | : . | Sandstone d shales Oligocene Astoria ISan Lorenzo| "2ndstones and shales | of Santa Cruz County ae |Sandstones of Ft. Tejon, Martinez, Claiborne Tejon and Mereed Falls with Veneri- cardia planicosta Kocene Midway | Martinez | ai ae | Sandstones of Martinez with Pho- | ladomya nasuta In a later table™* he gives the faunal zones, and their oceur- rence at various localities. He recognizes a lower ‘‘ Vaqueros’’ zone (‘‘zone of Pecten magnolia and Turritella inezana’’), and an upper ‘‘ Vaqueros’ ? zone (‘‘zone of Agasoma and Pecten an- dersoni’’), including the Turritella ocoyana zone and the Temlor beds of the interior districts. Throughout runs the fallacy that the Monterey and Vaqueros each represent a definite time interval and a life-time zone. The untenability of some of the division lines here given has already been discussed, some of the others will be taken up later. Sargent Oil Field, Jones, 1911.—Early in 1911 W. F. Jones published a description of ‘‘The Geology of the Sargent Oil Field’’™* at the southeastern end of the Santa Cruz Mountains 73 Not numbered, but just in front of p. 226. 74 Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 6, no. 3, pp. 55-78, Feb. 18, LOI. 224 University of California Publications in Geology | Vou.7 just north of Pajaro River. He recognized a ‘‘ Miocene Series’’ lying uneonformably above the Franciscan and unconformably below the San Pablo. He divided it ‘‘on lithological grounds”’ into a lower portion chiefly sandstones (1500 feet), which he said is ‘‘probably of Lower Miocene age,’’ and an upper, chiefly bituminous shales with occasional limestones (3000 feet), called ¢ ‘‘Monterey Shale.’’ The former is deseribed as ‘‘very similar to the Temblor beds of the Monte Diablo range described by F. M. Anderson.’’ ‘‘There are several thick beds of siliceous shale in the terrane which has tentatively been called Lower Miocene, but the presence of large amounts of sandstone, clay shale and conglomerate distinguish it from the overlying Mon- 5) terey.’’ The upper shales (‘‘Monterey shale’’) are said to le conformably on the lower beds, and at two localities overlap the latter (as is normal for a conformable series) and he directly on diorite or Franciscan sandstone. It is evident that the rela- tions described are typical of the Monterey series throughout most of the coastal part of the province. Kern River Region, PF. M. Anderson, 1911.—In November, 1911, F. M. Anderson*® published ‘‘The Neocene Deposits of 9 Kern River, California, and the Temblor basin. He describes the representatives of the Monterey Series in the Kern region, on the east side of the southern San Joaquin Valley, under the heading ‘‘Temblor*® Group, which he divides into a ‘‘ basal mem- ber,’’ 350-600 feet thick, and an ‘‘upper member,’’ 1260 feet thick. He deseribed the basal member as essentially sandy. ‘“Some of the lower beds consist largely of voleanic ash, pumice, and sand. ... Basal conglomerates are visible in only a few places, but a stratum of at least 50 feet is exposed at one point north of the Kern River’’ (pp. 90-91). ‘ The upper member ‘‘contains a smaller percentage of sand and other detrital matter, and a greater percentage of organic material than any other portion of the Neocene. And of the detritus present a great portion is of clay and shaly matter.”’ 75 Proc. Cal. Acad. Scei., 4th Ser., vol. III, pp. 78-148 (1911). 76 Anderson renewed his attack on the legitimacy of the term Vaqueros as explained above, and insists on the use of Temblor. Footnote, p. 106. 1913] Louderback: The Monterey Series 225 ‘‘In this member clays and shales probably form in the out- crop about 50 per cent of its volume, and of this percentage about one-half is organic. Some layers are chiefly composed of diato- maceae and other minute organisms’’ (p. 92). He gives fossil lists as collected from three ‘‘zones,’’ A, B, and C, and these lists include forms already familar on the west side. ‘‘As will be seen the faunas of the three prominent zones already described belong to the lower division of the Neocene, and are characteristically Lower Miocene. The upper division as far as known is almost without fossils, and is barren of any forms that are serviceable for stratigraphic correlation’’ (p. 102). As for the lowest zone (A), ‘‘It was at first thought that this horizon might prove to be older than the typical Temblor, on account of the number of large pecten species it contained, but there is now quite abundant proof that a horizon older than the Temblor has not been recognized either here or in any part of the Temblor basin. . . . It may be supposed that the occupation of the Temblor basin by the sea was transgressional and pro- gressive and that there are older beds belonging to the Neocene in the outer coast ranges; but if this is true it has yet to be shown’’ (p. 107). In regard to zone B, he said ‘‘ Any question which may arise as to its exact stratigraphic position is more likely to involve only a choice between the Temblor and the Monterey. But thus far in the study of the West Coast Miocene, the Monterey has not been regarded as the habitat of such species as Agasoma gravidum, Turritella ocoyana, Cytherea mathewsoni, Dosinia whitneyi, Yoldia impressa and a score of other species given in — the lists... . And furthermore it must be added that while Zone B is rich in species, some of which have often been found in the Monterey shales, the species most widely characteristic of the latter, namely Pecten peckhami, has not been found at all in any part of the Kern River area’’ (p. 107). It is hard to see how this is a point against its ‘‘Monterey’’ age, seeing that P. peckhami has been found farther west in rocks lying below the ‘‘ Vaqueros’’ or ‘‘Temblor’’ and considered by Arnold, R. Anderson, F. M. Anderson and others, Eocene or Oligocene, as well as in the latest ‘‘Monterey shales.’’ It can 226 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 only mean a peculiarity of geographical distribution of the species. The mixture of faunal elements previously supposed charac- teristic of Monterey and Vaqueros respectively may be related to the mixture of depositional types—bands of diatomaceous shales with intervening sandstones, as in western Contra Costa County. If there really are life-time zones in the Monterey series, it may mean a transitional fauna. In either ease it shows the imaginary character of the supposed time independence of the two formations ‘‘ Monterey shale’’ and ‘‘ Vaqueros sandstone”’ or ‘‘Temblor beds.’’ But Anderson takes a different view and says ‘“‘It is quite impossible to recognize in the outcrop in any part of the Kern River area that member of the Miocene which forms its most characteristic feature in many parts of the Coast, that is, the Monterey Shales.’’ ‘In the series as described in the preceding pages, . . . there is one portion that bears some resemblance to the Monterey, namely, that portion which is most strongly characterized by shales, some of which are organie to a considerable extent. It will be noticed that nearly every class of materials commonly found in the Monterey has been found in the upper part of the Temblor group’’ (p. 109). This statement is very interesting when we consider that the actually applied criterion for the ‘‘Monterey’’ has everywhere been the ‘‘materials . . . found in the upper part of the Temblor group.”’ ‘But if this collection of strata really represents the Monte- rey, it is hardly comparable in thickness or character to known exposures of Monterey not far away.’’ It may be pointed out here that the change from McKittrick to the Kern is hardly quicker or more marked than the change from McKittrick to- wards Coalinga. ‘*Temblor Basin.’’—Anderson brought out some very import- ant relationships when he showed that the Kern River deposits on the edge of the Sierra Nevada and the deposits along the west side of the San Joaquin Valley about Coalinga and north are along the borders of what I consider the interior portion of the basin of deposition during Monterey time and what he calls 1913 ] Louderback: The Monterey Series 224 the Temblor basin. Along this eastern border region the rocks developed are chiefly terrigenous while the ‘‘Monterey’’ (by which of course he really means an upper diatomaceous member, although he evidently has in mind an ideal time interval) ‘‘is either absent, or is present in a reduced or disguised form’’— “disguised form’’ is, I believe, a very appropriate expression. ““The explanation of this interesting fact is to be found no -doubt in the diastrophie record of the times. The subsidence that inaugurated the occupation of this basin by Temblor sedi- ments continued without interruption until middle Miocene time. It then paused, and on the eastern and northern borders of the basin the shore lines remained stationary throughout the epoch of the Monterey. In these parts, therefore, sedimentation was nil, while along the western borders subsidence went on without cessation, and sedimentation was therefore continuous.’’ ‘*Tt is unnecessary to suppose that there was any elevation and denudation of the older Miocene during the Monterey epoch, either in the Kern River area or elsewhere, and no such dis- turbance seems probable. The facts appear to indicate merely an epoch of stability along the eastern and northern shore lines of the basin, along which, therefore, the conditions were unfa- vorable for the continued accumulation of any class of sedi- ments’’ (pp. 110, 111). He also considered that the climates of the Temblor and Monterey epochs were different, the diatoma- ceae, foraminifera, gypsiferous strata and lack of terrigenous sediments, in the latter, indicating an arid climate (p. 111). The writer inclines towards a simpler explanation than the one given by Anderson, which requires the interior edge of the basin to sink only during lower Miocene and to stop sinking in middle Miocene while the depression of the coastal portion continued. It looks very much like the result of simple pro- gressive subsidence with minor oscillations. In the gradual trans- gression of the sea, terrigenous sediments (generally sandy or pebbly) were almost everywhere laid down and only with in- creasing depth and distance from the shore line do we get organic deposits. Naturally the edges of the basin when at its period of greatest areal extent must have been in the littoral zone and could have received only terrigenous or chiefly terrigenous de- 228 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 posits whatever part or portion of the whole Monterey time they represented. The arguments for marked change in climate do not appear to apply particularly, for unless the volume of silt- laden water discharged from the land had been comparatively small there could not have been such pure diatomaceous materials deposited at any portion of the period so close to shore as we know them to have been throughout the whole province, and this applies to the lower as well as the upper portions of the series. The evidence favors an arid climate throughout. South End San Joaquin Valley, R. Anderson, 1912.—In the spring of the present year (1912) Robert Anderson published’ a ‘‘Preliminary Report on the Geology and Possible Oil Re- sources of the South End of the San Joaquin Valley’’—the region lying along the mountain flanks between the McKittrick- Sunset area and the Kern River region just discussed. He says ‘Although great differences in thickness and details of litho- logic character occur, the similarity is sufficient to show that the major features of the Tertiary geologic history were alike on the two sides of the valley... .’’ ‘‘In the Temblor Range field the lower division corresponds to the Vaqueros sandstone (lower Miocene), the middle one to the Monterey shale, and the similar shale of the Santa Margarita (?) formation (middle Miocene) ’’ (oad) A most interesting relationship is brought out in the statement that ‘‘At the south end of the valley the formations of the Temblor Range continue into the San Emigdio region, with changes, however, that alter the section considerably, especially in the lower and middle divisions. . . . A significant change is the decrease in the exposed thickness of the organic shale from several thousand feet in the Temblor Range to about 1000 feet in the San Emigdio region, and its gradation into a less diato- maceous and more clayey and sandy type of shale. Whether this is due to the fact that a smaller volume of the organic sediment was deposited here, or to its having been partly eroded in this region, owing to its nearness to the zone of uplift repre- sented by the granite mountains, or to its being hidden in part 77 U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull., 471-A, pp. 102-132 (April, 1912). 1913 ] Louderback: The Monterey Series 229 by uneonformably overlapping formations has not been deter- mined. The character of the material composing the Miocene section gives some weight to the belief that the greater prox- imity of this area to the mountain belt caused a nearer approach to shore line conditions and the deposition here of coarser sedi- ments in place of part of the purely organic deposits of the Temblor Range’’ (p. 116). The deposits here described are on the north side of the mountainous area to the south of which the rocks of the Santa Clara region were deposited, and the great increase in terri- genous material on their approach from the south has already been described.*® There seems no reason to doubt that much if not all of the earthy shale and sand of the San Emigdio region is econtempor- aneous with the biogenic shales to the north and west. Ander- son’s description supplements well the study on the south side of the mountains, connects the Sunset and Kern regions, and indicates the general position of the extreme shore line of the Monterey epicontinental sea. Miocene Invertebrate Fossils, J. P. Smith, 1912.—Professor J. P. Smith has recently published a general statement’? of the “Geologie Range of Miocene Invertebrate Fossils of California,’’ in which he takes a stand on the Miocene faunas quite at vari- ance with his former views and those of Anderson, Arnold and others, but much more in harmony with the stratigraphie conelu- sions of the present paper. He says: ‘‘Later writers . . . have introduced a much more elaborate classification of the Neocene of California, and a large number of formation names. But these so-called formations, however useful they may be for areal mapping and for economic geology, do not always correspond to faunal divisions. Some of them are merely different facies of the same thing.’’ ‘““Tnstead of the numerous subdivisions recognized by most stratigraphers, there are, in fact, only two major faunal units in the Miocene of California: a lower, including all the faunas up through the Monterey ; and an upper, including the San Pablo, 78 Part I of this paper, pp. 187 and 188. 7 Cal. Acad. Sei. Proe., 4th Ser., vol. III, pp. 161-182, April, 1912. 230 University of Califorma Publications in Geology (Vou. 7 Santa Margarita and Etchegoin faunas. The division line be- tween them corresponds to the period of orogenic activity that came on at the end of the Monterey Epoch. . . . This brings us back almost to the standpoint of Lawson and Merriam, who have proposed to call all the lower Miocene ‘Monterey’ and all the upper Miocene ‘San Pablo’’’ (pp. 162-163). In his lower ‘““major faunal division’? Smith includes two subdivisions: ( Monterey—Temblor faunas of the Contra Costa hills, Mt. | Hamilton Range, Black Mountain, Santa Lucia Range, Coalinga region, Bakersfield region, Santa Ynez and Santa Monica mountains, and Santa Ana Range Vaqueros fauna, of the Santa Lucia Range, Black Mountain, | the Santa Monica and Santa Ynez mountains. Lower. These two faunal subdivisions as judged from the faunal lists given correspond exactly to the faunal stages suggested by Merriam in 1904: FAUNAL ZONES Merriam, 1904 Smith, 1912 Zone of T. ocoyana . Agasoma zone (and T. variata) , Monterey-Temblor (Lower Lower faunas : 5 ; ; : Miocene Miocene) Zone of T. hoffmanni Vv f eS T. jnezana ) aqueros aunas In regard to the Temblor, Smith says: ‘‘In the check-lst the Temblor and Monterey faunas are entered separately as a matter of record, although they are certainly synchronous”’ (p. 169). As to the Vaqueros, ‘‘the lowest horizon of the Mio- cene has been called by Merriam the zone of Turritella hoffmanni (= Turritella inezana) ; it may eventually be found to be the inshore equivalent of the deep-water San Lorenzo Oligocene, with which it has a few species in common’’ (p. 165). While Smith uses the well known terms Vaqueros and Mon- terey and without any particular explanation of a changed definition—he does not use them in the- sense in which anyone else has previously used them. It is quite probable that he is right in his division of the littoral fauna of the Monterey series into the two zones proposed, but he has applied to them two formation names—names for formations which do not really 1913] Louderback: The Monterey Series 231 exist as such. It would be impossible in any locality to draw the actual line in the field between the beds corresponding to one zone and those corresponding to the other, unless there were a wholly terrigenous series well supplied with zonally characteristic fossils. If a diatomaceous shale came in between two sandstones, one with forms of the lower zone and the other the forms of the upper zone, it would be impossible to tell to which zone the shale belonged. It is a fact that the fossils given by Hamlin for his Vaqueros formation belong to the Vaqueros fauna of Smith. But in the ““type’’ locality the distinction between ‘‘ Vaqueros sandstone’’ and ‘‘Monterey shale’’ was admittedly on a lithologie basis, and who can say that the ‘‘Monterey shale’’ in part of that area does not represent the ‘‘Vaqueros fauna’’ life period, or that the ‘‘Vaqueros sandstone’’ of other parts of the area does not represent the ‘‘Monterey-Temblor fauna’’ life period? As long as the Monterey series cannot be separated into two (or more) formations of any general validity, but only locally into lithologic types that vary rapidly in their thickness and the horizon of their gradation zones, it seems artificial, unnec- essary and confusing to label the faunal subdivisions or stages with formational names. The only logical course is to give the faunas faunal names, as has been done by Merriam. As soon as the sense in which Smith uses the terms Vaqueros and Monterey-Temblor is clear it is easy to see that in but few places where those terms have been applied will the division lnes or correlations of other geologists agree with his subdivisions. Furthermore, in most of those fields no one could actually draw the lines representing his divisions. The most noteworthy discrepancies are in the San Joaquin Valley region, where Arnold, F. M. Anderson and their asso- ciates have correlated the terrigenous sediments of the Monterey series (Temblor of Anderson) with the Vaqueros. As pointed out already, the indications are that they are in large part con- of these authors— 939. temporaneous with certain ‘‘ Monterey shale and as no higher fauna is found there than that of the 7. ocoyana zone, and as the type ‘‘ Vaqueros’’ was originally reported to contain fossils of the 7. hoffmanni zone, Smith’s reference of 232 University of California Publications in Geology (Vou.7 these beds to the Monterey rather than to the Vaqueros is evident. San Jose and Mt. Hamilton Quadrangles, Templeton, 1912.— At the April, 1912, meeting of the Cordilleran Section of the Geological Society of America E. C. Templeton presented a paper on ‘‘The General Geology of the San Jose and Mt. Hamilton Quadrangles,’’’® in an abstract of which he says: ‘‘The lowest Miocene sandstone belongs to the Temblor phase of the Mon- terey series and rests unconformably on the Franciscan. . . It has an abundant fauna, typically Temblor. Its thickness is about 1000 feet. Overlying it is the Monterey shale, hard, light- colored, and siliceous, with a thickness of about 1200 feet... . The Monterey shale is overlaid, apparently conformably, by a thickness of about 3500 feet of sandstone with a typical Temblor fauna.’”’ It is evident here that ‘‘Monterey shale’’ is used merely in the sense of a depositional facies, and ‘‘Temblor’’ is used in a faunal sense. The relative position of beds is instructive. Kirker Pass, Clark, 1912——The Monterey section of Kirker Pass, north of Mount Diablo, has recently been described by Bruce Clark.8! The fossils found in the upper part of the section are referred to the upper Monterey. PART III GENERAL CONCLUSIONS GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF MONTEREY SERIES MONTEREY SEDIMENTS General Distribution.—The Monterey series (including such local divisions as have been called Vaqueros, Monterey shale, Modelo, Puente, Temblor, ete.) is a natural stratigraphic unit. It represents a eycle of sedimentation in the geologic history of the Pacifie Coast, which has produced one of the most important and widespread series of deposits in the California region.*? so To be published Geol. Soe. Am. Bull., vol. 24. Abstract. 81 Univ. Calif. Pub. Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 7, no. 4, Oct. 10, 1912. s? The Monterey province is not limited to California, although it has been more extensively studied there. 1913 | Louderback: The Monterey Series 233 As reviewed in the preceding part of this paper, it occupies considerable areas in the territory commencing about Point Arena (Lat. 39° N.), embracing the Coast Range region from the ocean _to the San Joaquin Valley southward to the Tehachapi Moun- tains and beyond in Ventura, Los Angeles, and Orange counties, and the channel islands (about Lat. 33° N.); and extending eastward across the Great Valley into the foothills of the Sierra Nevada from the Tehachapi region north to the vicinity of Deer Creek, a few miles south of Porterville.** Progress of Sedimentation—The Monterey series represents an invasion of the sea from the west or southwest with a gradual and progressive subsidence, the advaneing shore line being marked almost everywhere by sands, often gravels, gen- erally well supplied with a characteristic littoral fauna.** With the progress of the subsidence and migration of the shore line inward, the character of sedimentation at any one point grad- ually changed—naturally in some places more rapidly than others, depending on the character of the shores and whether near larger or smaller stream mouths. It first became finer and assumed the form of terrigenous muds, then showed more and more admixture of organic material. The organic material was commonly at first preponderatingly calcareous (limestone and calcareous shale), but ultimately siliceous, and wherever any territory became far enough removed from the areas of terrig- enous sedimentation the material became entirely organic (fre- quently more or less admixed with pyroclastic material) and in time produced those pure diatomaceous earths and shales for which the Monterey series is famous. In some localities areas are found where the first sediments deposited on the older rocks were earthy shale or of organic origin. These may in part be explained as hills, mesas, ridges or other areas of higher ground, particularly if rather flat sur- faced, which while the main shore line was migrating past them were comparatively small islands or peninsulas, and which later 83 See Anderson’s map.—Proc. Cal. Acad. Sei., 4th Ser., vol. IIE (1911), Plate III, opp. p. 126. 84 Tabulated by Smith in Proe. Cal. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., vol. III, pp. 161-182 (1912), as ‘‘Lower Miocene Fauna’’—the fauna of Merriam’s Agasoma zone. 234 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 subsidence quickly immersed in comparatively deep water—or at least far enough from the main shore to receive no earthy deposits.*° Or certain elevated tracts might have been protected in places from direct wave action by lying behind some head- land or within some embayment. In such inlets there may have been river-born detritus with deposits largely of very fine grain (later becoming shale). Or there may have been no main streams emptying into some of them, and only a meager supply of terrig- enous detritus. Some areas may represent Dixon’s lagoon type*® of sedimentation. But whatever their origin, it should be noted that they are the exceptional type, and even some areas that have been so reported have proved on more careful examination to show at least a thin sandy base to the series. Effect of Geographical Conditions—Many phenomena of dis- tribution and lithologic character indicate that the series was deposited over much of the province on an uneven topography, with many hills and mountainous ridges protruding above the water level and some of these remained above sea-level during the period of greatest depression (or greatest extent of water surface) and gave an archipelagic character to the epicontinental sea. These land masses did not in general carry large streams capable of contributing terrigenous sediments to a considerable area beyond the immediate shore line, and therefore the total thickness of the series and the relative proportions of terrigenous and non-terrigenous material varied rapidly in some loealities from point to point. The greatest thicknesses of siliceous earths are found near the central and seaward portion of the depositional areas out- lined: in the Santa Maria-San Luis-Monterey region along the coast, where they are said to reach 6000-8000 feet in thickness, and from here directly toward the interior across the present ranges into the hills bordering the great valley on the west in the vicinity of McKittrick and the Temblor range. This forms an area that projects from the coast into the interior while 85 Some of the areas which at first glance seem to have this relation- ship have been given this appearance by post-Monterey faulting, the siliceous shales being so displaced as to outcrop against the pre-Monterey formation. 86 Quar. Jour. Geol. Soe., vol. 67, p. 511 et seq. (1911). 1913 | Louderback: The Monterey Series 235 eradually narrowing—a gulf-like embayment representing in a general way the deepest and most detritus-free portions of the Monterey epicontinental sea during its period of maximum land- ward extension.** As we approach the ultimate shore line, in the San Joaquin Valley environs, and against the projecting mountain masses along the coast, the terrigenous sediments predominate, some- times to the complete absence of the siliceous shales. Depositional Oscillation—The change from coarse to fine terrigenous sediments and then to non-terrigenous was not every- where an unbroken progression. It is most simply developed in the Monterey-San Luis-Santa Barbara region along the present coastal area and in its immediate interior over towards the MeKittrick and Temblor range region. Many localities show oscillations from sands or clays to siliceous ooze and back again to sands or clays. These areas are particularly those near per- manent or long enduring land masses of Monterey time. They may indicate an oscillatory movement of subsidence, by which small retrogressive stages occurred at intervals during the general movement of depression—a type of action for which we have evidence at other times and places; or they may be the result of climatic changes, greater volumes of sediment being discharged 87 Professor J. C. Branner at the recent meeting of the Cordilleran Section of the Geological Society of America put forward an ingenious theory to account for the great thicknesses of aiatomaceous earths in the Monterey. He considered that the diatoms, naturally thriving in cold water, were floated along by the ‘‘marine currents that flowed southward from Alaska.’’—‘‘Onee within the zone of islands’’ (of the Coast Range archipelago) ‘‘these floating materials were probably driven into the cul-de-sac at the lower or southern end of the present San Joaquin Valley. Materials carried at or near the surface of the water could not escape, if, as is assumed, the embayment was fairly well closed at the extreme southern end. it is exactly here, and around the southwestern corner of the San Joaquin Valley, that the deposits of diatom skeletons are thick- est.’’ (To be published Bull. Geol. Soe. Amer., vol. 24.) It is quite probable that the marine currents had an influence on the life and dis- tribution of the diatoms, but the distribution of thickest diatomaceous deposits as outlined by the writer in describing the California gulf of Monterey time seems to be entirely accounted for by its relations to the ultimate shore line and to the border of thick terrigenous sediments to its northeast, east, and southeast (the limits of Anderson’s Temblor basin). Furthermore, these thickest diatomaceous deposits extend to the coast of the open ocean in the San Luis-Santa Maria-Lompoe region, and even the thinner deposits to the north (and south as well) can likewise often be brought into definite relationship with recognizable shore features which determined depth of water and sediment supply. 236 University of Califorma Publications in Geology [Vou.7 during some stages than at others, and therefore spreading over larger areas ; or both such agencies may have ‘been active. As examples of such areas may be mentioned the country to the north of Santa Clara Valley, the Los Angeles district, the southern end of the San Joaquin valley, the Vallecitos, the Mount Diablo region of Contra Costa County, and the Point Arena area, already discussed in parts one and two of this paper. Chert.—Instead of diatomaceous earths or shales, the siliceous members of the Monterey often appear as cherts—chiefly opaline in character. They are generally vellowish, but sometimes brown to nearly black. The dark color is usually due to bituminous substances. Sometimes these cherts occur in thin beds one to several inches thick, interstratified with earthy or siliceous earthy shales, the alternation being repeated hundreds of times.** Relation to the Occurrences of Petrolewm.—tThe siliceous and the earthy shales of the Monterey series are very commonly bitu- minous, and are looked upon by most of the geologists working in the California oil fields as the source of most of the commer- cially utilizable petroleum of the state. Seepages and brea de- posits are often associated with them. As far as the supplies of oil for industries is concerned, it is commonly derived from the sands of the series (the basal sands, or higher sands inter- calated in the shale series), sometimes from zones of brecciated chert, sometimes from the sands or other porous rocks of ad- joining formation groups, stratigraphically either higher or lower —from Mesozoic to Pliocene. VOLCANIC PRODUCTS IN THE MONTEREY SERIES Tufis.—Besides the terrigenous and biogenic deposits men- tioned above, products of voleanic activity are frequently encoun- tered within the Monterey Series. Over considerable areas ash beds are more or less common and at different horizons. Along the hills stretching from Lion Rock, near San Luis Obispo, to north of Santa Maria, about 30 miles, a layer of voleanie ash occurs, in part carrying coarse glass fragments, In part pumi- ceous, in part coarsely agglomeratic, which according to Fair- banks is rhyolitic and reaches a maximum thickness of 800 feet. 88 Well shown in halftone, plate 11, opposite p. 365, Bull. Dept. Geol. Univ. Calif., vol. 2. 1913] Louderback: The Monterey Series Zar The writer has seen similar tuffs probably of the same horizon in the vicinity of the Santa Ynez River. Light colored tuffs (sometimes definitely stated to be rhyolite tuffs) have also been found along the coast about Point Sal, to the north of San Luis Obispo, and in the vicinity of Monterey, in Contra Costa County, the Mount Diablo region and Santa Catalina Island, and have been reported from the interior at various points as far east as the flanks of the Sierra Nevada in the Kern River region. Be- sides its occurrence in definite layers or beds, ashy material (mineral grains and glass fragments) is frequently found dis- seminated through the diatomaceous earths and shales. Lavas.—Rhyolitie lavas have been reported from the San Luis region. Basie lavas are quite widespread, varied and in some places abundant. Fairbanks has described pyroxene-ande- site, quartz-basalt, olivine diabase and augite-teschenite from the San Luis region. Other localities where basic voleanies, ex- trusive or intrusive, are known in this series, are about Point Sal, in the Santa Maria district, the Santa Monica mountains (a thick series of lavas and breccias and associated intrusives), Carmelo Bay, and the mountains bordering Carrizo plains (espec- ially abundant in the southern portion, where large intrusive masses occur, some of which have produced considerable meta- morphism in the shales). Mr. G. C. Gester’® has observed abun- dant andesitic and basaltic volcanics associated with the Monterey series in the hills about the southwest extremity of the San Joaquin Valley. The voleanics of San Clemente and Santa Catalina islands may also belong to this series. LIMITS OF THE SERIES The upper limits of the Monterey Series are in all places so far studied marked by an unconformity—generally angular. The orogenic movements that took place at the end of the Mon- terey period of deposition were important and widespread, the next oldest succeeding formation being the San Pablo (and its supposed correlatives, the Santa Margarita, ete.), considered by some to correspond to the upper Miocene and by others to the Pliocene. The lower limits of the series are generally also dis- 89 Personal communication, Aug., 1912. 238 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 tinetly determined by an unconformity, the underlying forma- tions ranging from crystalline terranes (Mesozoic or even Paleo- zoic) up to the Tejon (generally accepted as upper Eocene) and the Sespe (considered Eocene or Oligocene). In some areas, where no angular deformation took place, the separation from the Tejon appears to be difficult if the beds near the border are not fossiliferous. The general relations, however, and the con- tributory palaeontologic evidence indicates that there was a dis- tinct discontinuity of conditions between the Tejon and the Monterey, and that there were orogenic movements and a general recession of the sea between those two periods of deposition. The relation of the Monterey to the San Lorenzo (referred by Arnold to the Oligocene) is uncertain. These latter beds have not been definitely recognized outside of the Santa Cruz Mountains, where they are said®® to lie ‘‘in general conformably below the Vaqueros sandstone’’ (p. 4, col. 1). And again, ‘‘In this body of water limestone of the Eocene age, the Butano sand- stone (supposed Oligocene), the San Lorenzo shale (Oligocene), and the Vaqueros sandstone (lower Miocene) were deposited, all (except possibly the Eocene) in conformable*! sequence’’ (p. 10, col. 3). J. P. Smith has recently suggested®? that this ‘‘lowest horizon of the Miocene,’’ the Turritella hoffmanni (or inezana) zone, ‘‘may eventually be found to be the inshore equivalent of the deep-water San Lorenzo Oligocene, with which it has a few species in common.’’ In this case the Butano sandstone would probably be the base of the Monterey series for that region. It will require further investigation in the field to satisfactorily settle the question. PALAEONTOLOGIC CHARACTERS Fauna.—The fauna of the Monterey series is, at least for the inshore facies, quite distinctive, and with any reasonable devel- opment of fossils in the coarser terrigenous beds their proper assignment to the Monterey period is assured. Professor J. P. 90 U. S. Geol. Surv. Santa Cruz Folio, California, no. 163 (1909). 91 Notwithstanding these definite statements in the text, in the col- umnar section and in the map legends of the folio cited, an unconformity is indicated between the San Lorenzo and the Vaqueros. 92 Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., vol. 3, p. 165 (1912). 1913] Louderback: The Monterey Series 239 Smith has recently published most convenient lists of the inverte- brate fauna of the Monterey series in his ‘‘Geologie Range of Miocene Invertebrate Fossils of California’’ under the desig- nation of ‘‘lower Miocene’’ faunas.** The reader interested in the palaeontologie data is referred to this useful paper, and no attempt will be made to present a faunal list here. As for the offshore (shale) fauna, it is meager and appar- ently not so characteristic, and references of shale—especially siliceous shale—facies to the Monterey series have to be made with eare, and either with regard to their association with char- acteristically fossiliferous sandstone, or to their inelusion within the limits of the sedimentary series of rather characteristic habit, between the unconformities already described. Faunal Stages——There appear to be at least two** widely recognizable faunal stages in the Monterey littoral faunas, the older of which is found only along the more immediate coast region of the present time. If we accept these as representing real stages and not merely distributional facies, they strengthen materially the idea suggested by stratigraphic considerations and geographic distribution of depositional types, that the invasion of the Monterey sea was a gradual process, that during the earlier part of the period (zone of Turritella hoffmanni or inezana) deposition was confined to the present coastal region, and that only during a later stage did it stretch over across the present coast range country and cover part of what is now the San Joaquin valley and Sierra Nevada foothills. And while coarse terrigenous deposits were gathering along the Cantua-Coalinga- Kern River-San Emigdio border region (the Temblor beds of F. M. Anderson, Vaqueros formation of Arnold, Robert Ander- son, Johnson, ete.), very pure diatomaceous shales were forming over most of the coastal Monterey-San Luis-Santa Barbara region, and even over some of the interior—the McKittrick- Temblor region—(Monterey shale or Monterey formation of various authors). 93 Proce. Cal. Acad. Scei., 4th Ser., vol. 3, pp. 161-182 (1912). 94 Merriam recognizes an upper zone in the Contra Costa County region (see page 206 of this paper), but it is not discussed here, as it is either absent or at least has not yet been definitely recognized in the other Monterey areas. 240 University of California Publications in Geology (VoL. 7 SUMMARY STATEMENT OF VARIOUS OTHER CONCLUSIONS No natural formations or groups of sediments exist which correspond to the littoral faunal stages recognized in the Mon- terey series. Any system of nomenclature which gives both faunal-temporal and formational significance to its terms (except for the series as a whole) is fallaceous and pregnant of confusion and misconceptions. Faunal zones and stages should have faunal names, as ““Agasoma zone,’’ stage of 7. ocoyana, ete., and not formational names (Vaqueros fauna, ete., as recently proposed by J. P. Smith). Names primarily based on lithologie distinctions (depo- sitional facies) have only very local significance as ‘‘ formations. ’’ The term ‘‘ Vaqueros sandstone’’ has only a facies value and not a formational one even in the Salinas valley region, where it was originally applhed; Temblor as applied in the Kern River region seems quite surely equivalent to at least part of the ‘‘ Monterey shale’’ on the west side of the valley. For economic purposes, or purposes of local mapping, and of structural geology it is often important to map local depositional facies—why not call them such? In the Salinas valley region in studying the water resources it may be important to separate the sands from the shales. Why not call them ‘‘Sandstone facies,’’ ‘‘ bituminous shale facies’’? Similarly in the oil fields the distinction is important. In the Santa Maria fields the petroleum bearing ‘‘ basal sandstones’’ would be more expressive to geologists and oil men alike than ‘Vaqueros formation.’’ Locality names are not objectionable—though not always nec- essary—such as Modelo sandstone, Puente sandstone, Puente shale,—to apply to locally developed depositional divisions— provided they are presented in their true value. Names like ‘‘ Temblor beds’’ (in the sense of a supposed lower Miocene formation and faunal stage below the ‘‘ Miocene shale”’ formation and zone), Vaqueros formation or sandstone (mean- ing the same), Monterey shale (in the sense of a supposed middle Miocene formation and faunal stage above the Vaqueros), Modelo formation (for the artificial group of Bull. 309, on the north side 1913] Louderback: The Monterey Series 241 of the Santa Clara Valley, or for the depositional facies south of the valley), Puente formation (in the sense of a local repre- sentative of the Monterey series) are either misleading or un- necessary and should be dropped. Whether all or part of the faunal stages of the Monterey series be made equivalent to the Lower Miocene, the Oligocene or divided between them, in the vicissitudes of the history of long-distance faunal correlation, the series here studied repre- sents a natural stratigraphie unit, with characteristic and related faunal elements, and clearness and simplicity demand _ that throughout this province of deposition it be designated by a single provincial name. The term Monterey in the form Monterey series has been established by priority and consistent usage and its use is urged as the general designation for deposits of this province and depositional evele. Transmitted November 14, 1912. ath a SITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS = ; m BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF ae GEOLOGY | i oe , No. 11, pp. 243-256 F Issued April 25, 1913 : _ SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES ON : FOSSIL SHARKS BY DAVID STARR JORDAN anp CARL HUGH BEAL > . : ~ UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS b teesl BERKELEY © ¥ ‘ i eS Sears Note.—The University of California Publications are offered in exchange cations of learned societies and institutions, universities and libraries. | all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For samp publications and other information, address the Manager of the University Pr California, U. S. A. All matter sent in_exchange should be addressed to The Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. S. A. eee : fe OTTO HARRASSOWITZ R. FRIEDLAENDER & S LEIPZIG BERLIN _ Agent for the series in American Arch- Agent for the series in Ame aeology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, aeology and Ethnology, Botany, Education, Modern Philology, Philosophy, Mathematics, Pathology, Ph Psychology. Zoology, and Memoirs. pion Volumes 1 (pp. 435), II (pp. 450), IIL (pp. 475), IV (pp. 462), V (pp. completed. Volumes VI and VII (in progress). Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. oe Volume 1, 1893-1896, 435 pp. with 18 plates, Price....-...-c-cccseccsesccsscecececeoeeeenee ‘ Volume 2, 1896-1902, 450 pp., with 17 plates and 1 map, price... A list of the titles in volumes 1 and 2 will be sent upon request. VOLUME 3. ' The Quarternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey .....-.....-...-.- roe if, 2. Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur S. Hakle....-/ ber ss 3. The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by Andrew C. Lawson 2.20 se a ee oe 4. Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John C. Merriam... 5. A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank C. Calkin 6. The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid. 22 = ee eee 7. Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. Sch 8. Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, Andrew .C. ‘Tawsonl )) 005 es 8 eae ES eee ee) ae eee sick ees 9: Palacheite, by “Arthur S. Bakle.--.....7 See ee 10. Two New Species'of Fessil Turtles from Oregon, by O. P. Hay. 11, A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinelair. Nos. 10 and 11 in one cover...25 2) oe ee a 12. New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassie of California, by John C. Merriam. 13. Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller. 14. The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, by John... Merriam 2.209.026 3 re i ae ee oa 15. The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. Lawson... 16. A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merriam 17. The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew Wie WSO a eo ce 2a ee 1 en 18. A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. Evan 19. A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmo 20. Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of California, b William J. Sinclair and H. L. Furlong._._.-.-----------22---2-2- ; 21. A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, by John C. Merria 22. The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar H. Hershey... VOLUME 4. 1. The Geology of the Upper Region of the Main Walker River, Nevada, by D MD, GSraithe sce a ee eee A Primitive Ichthyosaurian Limb from the Middle Triassic of Nevada, by Jo CG. Merriam 26225 Se A a ae esas ee Vow Ce Osmo rit Sees Bee NS Ae a ree ee Areas of the California Neocene, by Vance C, Osmont Contribution to the Palaeontology of the Martinez Group, by Charles HE. New or Imperfectly Known Rodents and Ungulates from the John Day Ser William J. Simelarir oe... esccecs eee cece cee cence cence pn ecenenee cena New Mammalia from the Quarternary Cayes of California, by Wilham J.8 Preptoceras, a New Ungulate from the Samwel Cave, California, by Eustac OCR egnCe UGH ADs DO) UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 11, pp. 243-256 Issued April 25, 1913 SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES ON FOSSIL SHARKS BY DAVID STARR JORDAN anp CARL HUGH BEAL In the Bulletin of the Department of Geology, University of California publications for 1907, the senior writer published a memoir entitled ‘‘The Fossil Fishes of California.’’ In this paper, with other matters, there is a record of the species of sharks known from the Miocene deposits of Kern County, California. Stanford University has lately received from Mr. Charles Morrice of Bakersfield another large collection of shark’s teeth. These were obtained from a hill on the west side of Kern River, about a mile distant from the stream and four miles from Oil City. These were preserved in a fine hard silt. The collection was made by Mr. Morrice at the suggestion or with the aid of Mr. F. M. Anderson of the California Academy of Sciences, Professor Harry A. Millis of Stanford University, Professor W. C. Mitchell of the University of California, and Mr. A. C. McLaughlin of Palo Alto. Three other papers have dealt with the Miocene sharks of California. Two of these, by Louis Agassiz, preceded the paper of 1907. Professor Agassiz published in the American Journal of Science and Arts, pp. 272-275, a paper entitled ‘‘Notice of Fossil Fishes Found in California by W. P. Blake.’’ This article with a few verbal changes and a page of engravings is reprinted in the appendix to Lieutenant Williamson’s ‘‘ Report on 244 University of California Publications in Geology (Vou.7 Explorations in California,’’ (U.S. Pace. R. R. Surv. for 1853, pp. 313-316, pl. 1). Since 1907 a review of these papers of Agassiz and of Jordan has been published by Maurice Leriche of Lille. It is entitled ‘‘Observations sur les Squales Néogénes de la Cali- fornie’’ and published in the Annales de la Societe Géologique du Nord (tome xxxvii, p. 302, December, 1908). This paper is based chiefly on the descriptions and figures published by the senior author in 1907. It consists mainly of a comparison of these California species with those of the same horizon in Europe. Leriche regards most of the species as identical with the European species. It may be freely admitted that in several cases no differences can be made out from the teeth alone. In several genera of sharks, the dentition is the same in all the several species. But to unite nominal species from opposite sides of the globe has also its difficulties. In most cases, the existing species of shark are largely localized, and it must have been so in the Miocene period. There are reasons of convenience for having a different set of specific names in each distinct faunal area. At the best, the substitution of Leriche’s names for those of Agassiz in California is the exchange of one doubtful opinion for another. If we trust to teeth alone certain species will appear to have not only a cosmopolitan distribution but an abnormally wide range in geologic time. As the wide-ranging forms among the existing sharks have been studied more ecare- fully, these have been split up into distinct species showing more or less definite localized differences. While no one can be sure that some of these sharks were not fully identical with European forms, we know that some of them are not so. We know also that the Miocene fauna of California is in general wholly different from that of Europe and also from that of the eastern portions of the United States. Where a California species has received a distinctive name we may provisionally allow that name to stand, even if no known characters separate the teeth in question from those of their European analogies. Still later, several authors (Ameghino, Leriche, Woodward, Gaudry, Tournouer, Priem) have written on the Tertiary fishes of Patagonia, in which region occur a series of sharks, the teeth of which show a very strong resemblance to the species known 1913] Jordan—Beal: Supplementary Notes on Fossil Sharks 245 from California. Geographically these are nearer to California than the fauna of Europe. Many shark teeth of similar types also occur in the Tertiary of Kansas. The new material examined in this paper is from the follow- ing localities: 1. The collection above mentioned from the lower Miocene, Temblor horizon, near Oil City, Kern County, California, the work of Mr. Charles Morrice and others. 2. One specimen from the collections of the University of California, taken from Chico (upper Cretaceous) sandstone. 3. A collection of fragments of broken teeth from the Eocene, Oligocene, and Miocene of various localities on the coast of Oregon has been presented by Mr. Harold Hannibal of Stanford University. GEOLOGIC RANGE OF WESTERN AMERICAN SHARKS Cret- Pleisto- Species Triassic aceous Eocene Miocene Pliocene cene Recent Acrodus wempliae Jordan, x = Myliobatis merriami Jordan and Beal, re a a 2 x Carcharhinus antiquus Agassiz, fe ae ors X Carcharias clavatus Agassiz, a Pe = x Carcharias morricei Jordan and Beal, - = Es x Carcharodon arnoldi Jordan, sd = - = ae x Carcharodon megalodon Charl. (branneri Jordan) = a = x 2 ES - Carcharodon rectus Agassiz, = 3 4 x Carecharodon riversi Jordan, ae ks = x eS x Dalatias occidentalis Agassiz, = 2 = xs Px Galeocerdo productus Agassiz, rs a os X Galeorhinus hannibali Jordan and Beal, a 2s = x > Hemipristis chiconis Jordan, ob x Ee = 2 fe ; Hemipristis hetero- pleurus Agassiz, 8 Z Bs x 246 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 GEOLOGICAL RANGE OF WESTERN AMERICAN SHARKS— (Continued) Cret- Pleisto- Speciés Triassic aceous Eocene Miocene Pliocene cene Recent Heptranchias ander- soni Jordan, - 2 = x Hybodus shastensis Wemple, xe Isurus desori Agassiz, 23 xe Isurus hastalis Agassiz (I.smithii Jordan), .. S x x Lamna appendiculata Agassiz, zs x x Rhinoptera smithii Jordan and Beal, = ae x x Squatina lerichei Jordan and Beal, = a3 Bs x The following is a list of the fossil sharks of California as now recognized : Family HYBODONTIDAE Genus Hyspopus Agassiz 1. Hybodus shastensis Wemple. Upper Triassic at Bear Cove, Shasta County. Genus Acropus Agassiz 2. Acrodus wempliae Jordan. Upper Triassic of Bear Cove and North Fork, Shasta County. Family HEXANCHIDAE Genus HeprraNcuHias Rafinesque 3. Heptranchias anderson Jordan. Miocene at Barker’s Ranch, Kern County. This M. Leriche identifies with Notidanus primigenius Agassiz of Europe. This may be correct, but the living species of Heptranchias of California, H. maculatus Ayres, is distinct from the European H. cinereus. (Notidanus is a later synonym of Hexanchus. ) 1913] Jordan—Beal: Supplementary Notes on Fossil Sharks 247 Family GALEORHINIDAE Family GALEOCERDO Muller and Heule 4. Galeocerdo productus Agassiz. Leriche identifies this with Galeocerdo aduncus Agassiz of the Swiss Eocene. The four figures given by Jordan (‘‘ Fossil Fishes of California’’) in figure 13, page 114, represent this species. The smaller ones in figure 4 on page 102 referred doubtfully to Galeocerdo represent something else. Leriche suggests possibly a species of Aprionodon. Perhaps they are side teeth of Odon- taspis; e, as well as a, in figure 4, belongs to Galeorhinus. Genus GALEORHINUS Blainville (Galeus Cuvier 1817, not of Rafinesque 1810) Dd. Galeorhinus hannibali Jordan and Beal, new species. Miocene of Barker’s Ranch; Pliocene of Temescal Canon. The species indicated by Jordan (1907) under the name of ““Galeus (zyopterus Jordan and Gilbert?)’’ can hardly be identical with the existing shark thus named. The tooth from the Phocene of Temescal Canon, Santa Monica Mountains, is described as similar to the teeth of Galeorhinus zyopterus, but more nearly erect and less notched on the outer margin than are most of the teeth of that species. The tooth is small, narrowly triangular, turned moderately out- ward, the base with five small cusps on the inner margin, the cusp nearly entire. Tooth e, figure 4 (figs. a, a’, of the present paper), from the Miocene of Kern County, must, as indicated by Leriche, belong to this form. This tooth may be taken as type of the species. The species is named for Mr. Harold Hannibal of Stanford University. Under the ruling of the International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature, the name Galeus cannot be used for this genus, which becomes Galeorhinus. 248 University of California Publications in Geology [Vow.7 Genus HemIpristis Agassiz (Dirrhizodon Klanzinger) 7. Hemipristis heteropleurus Agassiz. Miocene, Ocoya Creek, Barker’s Ranch, Oil City. As indicated by Jordan and by Leriche these teeth are iden- tical with those of Hemipristis serra of the European Miocene. The genus Hemipristis is no longer represented among the living fishes of America or Europe. 8. Hemipristis chiconis Jordan. Chico deposits (upper Cretaceous) near Martinez. Genus CARCHARHINUS Blainville (Carcharias Cuvier 1817, not of Carcharias Rafinesque 1810, which is Odontaspis Agassiz) 9. Carcharhinus antiquus (Agassiz). Miocene of Ocoya Creek and Oil City. We have no new material of this species. The tooth indicated as No. 7 Carcharias sp. by Jordan, page 104 (fig. 5, upper figure) is perhaps a tooth of Carcharodon rectus from near the angle of the jaw. A better specimen is in the Morrice collection. We refer this with doubt to Carcharodon, probably to C. rectus. ; Under the rules of the International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature the name Carcharias used originally for a single species, which later became the type of Odontaspis, must replace Odontaspis. The great genus of sharks called Carcharias by Cuvier must take the name Carcharhinus. This is a most incon- venient but apparently inevitable shifting of names. 1913] Jordan-Beal: Supplementary Notes on Fossil Sharks 249 Family CARCHARIIDAE (Odontaspididae ) Genus CaRcHARIAS Rafinesque (Odontaspis Agassiz, not Carcharias Cuvier) 10. Carcharias clavatus (Agassiz). (Lamna clavata Agassiz: Jordan) Ocoya Creek, Miocene of Kern County. This is not evidently different from Odontaspis cuspidatus (Lamna cuspidata Agassiz) of the Miocene and Oligocene of Europe as Agassiz has indicated and as Leriche again points out. The teeth of Zamna and of Carcharias are very similar. Leriche observes (translated) ‘‘ As I shall show in a later memoir (‘‘Poissons Oligocénes de la Belgique’’) this species was provided with symphyseal teeth and should therefore be referred to the genus Odontaspsis.’’ 11. Carcharias morricet Jordan and Beal, new species. (Text fig. c) To the genus Carcharias we refer with some doubt, four well preserved teeth differing in size and form but apparently belong- ing to the same species. They are from the Miocene of Kern County. They owe their dissimilarity probably to their being from different parts of the mouth. Two of the teeth are bent sharply back at the root and taper from an almost round cross- section to the point. The root is very thick and broad and is almost as wide as the tooth is high. On the sharply curved margin of the tooth, a large basal denticle protrudes from the root. Another tooth, probably belonging to the same species, but from a different part of the mouth, is about one-half again as high as the preceding ones, the base is sub-triangular and does not bear as great a relative width to the height of the tooth as in the preceding case. The crown is rather convex in cross-sec- tion, is notched anteriorly and bears two sharp, rather large denticles on the posterior margin. This tooth may be taken as the type of ‘the species which is named for Mr. Charles Morrice. 250 University of California Publications in Geology (Vou. 7 Family LAMNIDAE Genus LamNna Cuvier 12. Lamna ornata Agassiz. Navy Point, Benicia. We know nothing of this species. 13. Lamna appendiculata Agassiz. Two teeth, from hard Chico sandstone, are rather long and flexuous. According to Dr. Jordan, ‘‘These belong to a species of Lamna apparently related to the one figured by Mr. Stewart as Lamna appendiculata, from the Cretaceous of Kansas.’’ It is, however, doubtful whether this can be the same species, as there was no geographical connection between the California and Kansas seas during the Cretaceous time. The large tooth is slender and tapering with sharp, knife-like edges, the altitude measuring about twice the width at the base of the root. The other standing next to it in the jaw is much smaller but similar. This specimen has no basal denticles, which are so characteristic of the larger tooth. Mr. Harold Hannibal has collected from the Eocene Arago formation of Cape Gregory, Oregon, a tooth of this same genus but perhaps of a new species. It is a little higher compared to the width than the preceding species, sharper and more flexuous, and there are minute striations extending from near the point of the crown to the root of the tooth. This tooth has a basal denticle. Genus Isurus Rafinesque (Oxyrhina Agassiz) 14. Isurus hastalis (Agassiz). (Oxyrhina plana Agassiz, loc. cit., p. 274. Oxyrhina tumula Agassiz, loc. cit., p. 275. Isurus smithi Jordan, loc. Cit. p. 111) Miocene of Kern County, San Diego County, and Fresno County. Teeth of a giant species of Jsurus are excessively common in Miocene deposits of Kern County, far outnumbering all other 1913] Jordan—Beal: Supplementary Notes on Fossil Sharks 251 shark’s teeth. There is no doubt that Leriche is quite right in referring all of these to one species, plana being the upper lateral teeth, twmula the lower, and smithii the long and flexuous front teeth. Similar differences are shown in the dentition of the existing species, Zsuwropsis glauca. In this genus there are never serrations on the edge of the teeth and never denticles at base. Some of these teeth are two and one-half inches in height, this indicating a shark of sixty feet more or less in length. Leriche further identifies this species with Jswrus hastalis . (Agassiz) of Europe, which view is very likely correct. Dr. Priem refers similar teeth from the Miocene of Patagonia to Tsurus hastalis and Woodward records the same species from Argentina. Another tooth referable to Zsurus hastalis was obtained from the lower Miocene at Stanford University, near the base of the intruding basalt columns. Another was found by Mr. Harold Hannibal in the Arago formation (Eocene) near Cape Gregory, Oregon. Still another was obtained by Mr. Hannibal from the Miocene of the east shore of Coos Bay, Oregon. This is quite typical of the lateral upper teeth of Zsurus hastalis. A large vertebra, nearly two inches in diameter, probably belonging to Zsurus hastalis was also found by Mr. Hannibal. 15. Isurus desori (Agassiz). Chico formation, upper Cretaceous. A single tooth, doubtfully identified with this species of the European Cretaceous. Genus CARCHARODON Smith 16. Carcharodon megalodon Charlesworth. (Carcharodon branneri Jordan ) This giant shark’s tooth named Carharodon branneri is dis- tinguished from the equally large Carcharodon megalodon of the Miocene of regions about the Atlantic Ocean, by the smaller number of serrations on the large teeth. Of these we count 80 to 100 on each side in the specimens from California called 252 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 Carcharodon branneri, while in Carcharodon megalodon Charles- worth from South Carolina we count 100 to 120. This distine- tion is of very doubtful value, and most likely Leriche is right in referring C. branneri to the synonym of Carcharodon megal- odon, a species recorded from the Tertiary in various parts of the world, and undoubtedly the largest of all sharks. A large specimen of C. branneri in Mr. Morrice’s collection agrees fully with C. megalodon from South Carolina. 17. Carchorodon rectus, Agassiz. Miocene of Kern County. This species, if different from Carcharodon megalodon is dis- tinguished by the presence of a lateral denticle. It may be the young of one of the other species mentioned here, although none of these have a lateral denticle. The serrae are about fifty on each side. Probably the upper figure on page 103 of Jordan’s memoir represents a lateral tooth of this species. If so, it may be known also by its very coarse serrae. 18. Carcharodon arnoldi Jordan. Pliocene, Pescadero; Quaternary, Rustic Cafion, Santa Monica. | This species is identified by Leriche with the living species Carcharodon carcharias (i), (Carcharodon rondeleti Muller and Kurle). It has larger teeth than any yet found of the living species, and these are more closely serrated. It is therefore probably distinct. 19. Carcharodon riversi Jordan. Santa Monica, Port Los Angeles, Quaternary; Miocene of Kern and Fresno Counties. Leriche refers this species also to the living Carcharodon carcharias. This view seems improbable. It is perhaps not distinct from C. arnoldi, and Carcharodon rectus may not be different. In the living species, C. carcharias, the serrations on the teeth do not exceed 35-on each side, those of the middle of the side having most. C. riversi has about 40, C. arnoldi about 50, and C. rectus 50 to 60 on each side. C. rectus, as already 1913] Jordan—Beal: Supplementary Notes on Fossil Sharks 253 indicated, may be a lateral tooth and the others may represent different parts of the jaw. Possibly the name Carcharodon rectus should include arnoldi and riversi. But Leriche seems to regard C. rectus as the young of C. megalodon (—=C. brannert). Any view of the case is at present a guess, one doubtful opinion being set off against another. There are at least two fossil and one living species of Carcharodon represented in the California fauna. These are C. megalodon, C. arnoldi (ineluding C. riversi?) and C. carcharias. Family DALATIDAE Genus Dauatias Rafinesque (Scymnus Cuvier ) 20. Dalatias occidentalis (Agassiz). Miocene, Ocoya Creek, Oil City; Plocene, Temescal Canon. No new specimens of this species have been noted. Family ECHINORHINIDAE Genus Ecutnoruinus Blainville 21. Echinorhinus blaket Agassiz. This species we have not seen. Family SQUATINIDAE Genus Squatina Duméril 22. Squatina lerichei Jordan and Beal, new species. (Text fig. b) This species was not named, but was noted and figured (p. 119, fig. 4d) by the senior author as perhaps belonging to the genus Chiloscyllium. Dr. Leriche suggests correctly that the tooth in question is that of a species of Squatina. Additional material is in the collection of Mr. Morrice. There are five very small teeth, narrow, triangular and nearly erect, with the root very wide, its width nearly twice the height 254 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 of the tooth, and projecting backward so that the tooth rests on a triangular base double-notched posteriorly. The tooth will stand when set erect on the table. The enamel of the crown extends downward on the root in front to its base. All the species of Squatina are essentially alike in dentition, but as they are local in distribution the living Californian species (Squatina californica), being confined to this Coast we may indicate the California Miocene species by a separate distinction. It is named for Maurice Leriche of Lille. Family MYLIOBATIDAE Genus RHINoPTERA Kuhl (Zygobatis Agassiz) 23. Rhinoptera smithvi Jordan and Beal, new species. (Text fig. e) Under the name of ‘‘Zygobatis species’? Agassiz* records a fragment of a tooth of this genus from Ocoya Creek. Several similar fragments have been obtained at different times from the Miocene of Kern County. The species seems to be abundant. Only single teeth more or less broken have been found. Most likely these belong to the genus Rhinoptera rather than to Aétobatus (Myliobatis) to whieh Jordan doubtfully refers it (loc. cit., p. 119). F. Priem (Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 1911, plate IIT, fig. 77, figures a tooth almost precisely similar from the Miocene of Argentina as ‘‘Rhinoptera sp.’’ The teeth from Barker’s Ranch and Oil City are laterally much elongated, with serrated or comb-like edge. The breadth of the tooth and the size of the serrations vary considerably, but they must be of the same species. It is not possible to be certain as to the genus to which these fragments belong, but they may be recognized from the accompanying drawing. Some imperfect, smaller specimens of this species were taken from the Eocene of Big Creek, Oregon, by Harold Hannibal. The species is named for Dr. James Perrin Smith, palae- ontologist of Stanford University. * Agassiz, Am. Jour. Sci. Arts, 1856, p. 275; U. S. Pac. R. R. Surv., p. 316, pl. 1, figs. 31-35. 1913] Jordan—Beal: Supplementary Notes on Fossil Sharks 255 Fig. a. Galeorhinus hannibali Jordan and Beal. Pliocene of Temescal Cafion and Miocene of Kern County, California. : Fig. b. Squatina lerichei Jordan and Beal. Miocene of Kern County, California. Fig. c. Carcharias morricei Jordan and Beal. Miocene of Kern County, California. Fig. d. Myliobatis merriami Jordan and Beal. Miocene of Kern County, California. Fig. e. Rhinoptera smithii Jordan and Beal. Miocene of Kern County, California. 256 University of California Publications in Geology |Vou.7 Genus My .iospatis Cuvier 24. Myliobatis merriami Jordan and Beal, new species. (Text fig. d) In the collection of the University of California (no. 19714) is a fine large specimen composed of the three median teeth of a jaw of a species of this genus. These teeth are convex in surface, and curved in outline, the surface marked by longi- tudinal streaks of enamel which do not however roughen the surface. The teeth are one and one-quarter inches in breadth, each tooth five times as broad as long. The root surface is smooth, without the comb-like structures seen in Rhinoptera. The form of the edge of each tooth shows that it was flanked by smaller teeth as in living species of Myliobatis. In Stoasodon (Aetobatis of Miiller and Henle) there are no lateral teeth. The type is from the Miocene near Oil City. It is named for Dr. John C. Merriam, palaeontologist of the University of California. A few other specimens have been since received from Mr. Morrice. As the generic name Myliobatis was first used about 1811 by Geoffroy St. Hilaire, it must have priority over Aetobatus pro- posed by Blainville in 1817. As stated elsewhere (American Naturalist) the species de- scribed in Jordan’s memoir (‘‘Fossil Fishes of California,’’ p. 131) as Merriamella doryssa proves to be a stickleback and should stand as Gasterosteus doryssus. It was later described by Dr. O. P. Hay, from the same Miocene deposits on the Truckee River, as Gasterosteus, williamsoni leptosomus (Proce. U.N; Mj xxanr, 190%. 27). : NIA PUBLICATIONS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF Issued April 29, 1913 F THE EOCENE AT MARYSVILLE | -BUTTES, CALIFORNIA > + a Ps : BY ROY. E. DICKERSON bee { A is 5 : : & — ( . 7 » r : - — we is * oF < \ \ - _ UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS BERKELEY agua 18 5 ean ene AHO" 2 \\ >: ce 73 EN Ae Bae eer ee? La eee cations of learned soclens aa institutions, iver, all the publications of the University will be sent upon requ publications and other information, address the Manager on California, U. S. A. All matter sent in exchange should be Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. S. A. OtTo HaRRASSOWITZ _ sR. FRIEDLAENDER & SO : LEIPZI¢ _ BERLIN Agent for the series im American Arch- Agent for the series in America aeology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, -aeology and Ethnology, Botany Education, Modern Philology, Philosophy, Mathematics, Pathology, Psychology. Zoology, and Memoirs, Peormiere dl walames VI ae VII (in ee ah. Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. ‘Volume 1, 1893-1896, 435 pp., with 18 plates, price Volume 2, 1896-1902, 450 pp., with 17 plates and 1 map, pricee A list of the titles in volumes 1 and 2 will be sent upon request. VOLUME 3. age 2" . The Quarternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey ..............- Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur S. Hakle.......... . The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, Andrew. ©. Va wsopivist..-:.-c0i.c. tse ces a ee en . Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by Sohn Gh Merria A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank OC. Calk The Igneous Roeks near Pajaro, by. John A. Reid... 22.2 serene . Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. ‘Schall . Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, Andrew GC. Lawson ./...5 feet poke eee ee ee ) Palacheite, by..Atthur’S. Makle.".2 cele ee ke . Two New Species of Fessil Turtles from Oregon, by O. P. Hay. . A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by TW. J. siete Rigs. LO amd 11 in ome COVER. nen enencennnnnaneneneneteeecnensconnsentnnnrenamennecmnnamesnts CONIA corny = S00 13. Sicdnnieht from San Diego County, Catone, - Waldemar T. Schaller... 14. The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, by John, ‘C."'Nienriam (55 tr > 2 a saves ea ens TO, epee ee 15. The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. 16. A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Midcene in California, by John C. Merriam... 17. The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew 18. A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. Eva 19. A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmo 20. Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of California, William J. Sinclair and E. L. Murlom grt. ..2:2. sete ote geneiea ss oe eee ee 2 21. A New Marine Reptile from the Triassie of California, by John 0. M 22. The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar ‘A. Horsitey, ate VOLUME 4. asc A SOS ‘acs cssctsec2ctec-cnecs0> sesc-2eececucases xe *Meretrix hornii Gabb ...............2..2..-2-:20--0---+ x xe 3 es INAUC WAN COOPETI, NSs cee ce seececsceceeasteseecuseane aK a Ostrea idriaensis Gabb .......-,-.2--...2-0..0--- x x x New Idria, Coalinga Solen parallelus Gabb ~............2----------.--.------ oe x x Mamessconradiama Gaby) 22222 .cescceccecesece sees caee x x x iuvellima,sutteremsis, m.Sp. 2222.22: x > x - Schizaster lecontei Merriam .... x x x Trochocyathus striatus Gabb x x Trochocyathus(?) perrini, n.sp. -.......2.-22----- ae Cancer, Sp. ........--- x = INIOVGUGYSEEIIE 25) 0 eae ar ete ee seer eee x é : x Coalinga FS )y/ARGXOR YoY 6 UUs) oe tear ese ee Neen x BATHYMETRIC RELATIONS OF THE FAUNA Dr. Cooper® in discussing two collections of fossils made by Watts from the San Joaquin Coal Mine near Coalinga, Fresno County, and Marysville Buttes incidentally states his ideas con- cerning the bathymetric conditions under which this fauna was deposited as follows: ‘‘It is certain at least that the two localities from which Mr. W. L. Watts obtained the specimens described, furnished no Ammonitidae but this may be explained on the theory that they represent shallow water deposits close to a seashore or estuary, in which large quantities of vegetable mat- ter from the land were accumulated. Both the probable habits of the species found at the coal mines near Huron, Fresno County (as compared with nearly related species), and the pres- ence of coal in the rocks containing them, point to such a con- clusion, and the occurrence of many of the same species, to- eether with a thin bed of coal somewhat further away, indicate that the species from Marysville Buttes inhabited a similar but somewhat deeper sea.”’ 8 Cooper, J. G., Catalogue of California Fossils, Bull. No. 4, California State Mining Bureau, p. 36. 1594. 266 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 Cooper, in placing the species referred to Potamides(?) davisiana under this genus, which is confined to brackish water or estuarine conditions, also leads one to infer that these strata are estuarine deposits. One of the specimens shows that his gen- eric classification, due to a superficial resemblance to Potamides diadema Gabb is incorrect. The form referred to Potamides is a Surcula. The formation of glauconite by deposition in the tests of foraminifers, the occurrence of the genus Trochocyathus, and of certain genera of Gastropoda and Peleeypoda indicate that these beds are not in-shore deposits. Thompson and Murray® in discussing the bathymetric distri- bution of glauconite state that—‘‘it appears to be most abundant about the lower limits of wave tidal and current action or in other words in the neighborhood of what we have termed the mud line surrounding continental shores. In the shallower depths beyond this line, that is to say, in depths of about 200 and 300 fathoms, the typical glauconitiec grains are more abundant than in deeper water, but glauconitic casts may be met with in de- posits in depths of over 2,000 fathoms. No typical glauconitie sands have, so far as we know, been recorded in process of forma- tion in the littoral or sub-littoral zones.’’ Mosley’? gives the range of Trochocyathus found at present in the sea as from 100 fathoms to 750 fathoms. Vaughan" in his monograph on corals considers them as pecu- liarly valuable indicators of bathymetric conditions of deposition. Tryon” gives the following ranges for some of the genera of Gastropoda and Peleeypoda listed above. ‘‘The Cancellariae from low water to forty fathoms,’’ Turris, low water to 100 fathoms; Corbula, lower laminarian zone to 80 fathoms; Dosinia, low water to 80 fathoms ; Cardium, from sea shore to 140 fathoms ; Nucula, 10-180 fathoms; Leda, 10 to 180 fathoms; Twrritella, approximate range near 100 fathoms; Tapes, low water to 100 fathoms. The relatively small number of species of the genera 9 Challenger Report, Deep Sea Deposits, p. 378-391. 1891. 10 Challenger Report, Zoology, vol. ii, pt. vil, p. 1382. 1881. 11 Vaughan, T. W., U. 8. Geological Survey, Monograph 43, The Eocene and Oligocene Corals of the United States, p. 23-33. 1900. 12 Tryon, G. W., Structural and Systematic Conchology, vol. 1, 1882; vol. 2, 1883; vol. 3, 1884. ee 1913] Dickerson: Fauna of Eocene at Marysville Buttes 267 which range from low water to 100 fathoms was decidedly noticeable when the collection lsted above was made. The lamellibranchs were, except Nucula, Leda and Cardiwm, very rare. The evidence taken as a whole leads to the conclusion that the glauconitie sandstones and shales were laid down in water about 100 fathoms deep. CLIMATIC CoNnbITIONS DuRING ACCUMULATION OF MARYSVILLE Burtres EocENE Another factor which must be considered in connection with this unique fauna is the climate at the time of the deposition of the sediment containing it. Dr. Cooper*® in describing Turris monolifera makes the following note: ‘‘The occurrence of seven new pleurotomidae without many other univalve shells, and especially the absence of many forms of genera allied to Fusus described by Gabb, is a condition of distribution indicating prob- ably that a warmer sea existed where they are found than at most b] localities of similar age in California.’? Thorough collection does not sustain his view entirely. The number of Pleurotomidae is noteworthy, but they are associated with twenty-eight other univalve shells and seventeen lamellibranchs. Several of these gastropods are allied to Fusus. He was comparing a fauna which is not essentially littoral to species which are found in a por- tion of the Chico, the Martinez, and the Tejon. The writer is in thorough agreement with this suggestion of a warmer climate during the deposition of the Eocene of the Marysville Buttes, but the littoral or shallow water fauna of the typical Tejon also sug- gests a warmer climate than that of the present day. Several of the species, Voluta lawsoni, Tapes conradiana, Oliverata cali- fornica, Surcula crenatospira and Cardium dalli, still retain high coloring suggesting strongly the tropical forms of today. Sev- eral of these genera are according to Tryon confined to or char- acteristic of tropical and sub-tropical waters. Among these are Voluta, Siphonalia, Turris, Surcula, Drillia, Terebra and Can- cellaria. 13 Cooper, Dr. J. G., California State Mining Bureau, Bull. No. 4, Cata- logue of California Fossils, pp. 89-40. 1894. 268 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 It is not probable that the peculiarities of this fauna are due to climate, as the fauna of the type Tejon is also tropical or sub- tropical. The great variety of genera, and the great abundance of forms at most localities of the Tejon indicate life conditions such as are generally found in tropical or subtropical seas. The widespread geographic distribution of certain species char- acteristic of the Tejon is especially noteworthy. Cardita plani- costa is nearly world-wide, Meretrix hornii, Tapes conradiana, Dentalium stramineum, Perissolar blakei, and many others range from Washington to San Diego at least. C. E. Weaver’s collections from the Eocene of Washington, the California Acad- emy of Sciences’ collection made by Martin in Oregon, and the Tejon collections show a great number of species common to all three localities and the writer infers from this that unusually uniform conditions of climate prevailed along the coast. When the fauna from the Eocene of Eastern Oregon listed in the description of Turritella merriami, n.sp. (p. 287), is compared with that of the typical Tejon the difference is seen to be very slight. But few new species are found there, although the locality is several hundred miles distant. A Tejon fauna from San Diego collected by Mr. Wm. Kew does not show a great number of species different from those of Mt. Diablo region. Several species which were first known only from San Diego have since been recognized in the Tejon of the Mt. Diablo region. Geographic separation is thus seen to be insufficient to account for the great difference between the Tejon of Fort Tejon and the Marysville Buttes Eocene. GEOGRAPHY OF THE TEJON SEA Extensive Eocene deposits occur along the coast of Oregon and Washington as well as a considerable distance inland. Eocene deposits are found in Southern Oregon but no Eocene has been reported from the Klamath Mountains. That most of the Eocene of Oregon and Washington is Tejon can not be questioned if a careful study of the fauna is made. Form after form is seen to be identical beyond a doubt with those of the Tejon, although, as one might expect, there are many species which are new. Com- D> wo 1913] Dickerson: Fauna of Eocene at Marysville Buttes 2 ing down the coast, the next Eocene is reported by Gabb™ from Round Valley, Mendocino County. This is Tejon. Tejon is reported from Lake County, which is west of the Marysville, although none is reported from along the coast of Sonoma or Marin Counties or the San Francisco Peninsula. The Tejon Sea probably once extended over the present site of Lake County, and reached nearly continuously through Napa County along the west side of the San Joaquin Valley to its southern end. Extensive lava flows in Napa county prevent a tracing of Tejon sediments to the Mt. Diablo region. Tejon is reported on the eastern side of the San Joaquin along the Merced River. The authors of the Santa Cruz foliot® do not report any Tejon, although the Butano formation may be of this age. Fairbanks in the San Luis folio states that during Eocene times that region was a land area. Extensive Eocene deposits are found, however, in Santa Barbara County immediately to the south and at various other places along the coast to San Diego, and Lower California as far south as 29° 30’, N. latitude. In the discussion of bathymetric relations it was pointed out that the probable depth of the Eocene sea during the time of deposition of the green shales at Marysville Buttes was approxi- mately 100 fathoms. As this is considerably deeper than the fauna of most Tejon localities indicates as prevailing during the deposition of their enclosing sediments, we may conclude that in the northern portion of the state some deposits were formed along the coast of an open ocean. This idea is also reénforeed by the statements of Thompson and Murray?’ in discussing the geo- graphic distribution of glauconite. They conclude that ‘‘ Where the detrital matters from rivers are exceedingly abundant, and where there is apparently a rapid accumulation, glauconite, though present, is relatively rare; on the other hand, along high and bold coasts where no rivers enter the sea, and where aceumu- lation is apparently less rapid, glauconite appears in its typical form and greatest abundancee.”’ 14Gabb, W. M., California Geological Survey, Palaeontology, vol. 2 (preface, p. 13), 1869. 15 Branner, J. C., Newsom, J. F., and Arnold, R., U. 8S. G. S., Folio 163, p. 3, 1909. 16 Challenger Report, Deep Sea Deposits (p. 382), 1891. 270 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 That these glauconitic sediments were deposited along an open ocean seems probable. Whether this is a unique condition in the Tejon is a question that arises immediately. The condi- tions of deposition during portions of Tejon time were evidently fairly uniform over California. White to dull red quartzose sandstones with cavernous weathering are typical of Tejon sec- tions from San Diego to Lake County. Such a uniformity in lithology might be explained by deposition along a coast un- broken by large islands and peninsulas. The evidence indicates that no extensive or continuous land masses existed along the California coast west of the Sierras during Tejon time. Although sediments deposited in fresh or brackish waters are found, they appear to represent local oscillations of the strand line or estuarine deposits only. During most of Tejon time, a great embayment probably stretched from southern California to the region of Marysville Buttes, curving westward north of Mendocino County. ZONAL POSITION OF THE MARYSVILLE ButrTres FAUNA Of the species listed above from the Eocene at Marysville 3uttes the following oceur both in the Martinez and the Tejon: Cylichna costata Perissolax blakei Dentalium stramineum Acila truncata Galerus excentricus Leda gabbi Lunatia hornii Schizaster lecontei Niso polito There are no distinctive Martinez species in the list, and the fauna has little or no suggestion of Martinez affinities. The following species are reported from Tejon localities: Cancellaria irelaniana Cardita planicosta Lunatia nuciformiis Dosinia elevata Morio tuberculatus Glycimeris cor Olivella mathewsoni Meretrix hornii Sureula (Sureulites) sinuata Mysia polita Sureula monolifera Ostraea idriaensis Tritonium ealifornicum ' Solen parallelus ‘ Tritonium whitneyi Tapes conradiana Area hornii Trochocyathus striatus Avicula pellucida Nodosaria, sp. Corbula_ parilis ~l ey 1913] Dickerson: Fauna of Eocene at Marysville Buttes 2 In the total list of sixty-five species a total of only thirty-one are reported from other Tejon localities. Nearly all of these forms, as the table shows, have a wide geographic range. The partial list of species culiected by Bruce Martin from the Umpqua formation, given under the description of Turritella merriami, (p. 287), shows that many of them are found in the Eocene of Oregon. Many of these forms have also a great stratigraphic range. The exact range of some of these species is not known. Cardium cooperi is probably the progenitor of Cardium dalli. Trochocyathus striatus occurs in the San Francisco Bay region above the coal strata north of Mt. Diablo and in uppermost Tejon, south of Mt. Diablo where it is associated with Cardiwm coopert. This suggests that the uppermost Eocene of the Marys- ville Buttes is younger than that of Mt. Diablo Region. Without doubt the beds at Marysville Buttes are Eocene but their fauna apparently represents a faunal zone which has not been reecog- nized elsewhere. This faunal assemblage has over thirty species, which have not been found at other localities. It has been shown that the peculiar aspect of the Marysville Buttes fauna is not due solely to local facies of climate, or of habitat along an open ocean. Life in relatively deep water no doubt influenced its development, but this factor does not explain the great difference between this fauna and that found in the uppermost Tejon of the Mt. Diablo region. As nearly as ean be determined, the peculiarities of the Marysville Buttes fauna are due in some measure to its having lived in a division of Eocene time from which no adequate representation of the marine life of the Pacific Coast has been known up to the present time. Evidence that the Marysville Buttes collections represent a zone slightly different from the uppermost Tejon of the Mt. Diablo region is found in the fact that his assemblage differs much more from the Martinez fauna than does the fauna of any portion of the typical Tejon. This would indicate that the Marysville Buttes zone is removed from the Mar- tinez by a longer period than is the typical Tejon. That the Marysville Buttes fauna is later than the Martinez and chiefly later than the typical Tejon is shown (1), by the absence of such genera as Cucullaea, Anchura, Heteroterma, Urosyca, and TTer- PH Ps University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 coglossa; (2), by the presence of such genera as Bittium, Cor- diera, Cancellaria, and Drillia; (3), by the occurrence of such species as Trochocyathus striatus, Tritonium californicum Cor- bula parilis, Glycimeris cor, Tapes conradiana, Oliverato cali- formca, and Cardium dalli, n. sp. Of the first mentioned genera Cucullaea and Anchura are characteristic of the Cretaceous and of the earliest Eocene on this coast. Heteroterma and Urosyca are wholly restricted to the Martinez. Since none of these genera are represented in the Marysville Buttes Eocene, the fauna is evidently not pre- Martinez. Bittium, Cordicra, Cancellaria, and Drillia are all represented in stages ranging from the late Eocene to the Re- cent. Since they occur in the Eocene strata of the Marysville Buttes, it is evident that this fauna is a phase of the later Eocene or Tejon, as they are certainly more characteristic of the later Eocene than they could be of any horizon inferior to the early Eocene of the Martinez stage. The species mentioned above all occur in the uppermost Tejon of the Mt. Diablo region except the last, whose precursor, C. cooperi, 1s found there. Trochocyathus striatus is restricted to the upper portion of the Tejon of this locality. Cardium dalli, n.sp., seems to the writer to have evolved from C. cooperi and hence to have lived at a later time. The unique character of the Marysville Buttes fauna appears to be due to its representing a period from which no adequate fauna had previously been obtained and not to depth of water, climate, or other causes. That it evolved from the typical Tejon there ean be little doubt. We are led to the conclusion that the Marysville Buttes fauna is not only further removed from the Martinez than is the typical Tejon, but that the distance remov- ing it from the Martinez is measured toward the Recent fauna. In other words the evidence indicates that the Marysville Buttes fauna represents a later zone or stage of the Eocene than the typical Tejon. 1913] Dickerson: Fauna of Eocene at Marysville Buttes 273 Tue TeEJoN East or Soutu Burrs Two fossiliferous localities in the Ione formation are de- scribed in the Marysville folio, and these places were recently mentioned by Lindgren" in the Tertiary Gravels of the Sierra Nevada of California as follows: ‘*Marine fossils were found about two miles east of South Butte and two and one-half miles north-northwest of South Butte. The fossils, while not abundant, point to a Miocene age. These beds are believed to be the exact equivalent of the Ione formation exposed along the foothills of the Sierra Nevada. Their aggregate thickness is very considerable, 1,000 feet being a fair minimum estimate. The following fossils were identified by Messrs. Stearns and Dall:’’ Crassatella collina Conrad Macoma, sp. Venericardia borealis Conrad Tapes (Cuneus), sp. Verticardia (?), sp. Saxidomus, sp. Acila castrensis Hinds Cardium modestum Conrad Liocardium apicinum Carpenter Galerus, sp. Fusus (Exilia), sp. In another place Lindgren states: ‘‘These fossils are regarded by Messrs. Stearns and Dall as Miocene.’’ The writer visited these localities recently and found the fol- lowing fauna at the first locality, two miles east of South Butte: UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LocALity 1856 Ancilla (Oliverata) californica Yritonium whitneyi Gabb Cooper Tritonium, ef. californicum Gabb Galerus excentricus Gabb Cordiera gracillima Cooper Voluta lawsoni, n.sp. Lunatia nuciformis Gabb Dentalium stramineum Gabb Cardita planicosta Lam. Trochocyathus striatus (Gabb) Cardium dalli, n.sp. Turris monolifera (Cooper) Tellina sutterensis, n.sp. Turris suturalis (Cooper) Meretrix, cf. ovalis Gabb The fossils were found in limestone fragments which are ex- actly like those in the Eocene on the west side of the mountain. Essentially the same stratigraphic sequence is found on the east side as is seen on the west. The same bright red clay and glau- 17 Lindgren, W., The Tertiary Gravels of the Sierra Nevada of Cali- fornia, Professional Paper 73, U. 8. Geol. Surv., pp. 57, and 120, 1911. 274 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 conitic shales and limestones occur here. There seems no room for doubt that these beds represent the same horizon in the Tejon as those on the west side of the Buttes. The writer did not find fossils in the locality two and one-half miles north-northwest of South Butte, but the same bright red soil with coneretionary limestone occurs here as a narrow strip bordered on the east and west by Ione conglomerates. It is lithologieally the same as the Tejon area two miles south. Since these are the only loealities which were described as furnishing marine Ione. fossils it would seem that marine Tejon has been confused with Ione, and that there is no evidence to indicate the presence of an extension of the sea into this region in Miocene time. SUMMARY 1. The Eocene of the Marysville Buttes is evidently of a relatively late stage. 2. Glauconitie beds, previously known only from the Mar- tinez in the California Eocene, are present in the uppermost Eocene of the Marysville Buttes region. 3. There is no evidence of brackish water or of estuarine con- ditions in the region of Marysville Buttes while the uppermost elauconitic beds containing Tejon fossils were accumulating. 4. The fossil-bearing beds of the Marysville Buttes Eocene accumulated in water about 100 fathoms deep. 5. The faunal zone represented by these beds appears to be younger than the Tejon of the type localities. 6. The climatie conditions obtaining in the Marysville Buttes region during the deposition of the Eocene beds were tropical or subtropical. 7. The supposed marine Tone of Marysville Buttes is evi- dently Eocene. DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES SYNECHODUS, sp., Plate 14, figure 7 Tooth with sharply tapering cusps. Median cusp nearly straight, acute, margins sharp, inner side convex, the outer side is nearly flat with a slight concavity near the root. There are 1913] Dickerson: Fauna of Eocene at Marysville Buttes 275 two much smaller cusps on either side of the median one. They are both convex on the inner and outer sides. University of California Loeality 1853. Dimensions: Greatest length of middle cusp, 9mm; greatest transverse diameter of base, 11mm. TURRIS MONOLIFERA (Cooper) Plate 11, figure 1 Surcula monolifera Cooper.—Cooper, J. G., Catalogue of California Fossils, Bull. 4, Cal. State Mining Bureau, p. 39, 1894. ‘“‘Fusiform; nuclear whorls three, smooth, conical; the next crossed by twelve or more strong, oblique riblets, which change on fourth or fifth into a row of beaded knobs, forming an angle along middle of whorls, increasing to thirty-five on ninth or body-whorl. Above this angle are nine or ten fine revolving riblets, and three or four below it, the two posterior being longest, and imperfectly beaded at the suture. On the anterior whorls the medial knobs are sometimes doubled, and on the body- whorl the revolving riblets are alternately large and small. Canal straight, equaling the sub-oval mouth in length. Sinus deep, situated at the angle. Length, 0.60 inch; breadth, 0.08; mouth and eanal, 0.34 long. Five specimens obtained, agreeing well in characters, at Marysville Buttes, by Mr. Watts. This is quite near to Gabb’s ‘‘Turris claytonensis,’’ from near the Mt. Diablo coal mines, but a comparison with his description shows marked differences. Figures three times the natural size. The occurrence of seven new Pleurotomidae without many other univalve shells, and especially the absence of the many forms of genera allied to Fusus described by Gabb, is a condition of distribution indicating prob- ably that a warmer sea existed where they are found, than at most localities of similar age in California.’’ Abundant at University of California Localities 1853 and 1856. Dimensions: Length, 9mm; width of body whorl, 4mm. TURRIS ANDERSONI, n.sp. Plate 11, figure 2 Shell fusiform with rather short spire and a long body-whorl. Whorls, about seven (two upper whorls missing), rounded, nodose. The whorls are marked by eight rounded vertical nodes which extend from a well marked suture over the entire whorl. The lines of growth indicate a moderately deep sinus at the angle. Mouth, oval, narrowing abruptly at a point about two-fifths of the distance below the suture into a long narrow canal. Inner lip, smooth. 276 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 University of California Locality 1853. Named in honor of Mr. F. M. Anderson, Curator, Department of Palaeontology, California Academy of Sciences. Dimensions: Length, 10.5mm; width of body whorl, 4.5mm. TURRIS SUTURALIS (Cooper) Plate 11, figures 6a, 6b Mangilia suturalis Cooper.—Cooper, J. G., Catalogue of California Fos- sils, Bull. 4, Cal. State Mining Bureau, p. 41, 1894. “*Form lanceolate; nuclear whorls three, fourth with ten strong vertical riblets, continuing on next five whorls, but decreasing to six on body whorl; crossing entire whorl, but higher at middle, forming an obtuse angle, marked by a strong revolving riblet; one strong riblet parallel to this close to the suture, and one below angle. On the body they increase to over twenty of uniform size. Strong lines of growth cross these throughout, showing a deep sinus, mostly posterior to the angle. Canal slightly twisted. Length, 0.08; mouth 0.29 long, 0.06 wide. Two specimens found at Marysville Buttes by Mr. Watts.’’ The canal of this species is entirely too long for a Mangilia. The mouth is longer than the spire. The nodes on the body-whorl do not decrease to six. Most of the whorls have eight or nine instead of ten, and the body-whorl is no exception. Dimensions: Height, 40mm; width of Body-whorl, 13mm. TURRIS INCONSTANS (Cooper) Plate 11, figure 5 Surcula inconstans Cooper.—Cooper, J. G., Catalogue of California Fos- sils, Bull. 4, California State Mining Bureau, p. 40. 1894. “*Shell long, fusiform, whorls about ten, the first two turbinate, smooth; third to sixth with ten or twelve transverse close-set ribs, which, on the other four whorls, show only on the posterior half of each, being replaced by eight or ten revolving riblets, forming a cancellated sculp- ture near middle, and toward the canal appearing alone. Mouth narrow, sinus at angle, canal long. Dimensions, length, 1.10 inch; breadth, 0.25 inch, mouth, 0.50 inch.’’ The figure is triple the natural size. Rare at University of California Locality 1853. Dimensions: Length, 12mm; width of body-whorl, 4mm. 1) -l ~l 1913] Dickerson: Fauna of Eocene at Marysville Buttes TURRIS PERKINSIANA (Cooper) Plate 11, figures 7a and 7b Pleurotoma perkinsiana Cooper.—Cooper, J. G., Catalogue of California Fossils, California State Mining Bureau, p. 40. 1894. ““Very long and slender; whorls about ten, rounded, the first two turbinate, smooth; third with ten or twelve close-set vertical riblets, crossed by eight or ten revolving ones, the vertical gradually increasing to twenty-six on the body-whorl, forming a close beaded seulpture as far as the middle of body-whorl, while the revolving ribs continue alone on the body to canal. Varies also in relative strength of the two series of riblets, at different portions of spire. Sinus close to suture, canal straight, columella simple. Length, 0.60 inch; breadth, 0.15; mouth, about 0.25 long, 0.09 wide. This and the preceding (Twurris inconstans) have many characters alike, and are both variable in similar directions, so that at first they seemed varieties of one species, but the position of the sinus and differences in size and form distinguish them. Two specimens were found at Marysville Buttes by Mr. Watts.’’ This species was found at University of California localities 1853 and 1856. It is easily distinguished from Twrris incon- stans by the absence of nodes and by the rounded form of its whorls. Its sinus is not near the suture as Cooper states, but near the middle of each whorl. It resembles Pusus diaboli Gabb in general form but is slightly more slender, its longitudinal ribs are curved, and not straight like those of F#. diaboli and its whorls are rounder. Dimensions: Length 22mm; width of body-whorl, 5mm. DRILLIA ULLREYANA Cooper Plate 11, figure 8 Drilla ullreyana.—Cooper, J. G., Catalogue of California Fossils, Bull. 4, California State Mining Bureau, p. 41. 1894. ““General form oblong-rhombie; first three whorls smooth, conical; fourth with seven strong knobs crossing it, and continuing on the six following at regular intervals; crossed by about ten fine revolving rib- lets above the middle, and four stronger ones below, increasing to about thirty of uniform size on the body-whorl and canal. Mouth nearly half of whole length, acute posteriorly, with a slight angle on upper third. Canal tapering, straight, sinus deep behind angle. Length, about 0.66 inch; breadth, 0.30; mouth and canal, 0.35 long, 0.12 wide. Marysville Buttes, Mr. Watts; four similar specimens. The canal is long for a Drillia, but not more so than in D. raricostata Gabb, which this much resembles, differing in having the knobs more numerous, shorter, and broader.’’ 278 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 Several specimens were found at University of California Loeality 1853. Dimensions: Length, 16mm; width of body-whorl, 6.5mm. SURCULA CLARKI, n.sp. Plate 11, figure 3 Shell, fusiform with eight (?) whorls, the body-whorl being almost as long as spire. The whorls are marked by eight elongated rounded nodes crossed by revolving lines. Four or five revolving lines occur between the suture and the angle of the whorl. The angle of the whorl is marked by a strong revolving rib. Another strong rib oecurs just below the angle and two weaker ribs are found on the space below. A moderately deep sinus is indicated by the lines of growth above the angle. Mouth, elongate, oval; canal, short. University of California Locality 1853. Named in honor of Bruce L. Clark, Instructor in Palaeontology, University of California. This species resembles Pleurotoma guibersoni Arnold, but it has more nodes on its whorls, the revolving lines are different and the nes of growth indicate without a doubt a sinus above the angle. Dimensions: Length, 10mm; width, 4.5mm. SURCULA CRENATOSPIRA Cooper Plate 11, figure 4 Surcula crenatospira.—Cooper, J. G., Catalogue of California Fossils, Bull. 4, California State Mining Bureau, p. 39. 1894. ‘*Nuclear whorls three, smooth, large, the apical, immersed; other spiral whorls five, turreted, gradually enlarging, each with about nine rounded tubercles horizontally flattened, forming a chain around the middle, and connected by two strong revolving ribs, making a sharp angle. Above this are five or six fainter ribs, crossed by strong sinu- ated lines of growth, and below a similar sculpture, the whole surface being thus divided by strong reticulations, extending forward on body- whorl about half its length. Mouth simple, sinus moderate, above angle, canal long, straight, aperture as long as spire. Length, about 1.75 inch; breadth, 0.80; mouth and canal, 1 inch long, 0.40 wide. Not very near any of Gabb’s species of the family, except in the long canal, which seems to have been more common in the fossil than in living Pleurotomidae. The character of the sinus and sculpture ally this and bo I 1913] Dickerson: Fauna of Eocene at Marysville Buttes 9 some of the following to the sub-genus Clathurella, though according to those who classify by the soft parts, such divisions are of little value. They must be taken for all they are worth in fossil species, as necessary divisions, in the absence of better ones. Quite common at Marysville Buttes, where Mr. Watts and Mr. Ullrey obtained 35 specimens. A very similar species inhabits the West Coast of Mexico at present (S. olivacea Sby.)’’ Dimensions: Length, 37mm; width of body-whorl, 12m. SURCULA HOLWAYIT, n.sp. Plate 11, figure 9 Fusiform, with high spire; whorls number about eight (the three (?) upper whorls are missing). The fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth whorls are marked by about twelve oblique nodes which extend from the angle to the suture below but do not appear on the space above the angle. These nodes are crossed by two prominent revolving lines. The whorls are angular with vertex of the angle about two-fifths of the distance above a sharply impressed suture. The space above the angle is marked by minute revolving lines and by sinuous lines indicating a deep sinus above the angle. Only one specimen was found at University of California Locality 1853. Named in honor of Professor R. 8. Holway, University of California. Dimensions: Length of broken specimen, 18mm. SURCULA DAVISIANA (Cooper) Plate 12, figures 6a and 6b Potamides davisiana Cooper.—Cooper, J. G., Catalogue of California Fossils, Bull. 4, California State Mining Bureau, p. 44. 1894. ‘«FWirst three whorls convex, turbinate, smooth; the next six turreted, increasing rapidly by wide, flattened expansions of the upper surface of whorls, with a sharp raised carina half-way between the sutures, from which the surfaces above and below diverge at a right angle. Fourth whorl ornamented with about forty fine sharp riblets, strongly curved to the left, above the carina, and giving it a serrate edge, then passing down to the next suture. On the sixth whorl they are crossed by two revolving riblets below the carina, and on the seventh or body- whorl these increase to fifteen or more, with many intermediate smaller ones, which finally entirely efface the vertical lines. Mouth triangular, simple, inner edge of outer lip crenately notched, thin; (columella and canal lost). Length, 1.16 inch (or more); breadth, 0.70; mouth, 0.50 280 University of California Publications in Geology |Vou.7 long, about 0.35 wide. The backward curve of the growth lines above the carina suggests a Pleurotomoid shell, which is partly confirmed by the curve forward of the posterior margin of outer lip remaining, but the general form is so similar to that of Gabb’s Potamides diadema, that I have placed it in that genus until better known. (See Pal. of Cal., 1, p. 130, pl. 20). Resembles Pleurotoma (Perrona) spirata Lamk. Marysville Buttes, one specimen from Cret. B, Mr. Watts.’’ Dimensions: Length of smaller specimen figured 10mm; width of body-whorl 4mm. Cooper’s type specimen is much larger than the small one figured, but it does not show the canal or inner lip. The canal is long and straight and the inner lip is smooth. The body-whorl is marked by three prominent carinae in addition to the finer revolving lines. In the type, an older specimen, the space between the first and second ecarinae on the body-whorl is sharply notched inward, the vertex of the notch being central. The smaller specimens vary much in the strength of the vertical ribbing. The small specimen figured was found at University of California Loeality 1853. CORDIERA GRACILLIMA Cooper Plate 12, figure 3 Cordiera gracillima.—Cooper, J. G., Catalogue of California Fossils, Bull. 4, California State Mining Bureau, p. 41. 1894. ‘Very slender, fusiform; first two whorls smooth, turbinate; third with about twelve oblique subvertical riblets, which decrease to seven on sixth whorl, narrow, meeting at sutures, and with four revolving riblets crossing them, one along suture. A wide interval between this and the next anterior, forms an obtuse angle on whorls, continuing to the upper third of body-whorl, below which the vertical ribs disappear. On body-whorl about eight revolving riblets cross these, with three or four fine ones between each, and twelve to fifteen others below angle pass around the canal. (The shells being imbedded in rock the exact number of vertical ribs cannot be distinctly seen, whether seven or eight, and the outer lip is too much broken to see the form of the sinus, but it must be very shallow.) Mouth very narrow, sharp above, widest at angle of lip, below curving to the left, gradually forming the canal. Columella with four plaits at middle, the upper one, strongest. Length, 0.48 inch; breadth, 0.09; mouth, 0.14 long, 0.03 wide; canal, 0.10 long. The figure is twice the natural size of the one specimen found at Marysville Buttes by Mr. Watts. This is a decidedly different shell from the two species figured and described by Mr. Gabb, both of which were also found in Santa Ana Mountains, Orange County, by Dr. Bowers, but in a very poor condition.’’ 1913] Dickerson: Fauna of Eocene at Marysville Buttes 281 Cooper described this species from a single specimen im- bedded in rock and hence a portion of the specimen was not visible. The ‘‘wide interval’’ between the revolving rib near the suture and the rib at angle is marked on the body whorl by five riblets which alternate in size, and two or three on the penulti- mate whorl. A persistent minor riblet can be seen between the other revolving ribs. On the body-whorl 12 or 13 revolving ribs alternating with minor riblets are found. The vertical ribs on the body-whorl extend nearly the length of this whorl excepting on the columella where they extend only a third to a half of the length. The columella is marked by six plaits which increase regularly in strength, the uppermost being the strongest. Colum- ella slightly inerusted. Four or five nearly perfect specimens were found at University of California Locality 1853. Dimensions: Length, 10mm; width of body-whorl, 3mm. FUSINUS (PRISCOFUSUS) LINEATUS, n.sp. Plate 11, figure 12 Shell, small, spindle shaped, eight whorls. The first three minute, rounded, smooth; the remaining whorls rounded and marked by equal, flattened ribs with interspaces half as wide as the ribs. The number of the ribs on fourth whorl is four, five on fifth and sixth and about fifteen on the body-whorl. The body-whorl is somewhat longer than the spire. Mouth, long, slightly widened posteriorly and narrowed anteriorly into a short eanal. Inner lip slightly inerusted. University of California Locality 1853. Dimensions: Length 6mm; width of body-whorl, 2mm. TEREBRA WATTSIANA Cooper Plate 11, figure 10 Terebra wattsiana Cooper.—Cooper, J. G., Catalogue of California Fossils, Bull. 4, California State Mining Bureau, p. 39. 1894. ‘‘Whorls regularly tapering, about fourteen (upper three or four lost); flattened, slightly turreted by narrowing in front, the highest with about twenty-three narrow, close-set riblets crossing their whole width ver- tically, and increasing to about fifty on body-whorl. Base and columella smooth, mouth normal, canal much twisted, not deep. Length, about 1.75 inch; breadth, 0.45; mouth, 0.4; width, 0.10. More robust, larger, and fewer-whorled than T. californica Gabb, also of Div. B, but nearly allied to that species. A single specimen only was found at Marysville Buttes by Mr. W. L. Watts.’’ 282 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 CANCELLARIA STANTONI, n.sp. Plate 12, figures 2a and 2b Shell, small, with five whorls, the first two, turbinate, smooth ; the third whorl is cancellated by ten or twelve ribs. About every fourth rib is enlarged. These heavy ribs are well rounded on the fourth and fifth whorls and are more oblique than those on the third. They extend from an indistinct, irregular suture over the entire whorl. Strong revolving ribs with finer riblets also decorate this beautiful little shell. Mouth, sub-oval; outer lip thickened, rounded, and crenulated on interior. Columella marked by three strong plaits, the posterior one being the strongest. Canal short and very shghtly notched. Three specimens were found at University of California Local- ity 1853. Another specimen was found in the University of California Collection from near Fort Tejon. Named for Dr. T. W. Stanton, Chief Palaeontologist, United States Geological Survey. ° Dimensions: Length, 12mm; width of body-whorl, 6mm. CANCELLARIA ITRELANTANA Cooper Plate’ 12, figure 8 Cancellaria irelaniana.—Cooper, J. G., Catalogue of California Fossils, Bull. 4, California State Mining Bureau, p. 42. 1894. ‘*«Shell oblong fusiform; spire of eight whorls, the first three nuclear, smooth, conical; fourth with nime prominent vertical ribs abruptly trun- cate at sutures, and continuing thus on next three whorls, but on eighth whorl becoming conical tubercles at posterior margins, more distinct on body-whorl, the ribs disappearing. The three anterior whorls show strong vertical lines of growth, or irregular sculpture, which above the tubercles is crossed by three or four revolving raised lines. (Outer lip broken off for about half an inch.) Columella with four very strong and three fainter oblique folds (or ribs). Length, about 1.75 ineh; breadth, 0.75; mouth, 0.87; width, (?). ““Only one specimen found at Marysville Buttes by Mr. Watts. This shell is nearer to the sub-genus Narona than to any of the allied forms, and in its spire much resembles the species living on our coast, C. (N.) cooperi Gabb. Though Mr. Gabb described a Tertiary species as C. vetusta, thus suggesting its absence from the Cretaceous strata, we have here a proof of its presence in the Eocene or Cret. B. strata.’’ Arnold reports this form from the Eocene of the Coalinga District. Dimensions: Length, 43mm; width of body-whorl, 20 mm. 1913] Dickerson: Fauna of Eocene at Marysville Buttes 283 SIPHONALIA SUTTERENSIS, n.sp. Plate 12, figure 1 Fusiform; whorls, nine or nine and a half. The first three nuclear whorls are smooth while the rest are marked by ten or eleven sharply pointed nodes. On the fourth to the ninth whorl these nodes are crossed below the angle by three revolving ribs, the one at the obtuse angle of whorl being the strongest. Two or three riblets occur between the ribs. The portion of the whorl above the shoulder is marked by riblets which alternate in size and vary in number from eight or ten on upper whorls to fifteen to twenty on the body-whorl. This portion is concave and on the body whorl is channeled as well. The coneavity and channeling are variable in amount. The canal is decidedly bent laterally. Inner lp smooth and bent; outer lip crenulated on interior; umbilicus small, ovate. University of California Locality 1853. Named for its oc- currence in Sutter County, California. Dimensions: Length, 24mm; width of body-whorl, 11mm. ASTYRIS, sp. Plate 12, figure 4 Shell spindle-shaped with eight whorls. The first two whorls turbinate, smooth. The third, fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh whorls smooth or marked with microscopic revolving lines; flat sided ; the body-whorl rounded and marked by fine revolving rib- lets. Outer lip broken, inner lip smooth. Canal, long for this genus. University of California Locality 1853. Only two small specimens were found. Dimensions: Length, 7mm; width of body-whorl, 3mm. CLAVELLA TABULATA, n.sp. Plate 12, figure 7 Shell robust, fusiform with at least nine whorls. The whorls are flattened parallel with the axis of the shell, tabulate above a very marked shoulder, a few rather fine revolving lines occur on some of the whorls just beneath the angle. Suture impressed. 284 University of California Publications in Geology {Vou.7 The body-whorl with canal is nearly one and a half times as long as the spire. It is suddenly contracted into, a long, narrow canal about two-fifths of the distance below the angle. Only one large specimen was found at University of Califor- nia Loeality 1853. Dimensions: Length, 73 mm; width of body-whorl, 28 mm. VOLUTA LAWSONT, n.sp. Plate 12, figures 5a, 5b, and 5e Shell conical with short spire; eight whorls, the first and second smooth and turbinate; the third, fourth and fifth decor- ated by about ten vertical ribs, which end at the angle of the whorl in spiny nodes. The angle of the whorls is nearly 90°. The space above the shoulder is flattened and on the body-whorl is channeled. Suture, linear, distinct. Outer lip, straight and simple. Columella faintly incrusted. Inner lip marked by three faint plaits. The body-whorl is decorated by fine revolving lnes which increase in size on the lower part of the whorl. Named in honor of Professor A. C. Lawson, University of California. The type specimen was found at University of California Loeality 1853. Three other specimens were found at Locality 1856. Dimensions: Length, 21mm; width of body-whorl, 10mm. TURRITELLA MERRIAMI, n.sp. Plate 13, figures 6a, 6b, and 6c Shell moderate in size, elongate; whorls number about fifteen or sixteen; the first four whorls are rounded and marked by three strong revolving ribs with a single riblet between each pair. The fifth, sixth, seventh and eighth whorls are also convex, but the center of the convexity is below the middle of the whorl; these whorls are marked by five nearly equal revolving ribs, equally spaced. The rest of the whorls are markedly different from the upper eight whorls. The first revolving rib below the suture is much larger than the rest, and the space between it and the impressed suture is flattened horizontally making a tabulate shoulder. The next three ribs are equal and equally spaced. The bo On 1913] Dickerson: Fauna of Eocene at Marysville Buttes 8 fifth rib is stronger than the three above and a persistent riblet is found between it and the fourth rib; the space between it and the suture is twice as great as the space between the ribs above. The lower whorls are flattened between the first rib and the suture. University of California Localities 1853 and 1855. Named in honor of Professor J. C. Merriam, University of California. The upper whorls resemble 7’. wvasana somewhat in apical angle and ribbing, but their shape is slightly different. The lower whorls bear a superficial resemblance to T. chicoensis in that the suture is impressed and is bordered by a rim on the whorl below and sometimes by one above. The rib below the suture is much more developed in 7. merriami than T. chicoensis. The number of ribs in 7. chicoensis is only three with four or five minute revolving lines between, while there is only the one mentioned above between the fourth and fifth rib in 7. merriami. This species also occurs in the Eocene of Oregon. Mr. Bruce Martin collected the following ‘‘under bridge at mouth of Little River, North Fork of Umpqua River, 18 miles northeast of Roseburg, Umpqua Formation,’’ California Academy of Sciences Locality : Oliverato californica Cooper Rimella canalifera Gabb Cylichna costata Gabb Cerithium carbonicola Cooper Morio tubereculatus Gabb Tapes conradiana Gabb Loxetrema turrita Gabb Glycimeris ef. sagittata Gabb Fusus mathewsonii Gabb Cardita planicosta Lamarck Turritella uvasana Conrad Cardium breweri Gabb Amauropsis alveata Conrad Crassatellites grandis Gabb Turritella merriami, n.sp. Modiolus ornatus (Gabb) Pseudoliva volutaeformis Gabb Corbula parilis Gabb Phos(?) martini, n.sp. Lucina eumulata Gabb Turritella merriami is in a collection made by Mr. Vance Osmont at the Tesla coal mines. Dimensions: Length of broken specimen (see figure 6b, plate 13), 30mm. 286 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 OLIVULA MARYSVILLENSIS, n.sp Plate 13, figures la and 1b Whorls number six, the body-whorl being four times as long as the spire. The body-whorl is decorated by distinct, close longitudinal and revolving striae, and four prominent slightly oblique revolving ribs on the lowermost third; spire covered by a longitudinally striate deposit, angulated at suture of body- whorl forming a raised band just below the suture. Aperture, channeled posteriorly. Posterior portion of inner lip covered by a callus which extends to top of spire. The lower portion of the columella is marked by five small but prominent very oblique plaits. Outer lip, thin and straight. Only one small specimen was found at University of Califor- nia Locality 1853. The only noteworthy difference between this species and Olivula staminea Conrad of the Alabama Claiborne is that the revolving ribs on the body-whorl are less oblique than those of O. staminea. Dimensions: Length, 10mm; width of body whorl, 4mm. OLIVERATO CALIFORNICA Cooper Plate 13, figures 4a and 4b Oliverato californica.—Cooper, J. G., Catalogue of California Fossils, Bull. 4, California State Mining Bureau, p. 43. 1894. ‘““About half of spire (the nuclear whorls) invisible in adult; mouth with lips nearly parallel at middle; narrower at ends in the young, with about ten faint ridges along columella, not passing inside; no umbilicus. Dorsal surface marked by ridges from irregular thickness of the callus, and a deep oblique furrow running from the anterior notch toward the left, as in Pseudoliva, ete. Parallel to this, about six light ridges, remain permanent behind it, thickened but not obscured by callus. General form becoming more ovate with age, but always narrower in front. Length, about 1.50 inch; breadth, about 0.85; mouth, 1.12 inch long, 0.50 wide. Eight specimens examined. ‘—~ Volume 1, 1893-1896, 435 pp., with 18 plates, price............c1..------.-0- Volume 2, 1896-1902, 450 pp., with 17 plates and 1 map, price A list of the titles in volumes 1 and 2 will be sent upon request. VOLUME 3. _ 1. The Quarternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey ~.....-.2-..2.-2-c:2-c--e-nenee 20 2. Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur S. Hakle_. ee 3. The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by — Andrew G,. Dawsons si.i.--c-i ie eth on ee : 4, Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John C. Merriam... a 5. A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank C. Calkins... 6. The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid......-...-------senee ee ie Saeed Sache 7. Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Oo., California, by Waldemar T. Schaller 15¢ ~ 8. Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, by =~ Andrew. C.. Gra Won |. scccn-c2tecencosecceccocen uote mepeen eee ate ene ec nate oa a re societies See : 9. Palacheite, by Arthur’ S; Baklez 2. ous a ee ee Reh estes ee 10¢ 0. Two New Species of Fessil Turtles from Oregon, by O. P. Hay. : 1. A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair. Nos. 10 and. 11-in one Coversiz eS eee 12. New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassie of California, by John C. Merriam........ 13. Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller... 14, The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, by MORN’ CyAMOrviAM seca ean nn chet ceases een ee eis a Bee ceva 15. The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. Lawson............... 16. A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merriam...... 17. The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew C. — LQ WSOD, eeececesecvennccnsnceenceceeeceeececenencneceascencnansearancesenscanseatdnepeseansseanaesedtmenassnrasdensams====nesZaeeeaeaeee ’ 18. A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert : 19. A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmon 1 20. Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of California, by William J. Sinclair and E. L. Furlong................------ secveeceeceeeceensecnenneeecteceenceoneeennensetnnaes 21. A New Marine Reptile from the Triassie of California, by John C. Merriam... 92. The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar'-H. Hershey... VOLUME 4. : ae 1. The Geology of the Upper Region of the Main Walker River, Nevada, by Dwight — TD, Qrithy .n.n-caeoccceneececenese-naceceessaecteendesecuececanecsanenesteneqsansasevasensequtenanenshcecnnansarencmnsnenaZ=reseneeee _ A Primitive Ichthyosaurian Limb from the Middle Triassic of Nevada, by Jo Cl. Merriam ....-.---.--.--2---ccecceeceeeccneceemer scence cceeeescneeeescennesnuacnnsreceeresnnesnecceresmesnnansecnnanancsnsea Geological Section of the Coast Ranges North of the Bay of San Francisco, Vi. CO. OSMONA ooie.eesnenn-ne-ecceeececeeceecenneeeneece scene cccneeceseaaennens cnaaesecasarsaenccnsnecnnnanracsnacaanes . Areas of the California Neocene, by Vance C. Osmont......------2+--swees-weseremnnnnns Contribution to the Palaeontology of the Martinez Group, by Charles E. Wea New or Imperfectly Known Rodents and Ungulates from the John Day Series, | William J. Simelair ~....---.---i----ee-c-neseeecnceeen en eneneee sc neececnee erent entnenmene ba New Mammalia from the Quarternary Caves of California, by Willham . Preptoceras, a New Ungulate from the Samwel Cave, California, by Eust Prong © -n-c-------nnecncasecscece see ennsesnneenemnnnecaccerdeaseenecatimnanenndnensec7 cater tnnanceasataaese SI Auk w& pw A UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 14, pp. 305-323 Issued May 24, 1913 THE SKULL AND DENTITION OF A CAMEL FROM THE PLEISTOCENE OF RANCHO LA BREA BY JOHN C. MERRIAM CONTENTS PAGE TEs xa, a a ma oP 305 SUN a a a ee 308 TOYA ETU OY, » a ee ee 313 Relation of Rancho La Brea Specimens to Previously Described Pleistocene Forms from North Ameria, .............2....12--:0--0--cc-cceeceeeeeeeeee 317 Comparison with Type Specimen of Camelops .............-..----------- 318 Comparison with Type Specimen of Auchenia hesterna Leidy. 318 Comparison with Texas Forms Referred to by Cope as Holo- meniscus hesternus, H. suleatus, H. vitikerianus, and H. IMACT OCC PN AUS. Ae ses aceectee se ctesatceecsecnce socacescuasaceasaiecussteneaeceuteas Seccenceczee 321 BS UREN T NY se te See tea Te ae neo an oe Peas sys cdcneneSeaicetee fectettecco ses Sebccesseccce ee Ook INTRODUCTION Although remains of camels are fairly common in the Pleisto- eene of North America, and are widely distributed over the continent, up to the present time the material obtained has been very fragmentary, and the available information correspondingly unsatisfactory. So far as known to the writer, the best speci- mens described consist of small parts of the skeleton, the skull being represented by jaws and very incomplete cranial material. Owing to the nature of the material available, the North American Pleistocene Camelidae have almost necessarily been 306 University of Califorma Publications in Geology (Vou.7 described under numerous generic and specific names, as the fragmentary specimens representing different parts of the skele- ton cannot be correlated satisfactorily. Not less than six genera are listed. It is probable that three of the generic groups have a valid basis in American material.:The others are of doubtful value. The forms referred to Hschatius and Camelus represent two of the generic groups. The relationships of the species referred to Camelops, Megalomeruc, Auchenia and Holomeniscus, present one of the problems in the study of this group, recent writers generally considering the four as representing a single genus, Wortman' in his revision of the extinct Camelidae of North America called attention to the very fragmentary nature of the material upon which all of the North American Pleistocene species rest, and considered that no evidence had been presented showing that valid characters separated the genera Megalomeryx and MHolomeniscus from Camelops, the first genus described. The North American forms referred to Auchenia he showed to be distinct from the Recent Auchenia, and not clearly separable from Camelops. Megalomerya was deseribed from Nebraska later than Camelops from Kansas, and may be of Tertiary age. It was based upon two molar teeth, while the tvpe of Camelops consisted of an anterior end of the rostral region without cheek teeth. Holomeniscus was characterized by Cope as possessing a single superior premolar, P*. Wortman stated that, so far as he had been able to obtain information, in the only specimen in which ‘the superior premolar formula can be determined, both P* and P* are present. So far as determined by Wortman, no characters were presented which might reasonably be considered as dis- tinguishing Holomeniscus from Camelops. In the excavation work done at Rancho La Brea during the past six vears camel material has been found occasionally, but not until recently has it been possible to obtain a complete skull. In the exeavations of the last few months, the University of California has been so fortunate as to find several nearly perfect skulls, and associated with them is a quantity of skeletal material representing the greater part of the animal. Three skulls now 1 Wortman, J. L., Bull. Am. Mus., vol. 16, p. 128, 1898. 1913 | Merriam: A Camel from Rancho La Brea 307 Fig. 1. Camelops hesternus (Leidy). Skull, superior view. No. 20040, x ¥%. Rancho La Brea Beds. Fig. 2. Camelops hesternus (Leidy). Skull, inferior view. No. 20040, x ¥. Rancho La Brea Beds. Fig. 3. Camelops hesternus (Ueidy). Superior view of anterior portion of the mandible with dentition. No. 20040, x 4%. Rancho La Brea Beds. 308 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 available in the palaeontologiec laboratory furnish for the first time a satisfactory basis for comparative study of the skull and dentition of our American Pleistocene camels. In advance of an investigation of the entire representation of the skeleton the following descriptions are presented. A discussion of the skeleton will be furnished after completion of the excavation work, when all materials of this group can be brought together for more satisfactory study. SKULL The skull in specimens 20040, 20028, and 20049 approximates the size in that of the Bactrian camel. The general outlines resemble Auchenia more nearly than Camclus. In superior view (figs. 1 and +), the slender rostral region tapers more gradually toward the anterior end than in Camelus, and in this respect resembles Auchenia. The frontal region is quite distinctly convex transversely, with no median depression, and in this character differs from the specimens of both Auchenia and Camelus avail- able for comparison. The orbits are situated relatively far back, the anterior border being situated above the last superior molar. The basicranial and basifacial axes are nearly parallel, as in Camelus. The nasal elements are long and narrow, the posterior ends are separated by a wedge of the frontals, but the outer borders do not spread widely as in Auchenia and Camelus. The anterior ends of the nasals are in broad contact with the premaxillaries, as In Auchenia. The nasals ave relatively longer and narrower than in Auchenia, and the notch for the posterior border of the anterior nasal opening is not behind the posterior end of the premaxillaries. In Auchenia the posterior ends of the pre- maxillaries do not extend as far back as the posterior border of the anterior nasal opening. The ends of the nasals project anteriorly beyond the superior border of the premaxillaries. A characteristic feature of the Rancho La Brea specimens is the presence of a large, deep fossa near the upper margin of each maxillary above the fourth premolar (fig. 5). The inferior region of this fossa is not sharply marked. The upper wall of 1913 | Merriam: A Camel from Rancho La Brea 309 Fig. 4. Camelops near hesternus (Leidy). Skull, superior view. No. 20028, x ¥%. Rancho La Brea Beds. Figs. 5 and 6, Camelops near hesternus (Leidy). Skull. No. 20028, x ¥. Raneho La Brea Beds. Fig. 5, cranium, lateral view; fig. 6, man- dible, lateral view. 310 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 the cavity is abrupt in no. 20040 and is bordered by a sharp overhanging ridge in nos. 20028 and 20049. This fossa is clearly shown in Pliauchenia (Megatylopus) gigas described by Matthew and Cook? and is strongly marked in Alticamelus.* There is no suggestion of it in Auchenia or in Camelus. The lachrymal vacuities are very large and have an approxi- mately triangular outhne. In specimen 20028 the lachrymals are separated externally from the lachrymal vacuities on one side by the union of the maxillaries and frontals. In no. 20040 they barely touch the vacuities. The heavy anterior end of the zygomatic process of the squamosal extends forward well beneath the posterior border of the orbit somewhat as in Auchenia, but in contrast to the form in Camelus. The jugal is much thicker vertically below the orbit than in Camelus, and exhibits a marked inferior crest or ridge as described in Megatylopus gigas by Matthew and Cook.* The palate is narrow (figs. 2 and 9), the long, narrow, V- shaped posterior nasal opening extending forward to a point slightly in advance of a line connecting the middle region of the third upper molars in nos. 20028 and 20049, and to the posterior end of M? in no, 20040. The basiphenoid and presphenoid form a deep narrow ridge quite different from tbe inferior surface of this element in Camelus and in Auchenia. The inferior processes of the ali- sphenoid seem smaller, are less divergent, and do not project as far inferiorly as in Camelus. i The glenoid fossa is relatively narrower posteriorly than in Camelus, and as in Auchenia, the outer margin of this fossa is not bordered by a distinctly elevated wall or process that 1s seen in Camelus. The postglenoid process is somewhat larger than in Auchenia. 2 In specimen 20028 the transverse palato-maxillary suture truncates the anterior ends of the palatines rather broadly, as in Camelus dromedarius. In no. 20049 the suture is more strongly 2 Matthew, W. D., and Cook, H. H., Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 26, p. 397, 1909. 3 Tbid., p. 403. 4 Ibid., p. 398. 1913 ] Merriam: A Camel from Rancho La Brea aula convex anteriorly. In no. 20040 it is still more acute anteriorly. In Auchenia lama the anterior ends of the palatines extend forward as an acute wedge between the maxillaries. The paroccipital process is rather slender, and bends forward with a marked inferior hook. In Auchenia this process is wider distally. The mastoid region forms a deep and rather narrow plate anteriorly. The mastoid and _ paroccipital plates are brought nearer together than in either Auchenia or Camelus. In nos. 20040 and 20028 the posterior inferior border of the mastoid plate slopes forward quite sharply in contrast to the form seen in Auchenia. The occipital region (fig. 7) shows rather more similarity to Camelus than to Auchenia. In Auchenia the occiput consists of Fig. 7. Camelops near hesternus (Leidy). Occipital region of the skull. No. 20028, x 15. Rancho La Brea Beds. two lateral planes which meet in a strong median crest. At the outer borders of these planes are the lateral foramina of the occiput. In the Rancho La Brea specimens there is a short low median erest at the upper end of the occiput in nos. 20028 and 20040; in no. 20049 it is searcely visible. On each side of the crest is a deep fossa for the rectus capitis posticus. At either side of the occiput the large lateral foramina lie at the bottom of large, deep fossae, and these foramina deeply notch the margins of the occipital bone. Between the lateral foramina and the fossae for the muscles below the inion the occipital bone rises on each side as a prominent rounded buttress or ridge extending from near the upper border of the foramen magnum 312 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 to the lamboidal crest. The region of the occiput immediately above the foramen magnum is moderately convex, approaching flatness, as in Camelus, instead of strongly convex nearing angularity, as in Auchenia. The frontal foramina are a lttle farther apart than in Camelus. In Auchenia these foramina are relatively larger and there are distinct channels leading forward from them such as are not seen in the Rancho La Brea specimens. The infraorbital foramen and the foramen piercing the root of the zygomatie arch are situated much as in Auchenia. The infraorbital foramina consists of a single opening on each side in no. 20028; the open- ing 1s separated into two parts by a bridge of bone in 20040; and is divided on one side by a slender bridge in 20049. The infraorbital foramina are situated approximately over the pos- terior border of P* in nos, 20028 and 20040, and over the middle region of M? in no, 20049. The anterior palatine foramina are long and narrow, and extend back to the canines. The anterior ends of the maxillaries extending around the borders of these foramina reach to the anterior side of the openings, as in the tvpe of Camclops. In Auchenia lama they do not reach as far forward. The posterior palatine foramina are situated well for- ward near P* in specimen 20028, and opposite P* in nos. 20040 and 20049. The postglenoid foramen is very small, in contrast to the large size of the opening in Camelus. A small foramen present on the outer base of the postglenoid process is not found in Camelus and is absent or very minute in Auchenia. The lateral foramina of the occiput are very large and open externally into the deep lateral fossae of the occipital region. The anterior mental foramen of the mandible is immediately below or slightly behind the canine, as in Auchenia. It is situated farther back on the horizontal ramus in Camelus. In the mandible (figs. 3, 6, and 8), the svmphsial region is relatively short anteroposteriorly, as in Auchema., The sym- physial union in Camelus is much longer anteroposteriorly than in Auchenia or in the Rancho La Brea specimens. The horizontal ramus is somewhat higher than in Camelus, and slightly higher than in Auchexia. It tapers very gradually 1913 | Merriam: A Camel from Rancho La Brea 313 toward the anterior end. Below the diastema the lower margin is barely coneave, in contrast with Auchenia, in which it is dis- tinetly concave. In Camelus the inferior border may show a distinet concavity between a point below M, and the svmphysis. The high coronoid process shows a nearly even width or antero- posterior diameter for the greater part of its height. MEASUREMENTS OF SKULL No. 20028 No, 20040 Length, anterior end of premaxillaries to posterior end of oecipital condyles ................ Sere eee 571. mm. 573. Length, anterior end of premaxillaries to anterior end of inferior nasal opening .................2..0.2::22000--- 316.4 318. Length along median line, anterior end of premaxil- laries to posterior end of superior molar series.... 341. 362. Length along median line from anterior border of premaxillaries to plane connecting anterior bord- ers of orbits ....02...22222222...... 324.5 329 Greatest width at posterior region of orbits .............. 245. 251 ] s Greatest height of orbits 2.0000. 63.3 61 oS Least width of brain-case immediately behind orbits — 77. 33. Least width of rostral region between superior canine and cheek-tooth Series ........22.22..22:--2-cececeeeeeeeceteceeee 62:9" " ae: Greatest anteroposterior diameter of right ramus of Ghepmandible soo: 22 ee eee 452, 469. Greatest height of mandible below posterior border (Od OY eg ee ae ele artea ae 109. 103. Height of mandible below anterior border of P, -...... 60. 61. Length of diastema between inferior canine and P, 100. 1 DENTITION Dental formula, I+, C+, P?, M3 The dentition in general shows more resemblance to that of Auchenia than to any other form. T* is a little larger than the superior canine. It is a laterally compressed, recurved, lanceolate tooth quite similar to I? of Auchenia. The lower incisor dentition was of much the same type as in Auchenia. I, was at least as large compared with I, and I, as in Auchenia; it seems distinctly larger than in Holo- meniscus hesternus from Texas figured by Cope.° 5 Cope, E. D., Geol. Surv. Texas, 3rd, Ann. Rep. for 1891; pl. 21, fig. 4. 314 University of Califorma Publications in Geology (Vor-7 The small superior canines have much the same form as in Auchenia, but are relatively thicker transversely. As in Auchema, small papillae which may be present behind the canines indicate the existence of rudiments of the anterior premolars. Fig. 8. Camelops near hesternus (Leidy). Superior view of anterior portion of the mandible with dentition. No. 20028, * ¥5. Rancho La Brea Beds. Fig. 9. Camelops near hesternus (Leidy). Inferior view of anterior portion of the skull with dentition. No. 20028, « Ys. Rancho La Brea Beds. See also for dentition, figs. 2 and 3, p. 307. P® as shown in no. 20040 (fig. 2) has a narrow, almost blade- like crown with a very small cusp, or a prominent ridge of the cingulum high up on the postero-internal wall. It shows approxi- mately the same size compared with P* that is noted in Auchenia. Pt has a relatively greater transverse diameter than in Auchenia and a more distinetly quadrate form. In this respect, it more closely approaches the form seen in Camelus. 1913 | Merriam: A Camel from Rancho La Brea 315 Lower premolar four has approximately the same relation to M, in dimensions as in Auchenia. It has a wedge-shaped cross- section and approximates the form in Auchenia. There is a deep enamel fold on the posterior side of the crown, as in Auchenia, but the inner or medial side is an almost even vertical wall without the folds seen in Auchenia. P, shows some evidence of division of the root into two parts, and a faint groove on one side may mark the line of separation. The upper molars all differ somewhat from those of Auwchenia in the less marked development of the external styles and of the median ribs on the outer side of the paraconid and metaconid. In M? the anterior Jobe has a noticeably greater transverse diameter than the posterior lobe. On the somewhat worn M* of no. 20028 the metastyle is drawn out posteriorly as a wing not shown in Auchenia. This wing does not appear in the unworn M?* of no. 20040. _In M, and M, the inner walls of the protoconid and hypo- conid lobes tend to be a httle more distinetly separated by a median longitudinal groove than in Camelus. The styles and inner ribs of the lower molars are less strongly developed than in Auchenia. M, and M, differ markedly from the correspond- ing teeth of Auchenia in the absence of the anteroexternal but- tresses so characteristic of that genus. It is upon this character that Wortman® separates Camelops from Auchenia. M, is dis- tinguished from that cf Camelus by the position of the posterior or third lobe. In the Rancho La Brea specimens this lobe extends nearly straight back, and its inner wall is nearly even with that of the anterior lobes of this tooth. In Camelus the inner wall of the posterior lobe turns sharply out and away from the nearly even plane formed by the inner walls of the first and second lobes. In Auchemwa the posterior lobe of M, rises from approximately the middle of the posterior end of the second lobe, and is separated from the inner and outer walls of the second lobe by a deep longitudinal groove on each side. 6 Wortman, J. L., Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 10, pp. 129-130, 1898. 316 University of California Publications in Geology (Vou.7 MEASUREMENTS OF DENTITION . ; __ No. 20028 No. 20040 Length, anterior sde of I’ to posteror side of M’, measured along outer border of dental series ...... 301. mm. 327. Length, anterior side of P, to posterior side of M3... 141.9 Length, anterior side of inferior canine to posterior Sie sO tN i tecdeen, = 28 og, aie ree dear ee eae ne 250. 290. Greatest width of palate between outer borders of superior cheek-tooth series (measured between outer borders of third molars) —............. exer ne 141.9 148. Least transverse diameter of palate between superior cheek-tooth series (measured between inner borders of fourth premolars)... 222... 66. 56. Length, anterior side of P* to posterior side of M*... 142.7 156.4 Length, anterior side of M' to posterior side of M*.... 124. 132. I"; anteroposterior diameter 22-222 cess eeeccee ese seese eee ceee ee tee 17.8 I’, greatest transverse diameter ...........-.... ; 9.7 Superior canine, anteroposterior diameter | ................ 13.9 13.2 Pe anteroposterior name te ase ere ne enreereeee ree eee 18.8 Ri yoreavest) vranms verses Clare bets -eceese ers s:seteeeesae eeeees 11. Pe anteroposterior «diamecer jcccceeesee..ceccereser sees eeeee eee 23.5 228. Pe, ereatest tramsverse diameter ace: ecstee ce eee senses 25. 22.5 IME) ANIGETOPOSteTIOn iam CUCT eres: s-neeusnesaeterseatee senses veam 24.4 42, Mi, greatest transverse diameter. .........—-....-----.-0.2------ jl. 33.6 M=, anteroposterior Giam eter eco scessec = cecree sconces 42.1 - 52. M’, greatest transverse diameter across protocone.... 31.6 32.8 M’, greatest anteroposterior diameter .. 49.5 45.8 Me, greatest tramsverse diameter -..22.2 2 nceeeseeeee 31.4 27.2 Type of | Cope’s C. hes- Texas No, 20028 No. 20040 ternus specimen§ Length, anterior side of P, to pos- eeveioye FSEUG ey Kaye IY LA eee eee $164. 142. mm, 7162.2 J,, greatest transverse diameter al3. 17.9 19. I., greatest transverse diameter ........ OF 20.4 18.8 1,, anteroposterior diameter of alveolus 12. 28.5 25:3 Inferior canine, greatest anteropos- TCOLLOLe MATE GIy eeeeese sees eens al2. 16.1 P,, greatest anteroposterior diameter 27. Pile 21.9 27.5 P,, greatest transverse diameter ...... 12.9 13.4 M,, anteroposterior diameter -............. 42. 38. 28. 39. M,, greatest transverse diameter ........ PAA 21.5 M., anteroposterior diameter —............. 52. 44, 38.4 46. M., greatest transverse diameter ........ 22. 21.2 M,, greatest anteroposterior diameter 58. 56. 58.2 58. M;, greatest transverse diameter across Pon Hever(One MWooye! 2 eee eee aro eee 21.6 18.5 a, approximate. * at base of crown. + M, not completely emerged. + From Cope’s figure of the specimen. § Cope, E. D., Geol. Surv. Tex., 3rd Ann. Rep. for 1891, pl. 21, figs. 3 and 4. 1913] Merriam: A Camel from Rancho La Brea aly RELATION OF RANCHO LA BREA SPECIMENS TO PREVIOUSLY DESCRIBED PLEISTOCENE FORMS FROM NORTH AMERICA It is perhaps undesirable at this stage in the study of the Rancho La Brea camels to attempt a final determination of their relationships to all of the known North America forms, bnt the broader outlines of the problem may be presented. The Rancho Ja Brea specimens so far as known are clearly distinguished from the American Pleistocene species referred to the genera Eschatius and Camelus. They are separated from both Camelus and Eschatius by their dental formula of 4, 4,7, 4. In the mandible from Hay Springs referred by Wortman‘ to the genus Camelus the formula is 3, 7, 3 ,z3; the inferior canine is more or less incisiform, and is not separated from I, by a marked diastema; and P, is caniniform. The genus Hschatius is characterized by the most extreme reduction known in the cheek-tooth dentition, the formula of 106 Fies. 10a and 10b. Camelops kansanus Leidy. Type specimen, adapted from Leidy, natural size. Fig. 10a, anterior end of rostral region, lateral view; fig. 10b, anterior end of rostral region, inferior view. 318 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 the upper series being P1 M®, P®* is not represented, and P* is reduced to a simple conical form not unlike the small P? of the Rancho La Brea specimens. The American Pleistocene forms with which the Rancho La Brea specimens are most closely related are those included in the species that have been referred to Camelops, Auchenia, and Holomeniscus. Comparison with Type Specimens of Camelops.—Leidy’s type of Cameolps consisted of the anterior end of a premaxillary bone with the root of the last upper incisor, and a small piece of the maxillary, with the alveolus of the canine (figs. 10a and 10D). Compared with this specimen, the anterior end of the rostral region of the Rancho La Brea skulls shows httle to distinguish it. The general proportions of the elements present and the location of the teeth are nearly the same. The extension of the maxillary forward around the anterior end of the anterior palatine foramen noted in the Rancho La Brea specimens is much as in the type of Camelops. Comparison with the Type Specimen of Auchenia hesterna Leidy.—The type specimen of Auchenia hesterna was discovered by Dr. Lorenzo G. Yates in Livermore Valley, California, in a eravel deposit which was presumed by Dr. Yates to represent an old river channel. Tasted September 19, 1913 THROTHERIUM AND MEGALONYX é =>.) FROM THE 4 ISTOCENE OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA a, See ee heh CHESTER STOCK ~ OCT20 1913 , } wy National Museu > ep UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS -- BERKELEY ha UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATI NoTe.—The University of California Publications are offered in ‘exe all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample publications and other information, address the Manager of the University Pre California, U. S. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The | Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. S. A. Otto HaRRASSOWITZ R. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN LEIPzie BERLIN aes Agent for the series in American Arch- Agent for the series in Ameri aeology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, aeology and Ethnology, Botany, Education, Modern Philology, Philosophy, Mathematics, Pathology, Psychology. Zoology, and Memoirs. Geology.—Anpbrew C. Lawson and JoHN C.-MerrriAM, Editors. Price per volume, Volumes 1 (pp. 435), II (pp. 450), IIL (pp. 475), IV (pp. 462), V (pp. 448), = completed. Volumes VI and VII (in progress). 5 Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. Volume 1, 1893-1896, 435 pp., with 18 plates, price........-cccseccscccescceceeees ee ere Volume 2, 1896-1902, 450 pp., with 17 plates and 1 map, pTice.........--2--2.-2.------0-= A list of the titles in volumes 1 and 2 will be sent upon request. VOLUME 3. . The Quarternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey ...............-.-- : . Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur S. Hakle...... 2.22 cenceseeececeeees : . The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by Andrew ©. Suawson ~....-2020> 5.3 ee ee ee mes ay . Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John C. Merriam... . A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank OC, Calkins. The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid ......--.2.--.scea--ccccc-ceccsnecstenesoenemerencnnscaes : . Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. Schaller . Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, by Andrew. GC. Lawson. -ascce-capcteeedoe ace -nscden ae geteat ctsatnn seacoast eee i "Palacheite, “by. Arthur ‘Si. Walle asco cp see acne eee ms, ae . Two New Species of Fessil Turtles from Oregon, by O. P. Hay. . A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair. Wos! 10g¢nd “Thin one; cower cen = cee eee eee eee Enno os ane oe 2. 12. New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam........ 13. Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller... 14, The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, b John “Cy Merrie ee an eae one canes ere ene elem Pee ea. 2 15. The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. Lawson... 16. A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merriam... 17. The Orbieular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew LFW astoy eh ase ae ee 2 NA ea ee oe , 18: A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. Ev: 19. A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmon — 20, Buceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of California, by William J. Sinelair and E. L. Furlong. _.....--.----------------2e-2----eesneenectnet : 21, A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, by John Cc. 22. The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar H. Hershey. BROOD MONAT whore ht VOLUME 4. . The Geology of the Upper Region of the Main Walker River, Nevada, by Dwi _ A Primitive Ichthyosaurian Limb from the Middle Triassie of Nevada, by Je CisiMierriann 26 Same ete een Maen Ke . Geological Section of the Coast Ranges North of the Bay of San Francisco, Ve Ge OSMON A. ..eeneaeececteceennenecenckencenee ences seraccseentannsnsesnanneanrannanacenanmnananses _ Areas of the California Neocene, by Vanee C. Osmont ’ Contribution to the Palaeontology of the Martinez Group, by Charles E. V . New or Imperfectly Known Rodents and Ungulates from the John Day Seri William J. Simclair --...-....-.-c-----2---ence-ccecesceceececeecnsnneeerenennseneancenennnenas aecenenenenncee New Mammalia from the Quarternary Caves of California, by William J. . Preptoceras, 2 New Ungulate from the Samwel Cave, California, by Eust Fron g .o.-cesecnetesncceesnenrontenenernenetonnan=nnesnearmene tener ene scen=scnean® ec en Hr oon eam on oO OH co bo om UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 17, pp. 341-358 Issued September 19, 1913 NOTHROTHERIUM AND MEGALONYX FROM THE PLEISTOCENE OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA BY CHESTER STOCK CONTENTS PAGE Mena t.0 DUC G1 ON 2 - eee sSes2ee 232202 i8yseiceteescensscsbeeeyensetaccecce.tsscecescotes-vebescoes-otsatecesseseseceeaeton 341 INothnothenmm sera ciilicepss Wy SP. sescescceccetee een -2ccccseceneeeecceeeceeceane-eneceneee-s-a120 342 MDiaonostic Characters Ol SPCClES! e:cceceecec-escesececeececnnseccceccecceecresdaseenesseee 343 GSU WUUL, eh hea ie ee a ea oe eed 343 TEEN Ae ROY Baer rp et ee 349 Relation to Nothrotherium shastense .................-...2.---------:se-eeeeeeeeeoeoes 350 Nothrotheri uml?) haspia << et ees ee tee ir ee BON ead 350 IMfecallomiyxs(CalnhOrmuCus) We Sp)e.qceccsscccseteeescvesesescscee sce esezececccencee2 oe eencnece evescce- 352 Diagnostic Characters of Species ..........2...22-:-2--2::eccsececeeeseceeneeeeeeeeeeeneeees 352 JANSAY H SBEa OSI DAB rol 0 Se cece 352 POSTE TIO Typ iM gees arene etter eee rey ee eas, ee 20) eee 355 INTRODUCTION - Remains of Nothrotherium and Megalonyzx have been recorded from the cave deposits of northern California, but have not been reported from the southern part of the state. In the Pleistocene asphalt deposits of Rancho La Brea numerous remains of gravi- grade edentates include both Nothrotherium and Megalonyzx, along with representatives of the Mylodontidae. The genera Nothrotherium and Megalonyx, which are usually thought of as living in a region of more rugged topography than the habitat of Mylodon, are but sparsely represented in this fauna, in con- trast with the abundant remains of the Mylodontidae. In the 342 University of Califorma Publications in Geology [Vou.7 present paper Nothrotherium is doubtfully recorded as occurring also in the type section of the San Pedro beds at San Pedro, California. The material of Nothrotherium available for study consists of a skull and a tooth from the Rancho La Brea deposits; and a second phalanx, tentatively assigned to the same genus, from the San Pedro beds. Megalonyx is thus far represented by a left humerus, a left caleaneum, a single metapodial of the posterior foot, and various digital elements of both anterior and posterior feet, all from Rancho La Brea. The tooth of Nothrotheriwm was secured by the University of California in 1906, while the skull of Nothrotherium was excavated by the Southern California Academy of Sciences in 1909. The metapodial and digital elements of Megalonyx were found closely associated and presumably belong to the same individual. They were discovered by the University party at Rancho La Brea in 1907; the humerus and ecaleaneum were found in 1912. The writer’s sincere thanks are due to Professor John C. Merriam, under whose guidance this study was conducted. The obligation of the writer is also expressed to Director F. H. Daggett of the Museum of History, Science and Art of Los Angeles, who kindly loaned the skull of Nothrotheriwm for study and description. NOTHROTHERIUM GRACILICEPS, n. sp. Type specimen, a skull in the Museum of History, Science and Art, Los Angeles, California, from the asphalt deposits of Rancho La Brea. Paratype: A second superior tooth, no. 10485, Univ. Calif. Col. Vert. Palae., from the asphalt deposits of Rancho La Brea. Nothrotherium was first described by Lund,’ in 1839, under the name of Coelodon maquinense from remains found in the Cavern of Maquiné in Brazil. In 1878, Reinhardt? distinguished another species, Coelodon escrivanense, also from a Brazilian ~~ 1 Lund, P. W., Recherches sur les mammiféres fossiles du Brésil, Ann. Sci. Nat., 2. sér. (Zool.), vol. 11, p. 220, 1839. 2 Reinhardt, J., Kaempedovendyr-Slaegten Coelodon, Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., 5 Raekke, naturvidenskabelig og mathematisk Afd., vol. 12, 3, pp. 253-349, V Tav. Kjobenhavn, 1878. 1913] Stock: Nothrotherium and Megalonyx 343 eave, differing from C. maquinense by the absence of a furrow from the posterior face of the last superior tooth. The genus received its present name from Lydekker* in 1889. Nothrother- aum(?) shastense was described by Sinelair* from Potter Creek Cave, Shasta County, California, in 1905, the type specimen being a portion of the right ramus of the mandible without teeth. Fourteen molariform teeth were also referred to this species by Sinclair. Diagnostic Characters of Species.—Skull slender ; larger than in Nothrotherium escrivanense, and cranial portion more ele- vated; point of greatest elevation on frontals; superior border of zygomatic arch distinctly convex; median wall of tympanie bulla pierced by a large aperture; post-palatine notch acute; post- palatine foramina large; inner face of last superior tooth wider, outer face more rounding and narrower than in N. shastense. Skull—The skull from the asphalt beds is fairly well pre- served and the sutures clearly defined. No teeth were associated with this specimen. of Leidy’s material of M. jeffersonii. foramina’ The temporal is very long, with a comparatively small vertical width. It is depressed above the mastoid area and close to the lambdoidal suture. The trihedral zygomatic process is short, with the superior border distinctly convex at the middle and a slight corresponding concavity on the inferior border. In the Brazilian species these two borders are straight. The zygomatic arch of Megalonyx differs greatly from that of Nothrotherium in bending more markedly downward and outward from the cranial wall. A vascular foramen pierces the middle of the lateral face of the zygomatic process. 346 University of California-Publications in Geology (Vou. 7 Behind the weak lambdoidal crest the rugose suwpraoccipital slopes back at an angle of about 40° from the plane of the parietals. In Nothrotherium the supraoccipital is more promi- nent in superior view than in Megalonyz. Fig. 3. Nothrotherium graciliceps, n.sp. Skull, lateral view, X %. Rancho La Brea Beds. Fig. 4. Nothrotheriwm graciliceps, n.sp. Skull, posterior view, X %. Rancho La Brea Beds. Fig. 5. Nothrotherium graciliceps, u.sp. Skull, anterior view, X %. Rancho La Brea Beds. The thickening of the mazillaries inferiorly (fig. 5) and the pointed anterior margin of their palatal portions (fig. 2) seem to indicate the original presence of premazillaries. The lateral wall of the maxillary is convex above, becoming slightly concave 1913 ] Stock: Nothrotherium and Megalonyx 347 in its lower half as in the Brazilian species. A lhne of small vascular foramina extends from the orbital opening of the infra- orbital canal to a point posterior to the last alveolus. The palate is elongate, slightly convex transversely, and appears to. be more strongly pitted than in MW. jeffersonw. Posterior to the last alveoli it becomes transversely concave. Anterior to the first alveolus the palatal and lateral portions of the maxillary meet almost at right angles. The tooth rows are nearly parallel. The alveoli, with outer walls somewhat broken, are quadrate in form with rounded corners, as is typical of the genus Nothrotherium. With the exception of the last alveolus their lateral walls are ribbed on the median line. All have the anterior wall concave inwardly and the posterior wall convex, with the exception of the first alveolus, which has its posterior wall shghtly concave. The posterior wall of the last alveolus projects below the level of the palate and is continued posteriorly as a strong ridge. The lachrymal narrows ventrally as a bluntly rounded exten- sion on the zygomatic process of the maxillary. The lachrymal foramen is just anterior to the middle of the bone. Department, University Library, Bérkeley, California, U. S. A. 3 cals Orro HARRASSOWITZ R. FRIEDLAENDER & SO! LEIPZIG : BERLIN. Agent for the series in American Arch- Agent for the series in Americ: aeology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, aeology and Ethnology, Botany, Education, Modern Philology, Philosophy, Mathematics, Pathology, Psychology. Zoology, and Memoirs. Geology.—_Anprew C. Lawson and JoHN C. MerRiAM, Editors. Price per volume, Volumes 1 (pp. 435), II (pp. 450), III (pp. 475), IV (pp. 462), V (pp. 448), completed. Volumes VI and VII (in progress). Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept’ Geol. Volume 1, 1893-1896, 435 pp., with 18 plates, price.........-.ecsceecscenseeeecsssennscetces Volume 2, 1896-1902, 450 pp., with 17 plates and 1 map, price wy A list of the titles in volumes 1 and 2 will be sent upon request. VOLUME 3. 1. The Quarternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey ........------..-- cl spaoekes 2. Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur S. Hakle..._n-------scec-cec--se-csseeeroms = 3. The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by Amare oC. Lia wr oases cc 2s co cctee sence See ae snp wee nme nee a * 4, Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John C, Merriam............ 5. A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank C. Calkins...... 6. The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid ....-.----.2--------s--ne-eeesnenenenenscecesesenanerenesee 7. Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. Schaller” 8. Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, by ~ Amdrew ©. Lia W801 seec.cccccecenecectesectecee-o-sneasentaessnensctperersetedecedencesesterenarcessanssshemasasne=nce=s ae aa 9. Palacheite, by Arthur S. Haken... nee cee etc cceecececeeecseecenscececeeenenenenenenenemanscnnenaneneennenes - 0. Two New Species of Fessil Turtles from Oregon, by O. P. Hay. 1. A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair. Nos. 10 and 131m one Cover... 2 nese enna sien sie Peete ese Secae od : 12. New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam........ 13. Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar Me" Schaller... cceaes 14. The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, Jolin GC. Merriam 200......-.c-ncceccceeceeeeceerecneceesoeesesceseesnennersneeteceeseereseonscenecnornesenenasasuensnansaanaanaen 15. The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. Lia WSOD2 cose 16. A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C, Merriam... 51. A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, by John. C. Merriam... 99. The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar H. Hershey... VOLUME 4. 1. The Geology of the Upper Region of the Main Walker River, Nevada, by Dwight __ TT, Smithy nncatecceccceecenenennenceaencsrcceccessoseencenennenesessnancsuenunentuannanaateeecens=azhsoonavzonn cea TaBErane : svi) V. CG. OSMONE. -.escnnne-cceecc-ccceeecenennsneersennesecesnecnsesneasancannssenaenenencstarntoaanenecn . Areas of the California Neocene, by Vance C. Osmont......----------cieen-n-cstne-roneernss 23 Contribution to the Palaeontology of the Martinez Group, by Charles EH. We New or Imperfectly Known Rodents and Ungulates from the John Day Series, William J. Simelair -....--...2..2.---cce-cecceeceecceenenscenesncctensssossnnnnssonnesssneneese aloesennseranaeenss = New Mammalia from the Quarternary Caves of California, by William Sine . Preptoceras, a New Ungulate from the Samwel Cave, California, by Burlong -2..2-2-2s---ccscecececececeeecenecoseeenenseseconenes esseseecensnnnnaectareereentunnasacccearenceencaneas Gort MER oY fo UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 18, pp. 359-372 Issued September 23, 1913 NOTES ON THE CANID GENUS TEPHROCYON BY JOHN C. MERRIAM The genus Tephrocyon ineludes a group of American canids with characters in some respects foreshadowing Aelurodon, and in other points resembling Canis. These forms range from the middle Miocene to early Pliocene, and are found distributed over the western portion of the continent. The material representing the described forms is mostly frag- mentary and imperfectly known, and the species were in a con- siderable part originally referred to Canis in the absence of clearly distinguishing characters. Since the description of the generic type of Tephrocyon, based upon a good skull and den- tition from the Middle Miocene of Oregon, it has been noted that a number of the species from the West-American Miocene which were previously referred to Canis find a place in this genus; and it is probable that still other species of uncertain position belong here. On the other hand, it is probable that some of the species based on fragmentary material and referred to Tephrocyon do not represent that genus. The following notes are presented with a view to bringing together such information as is available relating to this group, in the hope that this statement may serve to stimulate further assembling of information, and more careful revision of the forms related to T'ephrocyon. 360 University of California Publications in Geology |Vou.7 In preparing the following paper the writer has made a re- examination of the type specimen of Tephrocyon, and several figures representing phases of the structure not previously illus- trated accompany this discussion. For the loan of the type specimen from the University of Oregon, the writer is much indebted to Professor A. J. Collier and Professor J. F. Bovard. GENUS TEPHROCYON Type species Tephrocyon rurestris (Condon). Skull of the type specimen short-muzzled, shortening of the muzzle accompanied by backward extension of the premaxillaries beyond the anterior ends of the nasal processes of the frontals, auditory bullae large. Paroecipital process prominent. Man- dible* heavy, uncommonly convex below the anterior border of the masseteri¢ fossa. Crushing region of the molar teeth rela- tively large. M* and M? with inner lobe relatively wide antero- posteriorly. M, with well-developed metaconid and large heel. M, relatively long anteroposteriorly, paraconid ridge or tubercle distinct, antero-extenal ridge of the cingulum strongly marked. Premolars usually relatively short. P* with an ineipient proto- style in the type specimen of the genus. Posterior opening of the vertebrarterial canal of the atlas situated farther back than in Canis. The forms that have been referred to Tephrocyon include the following: T. rurestris (Condon). Maseall Beds, Oregon. Middle Mio- cene. | T. hippophagus Matthew and Cook. Snake Creek, Nebraska. Early Pliocene. T. temerarius (Leidy). Sands of the Niobrara River, Snake Creek?, and Whistle Creek, Nebraska; Mohave Beds, Mohave Desert, California. Upper Miocene. T. kelloggi Merriam. Virgin Valley Beds, Nevada, Middle Miocene; Cedar Mountain, Nevada, Middle to Upper Miocene. T., near kelloggi Merriam. Thousand Creek Beds, Nevada, Early Phocene. 1913] = Merriam: Notes on the Canid Genus Tephrocyon 361 Tephrocyon, sp. (Matthew and Cook). Snake Creek, Ne- braska, Early Pliocene. _ Tephrocyon?, sp. (Merriam). High Rock Canyon, Nevada. Middle Miocene. T. vafer (Leidy)? Snake Creek, Nebraska. Early Pliocene. So far as known, the several species may be characterized as follows: T. rurestris. Mandible short and massive, relatively convex below anterior end of the masseteric fossa. Inferior premolar series short, inferior premolars without anterior cusps, meta- eonid of M, moderately developed, M, relatively shorter antero- posteriorly than in 7. kelloggi, but longer than in T. hippophagus and 7’. temerarius. T. hippophagus. Characters in general much as in 7. rures- tris. Inferior premolar series somewhat longer than in 7. rwres- tris. Inferior premolays larger and thicker than in 7. rurestris, and with anterior cusps on P,, P;, and P,. M, slightly shorter and relatively thicker transversely than in 7’. rurestris. T. kelloggi. Mandible more slender than in 7. rurestris and T. hippophagus. Inferior premolar series relatively long. In- ferior premolars small, relatively simple, and without anterior cusps. Metaconid of M, relatively large. M, relatively long anteroposteriorly. T. temerarius. Mandible more slender than in 7. rurestris and T. hippophagus. Mandible of Mohave Desert specimen lighter than in 7. kelloggi; other referred specimens not heavier than T. kelloggi. P, with anterior cusp or tubercle, other pre- molars imperfectly known. Metaconid of M, of medium size. M, relatively much shorter than 7. kelloggi, and shghtly shorter than in the other two species. 362 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 COMPARATIVE MEASUREMENTS n 5 oe 5 pt 3 , 2 o Pa Raf mf oso 2 nO BaD oS kx 2o ‘sao =o DERS tale a & Cre Se rites aan staal 4a : a Bo. A -9 Foo ei a A, 4 ia iat ms ; : ; a a a Length of mandible from anterior side of P| to posterior side of condyle ........ a112 mm. 107. 033 Height of mandible below protocone of M, 20. 22.5 21. 16. Greatest thickness of mandible below teal Omnia CLO fe, SV es ce wa ssc ves cee ee — 10. 9. 8.4 iP, anteroposterior diameter 2227-2. 7.5 8. 6. eS P,, anteroposterior diameter ...................-.- 2: 9.3 6.7 7. Po anteroposterior diameter ...................--- 11.5 12. 8.4 8.5 M anteroposterior diameter ...............-..---- 20. 19.8 15. 17. M, transverse diameter of heel —................ as.7 8.3 7. 6.5 M., anteroposterior diameter -..................: 11.5 10.1 10.5 9. M,, greatest transverse diameter -............... 6.8 6.9 Gun 5.7 Length, posterior side inferior canine to DOStCTIONESIGe Vy lore ee 63.4 65.5@ 61. 228 . or . a . . & Length, posterior side inferior canine to posterior side P ..----eee 33 a 35.5 30) 4a a, approximate. TEPHROCYON RURESTRIS (Condon) Canis rurestris Condon. The Two Islands, p. 139, pl. 18, 1902. Tephrocyon rurestris. Merriam, J. C., Univ. Calif. Publ., Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 5, p. 6, 1906. The type specimen was originally no. 382 in the private col- lection of Professor Thomas Condon. It is now in the collections of the University of Oregon. The fragmentary specimen consist- ing of four upper cheek-teeth shown in the lower right hand corner of Condon’s figure of Canis rurestris (Two Islands, pl. 18) does not pertain to the type of Tephrocyon rurestris. These detached teeth represent a species of Temnocyon, near T. alti- genis Cope from the John Day Series. The type specimen, consisting of a good skull with the atlas and a portion of a tibia, was obtained in the Maseall Beds near Cottonwood, Grant County, Oregon. As nearly as could be determined in conversation with Professor Condon, this speci- men was found at the type locality of the Mascall Beds. This horizon is of Middle Miocene age. Other fragmentary material from the Mascall may represent this species. 1913] Merriam: Notes on the Canid Genus Tephrocyon 363 The skull and dentition of Tephrocyon rurestris represents a rather short-headed, heavy-jawed dog with an unusually large crushing area on the molars. The accompanying figures present the principal characters of this species. (See figs. 1 to 5.) / Figs. 1 and 2. Tephrocyon rurestris (Condon). Type specimen, X 1%. Mascall Beds, John Day Valley, Oregon. Fig. 1, lateral view of skull; fig. 2, superior view of skull. 364 University of California Publications in Geology (Vou.7 Figs. 3 and 4. Tephrocyon rurestris (Condon). Dentition of type speci- men, natural size. Mascall Beds, John Day Valley, Oregon. Fig. 3, superior dentition, occlusal view; fig. 4, inferior dentition, occlusal view. an hi Fig. 5. Tephrocyon rurestris (Condon). Type specimen. Posterior view of skull with atlas, X 1%4. Mascall Beds, John Day Valley, Oregon. TEPHROCYON HIPPOPHAGUS Matthew and Cook Tephrocyon hippophagus Matthew and Cook. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 26, p. 374, 1909. To this species Matthew and Cook referred eight lower jaws, and a portion of an upper jaw from Snake Creek. The Snake Creek Beds are considered by Matthew and Cook as representing an early phase of the Phocene. After an examination of the type specimen of 7. hippophagus, and a comparison with the type of 7. rurestris of an excellent cast, kindly furnished by Dr. Matthew, there seems no doubt 1913] Merriam: Notes on the Canid Genus Tephrocyon 365 that this is a form closely related to Tephrocyon rurestris and yet is specifically distinet from it. Fig. 6. Tephrocyon hippophagus Matthew and Cook. Lower jaw of type specimen, external view, X 34; and occlusal view of teeth natural size. Am. Mus. N. H., no. 13836. (After Matthew and Cook). TEPHROCYON TEMERARIUS (Leidy) Canis temerarius Leidy. Proce. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad., p. 21, 1858. Canis temerarius Leidy. Jour Acad, Nat. Se. Philad., vol. 7, p. 29, pl. 1, fig. 12, 1869. ? Tephrocyon ef. temerarius. Matthew and Cook, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 26, p. 376, 1909. Tephrocyon temerarius. Peterson, O. A., Mem. Carneg. Mus.. vol. 4, p. 268, 1910. The typical material of this species consisted of a piece of a lower jaw containing the ecarnassial tooth, and a portion of an upper jaw with two teeth both badly preserved. This material was obtained by Dr. Hayden from the Niobrara Sands. The horizon is presumably Upper Miocene. The lower jaw and M, figured by Leidyt show form and dimensions closely similar to those of a specimen obtained by Peterson? from beds at Whistle 1Leidy, J., Jour. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad., vol. 7, second series, pl. 1 fig. 12, 1869. 2 Peterson, O. A., Mem. Carneg. Mus., vol. 4, p. 268, 1910. J 366 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou 7 Creek, Nebraska, possibly belonging to late Miocene or Pliocene deposits. A portion of a lower jaw (no. 19402), with P, to M, inclusive, from the Mohave Beds of the Mohave region, California, very closely resembles the type of Leidy’s Canis temerarius from the Nebraska formation and also resembles the specimen from Whistle Creek, Nebraska, referred to this species by Peterson. M, of the Fig. 7. Tephrocyon temerarius (Leidy). Occlusal view of teeth and external view of lower jaw, natural size. (Carneg. Mus. Cat. Vert. Foss. no. 2404). (After Peterson). Mohave specimen very nearly approaches in form and dimen- sions the original figured specimen of Canis temerarius (Leidy), and the Mohave species is almost identical in form and dimen- sions with the corresponding parts of the specimen described by Peterson. The specimen from Mohave Beds (figs. 84 and 8b) represents a species of Tephrocyon differing shghtly from those thus far known in the Great Basin region. The relationship of this form to the genus Tephrocyon is shown in the large size of the meta- eonid and of the crushing heel of M,, and in the presence of a well-developed paraconid with a large antero-external shelf on the cingulum of M.,. The Mohave form is distinguished from Tephrocyon rurestris and T. hippophagus by the smaller, more slender teeth. From T. kelloggt it differs in the relatively larger M, and smaller M,, and smaller metaconid of M,. M, in the Mohave specimen measures 17mm. in anteroposterior diameter as compared with 1913] Merriam: Notes on the Canid Genus Tephrocyon 367 9mm. in anteroposterior diameter in M,. In 7. kelloggi the anteroposterior diameter of M, is 15 mm.; of M,, 10.5 mm. There is a small hypoconulid on the heel of M, in the Mohave speci- men, while in the type of 7. kelloggi this tubercle is not sug- gested. The heel of M, seems somewhat shorter than in 7. kel- loggt. Figs. 8a and 8b. Tephrocyon temerarius (Leidy). A portion of the mandible with dentition. No. 19402, natural size. Mohave Beds, Mohave Desert, California. Fig. 8a, superior view; fig. 8b, lateral view. P, and P,, both possess a posterior cusp and a posterior basal tubercle. P, shows a small anterior basal tubercle. The anterior side of P, is not preserved. Several specimens of mandibles slightly larger than no. 19402 represent a Tephrocyon species from the Mohave Beds very near T. temerarius. It is possible that they belong to another species, but age and sex are presumably competent to account for the differences. TEPHROCYON KELLOGGI Merriam, J. C. Tephrocyon kelloggi Merriam. Univ. Calif. Publ., Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 6, p. 235, 1911. To this species there have been referred several jaws and detached teeth from the middle Miocene Virgin Valley Beds of northern Nevada. =e Sa ‘ LEIPzIe » BERuin © nape Agent for the series in American Arch- Agent for the series in Americ I aeology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, aeology and Ethnology, Botany, G@ : Education, Modern Philology, Philosophy, Mathematics, Pathology, VE ~ Psychology. _ Zoology, and Memoirs, e. Geology.—AnprEW C. Lawson and JoHN C. MerRIAM, Editors. Price per eh $3.50 Volumes 1 (pp. 435), II (pp. 450), III (pp. 475), IV (pp. 462), Vv (pp. Assy ee completed. Volumes VI and VII (in progress). hy . Cited as Univ. Oalif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. Volume 1, 1893-1896, 435 pp., with 18 plates, price.seccccccss-sssscssscsecsseesseseens Volume 2, 1896-1902, 450 pp., with 17 plates and 1 map, price ela re 5 eee ee A list of the titles in volumes 1 and 2 will be sent upon request. / VOLUME 3. 1. The Quarternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey ................-. seccsececnnaee EE, 2. Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur S. Hakle................- f 3. The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian Andrew C.° Ta wsom '...3..-..2080.- 15 R es Se eee ee 4. Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John C. Merria 5. A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank C. Call n 6. The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A, Reid............22....-22.2s----eeceeeseeenseneems 7. Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Oo., California, by Walden as Schaller 8. Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, by Andrew CoA WSO sig se acerca denen n nnn de ec etec ese Nedlen -bckoee neues Ue ste ge Rect a 9, Palacheite, by: Arthur S: Bakle—...-.--.----2---ca---t-- wiwnatnatyit ante ince tetas acne 10. Two New Species of Fessil Turtles from Oregon, by O. P. H we 11. A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by OW. J. Sinel Nos, 10 °andel in’ one rCOy ere se ane aera eee cee ree 12. New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassie of California, by John C. Merriam. 13. Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller...... 14, The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, | oti Ceres rn a 22 ce ane ce ee ere ee ee eee 15. The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. Lawso a 16. A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merriam......— 17. The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew 18. A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassic of Idaho, by Herbert M. Evans — 19, A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmon 20. Euceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of California, / William J. Sinclair and E. L. I Cg bd ko 0 Ae nea aM RR RS EE le oS ane , 21. A New Marine Reptile from the Triassie of California, by John C. Merriam 22. The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Osear H. Hersey VOLUME 4. . The Geology of the Upper Region of the Main Walker River? Nevada, b ‘ Ui Wealth srs We ean nh tn, ca hen eet en ere corececeny eee cate linciosn a A Primitive Ichthyosaurian Limb from the Middle ‘Trias i CSM rer aaa ae ee ar oar as ee a sf eee : peel Section of the Coast Ranges North of the “Bay f San Francii ai Gi Osment 2 A es ee ee - ace of the California Neocene, by Vance C. Osmont...... . Contribution to the Palaeontology of the Martinez Group, by ; New or Imperfectly Known Rodents and Ungulates from the John Day Ss William J. Simclair ...........2-.---.--:-:csceeseeeeeseeceeeeceecnnaeneennneecnrerecnsenamnasces eer New Mammalia from the Quarternary Caves of California, by William Preptoceras, a New Ungulate from the Samwel Cave, California, by Burlong -....----2---2--cecececeecenceceeenenseeneneassrensnensneneaccees Me EO ac 1 2. 3 4 5 6. 7 8 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 19, pp. 373-385 Issued September 24, 1913 VERTEBRATE FAUNA OF THE ORINDAN AND SIESTAN BEDS IN MIDDLE CALIFORNIA BY JOHN C. MERRIAM PAGE HNerattans@ GLA Url O Wn oes anaes ence Fe ae Bees Saco tates 2a sees suesae cease see ts enue ache e¥ere etece 373 TED OTN NCS) oe ae 375 INE OUT ATL OMS) Seveecse. cere, tcacctes ec aeel ese eves ceca. 2 Seneaeet se sueetuusecttesendseb Wee ossctes 375 TE Loto ofeviertonal((L)) MCope IONIC a ato} og COS AV ee eee ee een 376 INeohupparion! ory) Mery Chip pus: 222c.c..ce-c2ccc-cccccececctecceecnece--enneeeefeerecseceensaeee 376 Provonuppinie (yr aStragalus <2..222e-.cecc scence cece eoeee uc enteal neseiecesteeeeteseee ett 377 HPTOSUNENMOPS|G2i)iy SP up ..-coc--ceezcee--5--=seceees --ce-tec--sosvesatestiscsseteseoceceacecedsseecedicuseses 377 (CATER EH BU TAYE eS 380 JER ROYOLE GAY =D NOESY ep) tS 9 OF wee Pe Peo 380 YEADON C) AXeTaU TE LEYS 4S) aime ees ts ce ea te ee 381 Metra elOdomiG?\ 5 Spe, cesecccecaccecncezcebencdtestecesccucqqa-ctees sarcscoetocdeeeeststesncocestsieee-tnss OGL Wipowdesslecomter (Merriam, J. C.)) <2scccs: sets ccteceeseceeteeeseteceaeeeeeeeeneneesseets OOF TCS ONES Si 9) ecg ae re 383 DE AgaN ee RASS O ON OS ae Pe 383 Age of the Orindan and Siestan Vertebrate Faunas ~...............2............. 384 INTRODUCTION The Orindan and Siestan formations occurring in the hills immediately to the east of Berkeley form the larger part of a thick accumulation of fresh-water and alluvial beds resting uncomformably upon the marine Miocene. The Orindan forma- tion is the lower portion of these beds, and comprises a great thickness of clays, shales, sands, conglomerates, and tuffs, with occasional beds of limestone. The Orindan is followed by a 374 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 series of igneous rocks consisting mainly of andesite and basalt. The Siestan rests upon the lavas covering the Orindan, and is in turn covered by a volcanic series made up largely of basalt. The section, from the base of the Orindan to the top of the lavas above the Siestan, contains no marine fossils. It shows seattered through it a few remains of fresh-water Mollusca and Crustacea, land Mollusea, land plants, and land or fresh-water vertebrates. The accumulation as a whole is evidently the result of deposition in a basin which was at times occupied, at least in part, by fresh water, and at other times may have received purely alluvial deposits. As our knowledge of the land fauna of the California region west of the Sierras and north of Tehachapi is very meagre, the writer has made special effort during the past ten years to secure material which might furnish some information as to this phase of the palaeontologie record. The great thickness of strata in the Orindan and Siestan seems to offer some of the most favorable places to search for vertebrate forms. The beds being so situated that the relation of the vertebrate fauna to the earlier marine Tertiary faunas is determinable, any information acquired is especially valuable for use in connection with work on the corre- lation of the great marine marginal province and the epicon- tinental Great Basin province of western North America. Being easily accessible for investigation, the Orindan and Siestan formations have probably been examined for vertebrate remains more earefully than any other non-marine formations in the California area of the Pacifie Coast marginal province. In spite of the efforts put forth, only a very scant fauna has been obtained in the course of the eighteen years since the first sys- tematie search was conducted in these beds. Although the results of our investigation of this fauna are very unsatisfactory, it seems desirable to put the available information on record, as the known relation of these formations to the marine Tertiary of middle California gives unusual significance to all data ob- tained. It is hoped that presentation of the evidence offered here may serve as a stimulus and a euide to future students of the Orindan and Siestan, so that a much more satisfactory representation of the fauna may be secured. 1913 | Merriam: Fauna of Orindan and Siestan 375 EQUIDAE Remains of early horses have been found at two localities in the Orindan beds. No specimens representing this group are certainly known from the Siestan. It is stated that bones of a horse were found in a shaft sunk in Siestan beds on Frowning Ridge near the upper end of Telegraph Canon, but the writer has been unable to obtain any definite information as to this occurrence. Two teeth representing species near Neohipparion, and an astragalus that may well represent a horse of Miocene age have been obtained near Bolinger Canon. Wis 9] ‘Id '4 10A [YANOLS] EXPLANATION OF PLATE 17— Locality 2051, showing mass of bones in pocket. 20 = Photograph by J. C. Merriam v (ie wo i W@W Ss fea is o) m “9 a G) Mm ie) i UNIVE GAEIF. (PUBL, BULL. DEPT, GEOL [STONER] VOL, 7, PL. \I8 PAN {s) fag on \ / fl ) ye | Bones ¢ N, J va ~ //Bones in eo /brown clay -- i] 2 (i | if S \ aN I S 1 Scattered "~~ } bones Bones (ee Horizontal section Showing Uppermost bone exposures Outline of pit Scale 1°=10' Locality 2051, Rancho La Brea UNIV, CALIF, PUBL. BULL. DEPT, GEOL. [STONER] VOL. 7, PL. 19 iLargest area of Brown and / bones at 8 ft. green clay \ Largest area of bones at \ 14 ft. ; » Green clay : and ' barren asphalt Green clay ~toee ~ ‘Largest area of bones at 17 fis v4 Horizontal section Showing Largest bone exposures —— Outline of pit Scale 1°=/0' Locality 2051, Rancho La Brea UNIV, CALIF IRUBE BUEES DERI, GEOL ESHONERIMVOS petals 20 Surface WD BEAT Ui " ay “Hard asphalt capping YN AY POLAT OE) PAU be / Bones in brown clay Bones in asphal Ss Bones in asphalt aL Bones in asphalt t «Green clay Vertical section Showing Bone pockets ——_— Outline of pit Scale 1’=10 Locality 2051, Rancho La Brea UINIVIRCALIE: PUBL BUEE DEPT. GEOL. [STONER] VOL. 7, PL / ! Bones in \ thin veins of asphalt Mal ds fle \ ~ i oe r Bones!» a / ) disappear’ 7 i} x Al fe vo 16 ft. Few bones} Green clay and / vat 21 ft./ barren asphalt ie ! | t ( ( | \ ) ( ‘Bones present’ (to 22 ft. | Bottom: of asphalh ; pocket 23 ft. \ J Horizontal section Showing Bottom of pockets Outline of pit Scale 1°=]0' Loeality 2051, Rancho La Brea » 2 inc copahapeeee 3u ET IN OF THE “DEPARTMENT ¢ oF ON ea) oC SRE OLOGY , pp. 397-4 18, 14 text figures Issued December 16, 1913 PRELIMINARY REPORT ON THE HORSES $e QF RANCHO LA BREA | 2 JOHN G. MERRIAM— UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS ; ee BERKELEY k G Veet baal oF TI ve, 2 y ts DEC 29 ion UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLIC. Nore.—The University of California Publications are offered in exchange fo1 eations of learned societies and institutions, universities and libraries. Comple all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample copies, publications and other information, address the Manager of the University Press, B California, U. S. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The Ez Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. S. A. eo" Otto HARRASSOWITZ R. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN LEIPZI¢ BERLIN bee Agent for the series in American Arch- Agent for the series in American Ar aeology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, aeology and Ethnology, Botany, Geolo Education, Modern Philology, Philosophy, Mathematics, Pathology, Physiology, Psychology. Zoology, and Memoirs. 5 Geology.—AnDrREw C. Lawson and JoHN C. MERRIAM, Editors. Price per volume, $3.50, Volumes 1 (pp. 435), IT (pp. 450), IIL (pp. 475), IV (pp. 462), V (pp. 448), completed. Volumes VI and VII (in progress). Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. Volume 1, 1893-1896, 435 pp., with 18 plates, Pprice....u.....scscssccnscsneccnecrseene Volume 2, 1896-1902, 450 pp., with 17 plates and 1 map, price A list of the titles in volumes 1 and 2 will be sent upon request. VOLUME 3. 1, The Quarternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey -.......-2:.--c:--scesees-eero-er - 2. Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur S. Hakle-n wi .2..-22e-sceecccececceeceeenee 3. The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism of the use of the term Algonkian, by Amdrew C,) Lawson sisrosascerretsncsssecsectneee suscep oteetanspenttasatesakcnneds acleageaoniets once eae aaa ea 4, Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John C. Merriam............ 5. A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank C. Calkins...... 6. The Igneous. Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Retde 2x... -2ccticcece--sooseaeeneass-neee eee is 7. Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. Schaller 15¢ 8. Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, California, by oe Amdrew, OC. Lawson: scence oiSceesecentBach cneSStbertec TINE: CEN 10¢ oa. 9. Palacheite, by Arthur S. Hakle...............-...-- en btchbbean sn sackinancne siete thee aeCe a eee ee ee L0et 10. Two New Species of Fessil Turtles from Oregon, by O. P. Hay. a 11. A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by W. J. Sinclair. ee . Nos. 10 and 11 in one Cover Faecal aia ae ae foe ekg ag * srepour -oid raddn puodes Fo saps 1oJno WO9MyEq [PTA “SPIqLO JO Lop1lod Lot1eysod ssotov YYpPTA 4s894BI.L See gr ay Toe an TR a aR aINjUs IV[VUL -O[[IXBU 4B oSplI AIVI[TXBVU WO [[NYsS FO YIP an ae eg renee UWINIJSOL SSOLdB PTA 4SBarT Seatnggss sis sep Oaaiees S}Iq1O JO Iapxtoqg 10t18ys0d SUTJIOUNOD OUTT V OF SoTIV[[IxvUlaid FO pus LOlMaJUW aaa eee S}JI(IO FO Lap1oq LOTI9}UB SULJIIUNOD OUT[ B OF Sotrep[Ixeulord JO pus LOLIayUy as savpou taddn 4sev][ FO Lepioq azotzeysod sur -Jo9UMOD OUTT B OF. SoTAR[[IxeWoIid Fo pus IolIeyUWy savpouoid rddn puodes JO Japioqg IOlte}JUB Sut -JoouTOd OUTIL B OF SoTIBT[Ixewoeid FO pus IOWeyUVy Setar ae ay Seema aaa teas WNUSBUL UIWUBIOF FO ULSAVU LOTIOFUT 0} saTIe[[Ixvutard Jo pus 1oweqyuy Soi od aaa ai age eae so[Apuos peqytdra00 JO pua totseysod 03 sotrelpixemoid Jo pus I0OTIIyUW TINNY dO SINANAYASVAIL 403 Horses of Rancho La Brea errvam M 1913] al oo qt addy, SNIWIINR] “OT 06 ‘8 o8 qo addy, SISUdIRIqOIU “WT A 9661 ‘a P 66006 ‘ON 2 GE86T ON ST[v}Uapi9v0 valg ey oyoury Ralg ery oyoury "qystt ‘o “479 42 ‘oyeurtxoiddy ‘dp ‘dutsiowes ysul jj ‘[VNptaAtput SunoxX p “IOM [[OM SIV[OU ‘TVNPLATPUT P[Q a “OUIUTBIUAL [[YS ,[ JO Sul joWeUS JoUUT fuUIOM ATJYSTTS .W ‘4[Upe Sunox q ‘quosead [[Ys ,[ FO Sult [ouVUS IoUUT !UOTJOUNF Ut IW ‘“Q[Npe SunogX v ‘dy "9G FOL 9-9 8 ‘aoa 9 86006 “ON Bolg BT oyouey ST[V}Uapov0 ‘FOF GLOTG ‘ON ¢T8 TEL “69 = ror Len q D L600G ‘ON [eyUeplo00 “Ay Ralg evry oypoury SI ‘OSL a SnyT[eVqro “7 “- gapioq raddn 03 [euaou painsvew “Tq FO puso IOIIaJUe MOTAq e[qIpuRU FO 4YSTETT - Leplogd LOLayUr 0F vfnotpuedied poeinsvow “q jo pue OayUe MOTEq sV[qIpUBUT FO 4YSTOTT ERE ae ae ee worse [etshydurds Fo [YPM ysvorT paar ace stsAyduds Jo LaJoWVIp IOtIa4ysodo104juW ee oo pee aan caer SNUvI 9UO SUO[TV pednsvout aTqipurvu JO dajyowvip so0ttaysodo1yue 4so}vVary jaime yso1d totzodns morpaq ynd1o00 Jo YypIM ysverT sa[Apuoo peydia00 Fo vseq aaoqe yndtos0 Fo 4YSIOT{ peeing SJIGLO FO LoJOWVIP IoT194sodo194UB 4sa4BIINH, “~srepout 1oddn 4svl JO septs 1ayno wa9M4oq YIPTAL panwijyuog—TInNg dO SLNANAUASVAIY 404 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 anteriorly. The inferior border is usually distinctly convex below the anterior cheek-teeth, and may show a slightly concave region below the posterior molars. The anterior palatine foramina are situated much as in E. caballus. In some specimens they are relatively and absolutely shorter than in the domestic horse. The posterior palatine fora- mina are situated near the posterior end of M? in animals of middle age, and near the middle or anterior end of M® in old individuals. The palatine notch of the posterior nares is oppo- site the anterior half of M? in specimens of young adults, and extends forward approximately to a line joining the middle region of the second upper molars in individuals of advanced age. In E. caballus this opening is somewhat shorter and wider, and does not reach as far forward in the palate. The infraorbital formamina are commonly situated in ad- vance of the anterior end of the maxillary ridges and above P*. In no ease do the maxillary ridges extend forward beyond the infraorbital foramina as may occur in some forms of Equus. The mental foramina are approximately opposite the pos- terior end of the svmphysis. DENTITION The dentition is represented by a series of specimens ranging from unworn milk teeth to those of old individuals in which the enamel folds of the fossettes and valleys have disappeared through wear. Variations in size and in enamel pattern of the cheek-teeth are considerable. There is, however, such a grada- tion in the teeth that there seems good reason for considering all of the specimens represented as a single species. The incisors, where observed, are large. The lower incisors in no. 21000, an old individual, are especially wide. In none of the specimens available does the third lower incisor show evidence of formation of an inner fold or cup. The third upper incisor always shows a strongly marked cup. The canines are of moderate size compared with those of Equus caballus. In young individuals the crown shows distinct lateral compression. 1913 ] Merriam: Horses of Rancho La Brea 405 In teeth of corresponding position in the upper cheek-tooth series there is considerable range in size. In general the varia- tion falls within the limits which Gidley* has shown to hold for modern Equus caballus. The variation in width of correspond- ing teeth between M? and P* is commonly not more than two millimeters in individuals of approximately the same age. In the lower cheek-teeth there is also considerable variation in size. As a rule the enamel pattern of the cheek-teeth is relatively simple compared with that of other described forms (figs. 7 and 8.) In some specimens there are noticeable variations from the Figs. 7 and 8. Equus occidentalis Leidy. Rancho La Brea Beds, Cali- fornia. Fig. 7, superior dentition, no. 21001, X 14; fig. 8, superior denti- tion, no. 12269, K %. normal type of this species, but in no case is the enamel sur- rounding the fossettes as strongly folded as in Equus pacificus. Some of the principal variations in the pattern of the cheek- teeth are the following: (1) form of protocone; (2) form of post-protoconal valley; (3) position of the post-protoconal val- ley; (4) pheation of the anterior border of prefossette and posterior border of postfossette. Form and size of protocone vary considerably in the Rancho La Brea specimens. The anteroposterior diameter in M? runs from about 11mm. in an old individual to 16mm. in a young 3 Gidley, J. W., Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 14, p. 102, 1901. 406 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 specimen. In general the protocone seems absolutely longer anteroposteriorly and narrower transversely in young indi- viduals. It is shortest anteroposteriorly and thickest trans- versely in quite old individuals. Variation in stage of wear is probably in part responsible for the location of the longest protocone in one tooth rather than in another of the same series. The writer does not consider that variation in size or form of the protocone in the Rancho La Brea horses indicates the pres- ence of more than one species. In most specimens from Rancho La Brea the post-protoconal valley ends anteriorly with an oblique truncation, the truncated face beine directed forward and outward. In a number of cases, particularly in young individuals, the enamel bordering the anterior end of the valley shows a single indentation. The fold is usually near the middle of the anterior end of the valley in P*® and P?#, but is commonly situated near the outer side of the anterior end in M' and M?*. In individuals of fairly ad- vanced age the fold is commonly absent. In aged individuals there is rarely a suggestion of the fold. The position of the post-protoconal valley varies considerably with respect to the region of the tooth margin toward which the long axis of the valley points. In the molars the axis com- monly points toward the inner or lngual half of the anterior border of the tooth, in P* and P* the anterior end is usually directed toward the outer half of the anterior side of the tooth. The position in P* and P* is referred to as erect, that in the molars as depressed. The difference in position is frequently related in part to difference in form of the protocone. The anterior and posterior fossettes of the molars and pre- molars have in general relatively simple enamel borders com- pared with most Pleistocene horses of North America. There is quite uniformly a single clearly defined fold in the middle of the anterior side of the postfossette and one on the posterior inner region of the prefossette. A few minor wrinkles may also be present near the major folds just mentioned. On the an- terior side of the prefossette there is often a single weak fold or indentation. This fold is usually strongest on the premolars and on M?, though it may be present on the other molars. The + 1913] Merriam: Horses of Rancho La Brea 407 anterior fold is generally absent in advanced stages of wear. On an individual with M* just coming into function it is absent or barely indicated on M'! and M?, but is distinctly shown on Figs. 9 and 10. Equus occidentalis Leidy. Mandible with dentition, no. 12269, X ¥%. Rancho La Brea Beds, California. Fig. 9, lateral view; fig. 10, superior view. Fig. 11. Equus occidentalis Leidy. Mandible with dentition, no. 21002, X ¥%. Rancho La Brea Beds, California. the last two premolars. On the posterior fossette a posterior indentation or fold is commonly present in young animals, but 408 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 may be poorly developed. It is often most distinct on the pre- molars. Both the anterior fold of the prefossette and the pos- terior fold of the postfossette may, in rare cases, be accompanied by a few minor wrinkles. In the upper cheek-teeth the external ribs formed by para- style, mesostyle, and metastyle are very strong, but even in old individuals the mesostyle of the molars shows somewhat less flattening externally than in E. caballus. The lower cheek-teeth (figs. 5, 6, 9, 10, 11) do not differ ereatly from those of EF. caballus. Compared with specimens of the domestic horse available, the Rancho La Brea form seems to have relatively narrower lower premolars, but measurements of other specimens of modern horses seem to indicate that this character may not show a constant difference. In the pre- molars the outer enamel fold between the protoconid and hypo- conid is not produced between the anteroposterior folds separating the metaconid and metastylid from the protoconid and hypoconid. In the molars the inner end of the outer fold may .extend between the two anteroposterior folds. Particularly in young specimens there may be a tendency to form a small secondary fold on the posterior side of the outer fold between protoconid and hypoconid. In some eases the anterior end of the anteroposterior fold between metastylid and hypoconid may show an indentation (fig. 6), and the enamel wall on the inner side of the hypoconid may show a slight erinkling. The groove between the metaconid and metastylid columns is well marked but wide. In general the characters of the lower teeth seem close to those of FH. niobrarensis. The milk dentition is well shown in several specimens. In the upper milk molars (fig. 13), the post-protoconal valley shows a light terminal indentation in specimen 20099, in which M?' is just pushing through the jaw. In no. 19834, a slightly older specimen, the terminal indentation of the post-protoconal valley has almost disappeared. There is a single indentation at the anterior end of the anterior fossette, and one at the pos- terior end of the posterior fossette, in each of the cheek-teeth in both no. 20099 and no. 19834. 1913] Merriam: Horses of Rancho La Brea 409 In the lower milk molars (fig. 14), the outer fold between the protoconid and hypoconid pushes farther in toward the middle of the tooth than in the permanent premolars. The small fold or jog on the posterior side of this outer fold is well marked. The small fold on the antero-external angle of Dm, is well shown. Figs. 12 and 13. Equus occidentalis Leidy. Superior milk dentition, no. 20099, X 4%. Rancho La Brea Beds, California. Fig. 12, temporary incisors; fig. 18, temporary molars. Fig. 14. Equus occidentalis Leidy. Inferior temporary molars, no. 21072, K %. Rancho La Brea Beds, California. MEASUREMENTS OF DENTITION Measurements of all cheek-teeth are made exclusive of the cement. In the upper dentition, excepting in P? and M3, the anteroposterior diameter is measured along the middle of each tooth, between the principal anterior and posterior faces of contact with the adjoining teeth. In P2 and M3 the anteroposterior diameter is measured from the middle of the face of contact with the adjoining tooth to the extreme opposite limit of the tooth. In P3 to M2 the anteroposterior diameter does not include the anterior projection of the parastyle in advanee of the principal anterior contact plane of the tooth. Transverse diameters are measured across from mesostyle to the innermost extent of the protocone. In the lower cheek-teeth the anteroposterior diameter is measured as in the superior series, and includes the limits measured along the middle of the tooth. The transverse diameter of the lower cheek-teeth is the greatest diameter measured across the protoconid and metaconid excepting in P,. In P, the transverse measurement is across hypoconid and entoconid. in Geology [Vou.7 wons t wa Publ rna veversr ty of Califo U1 410 wd 19 E NnOoOnDmDoron nN ANA AN A wD 10d ws io.0) a 2 =| < Do OK ° n m2, Ou os a7) B ® 8 B S iD 1D ont a anaa Kroes AANA A usultvads ada y, SISUALBAGQOLU “OE 4 6 ‘Te 6 GE 6 G3E OO PE nae ie Ge n C usutoeds ada y, SI[eyUaplodo * G0€ GLE ‘TS STE “OE L1é PLS REE g°G8 “G0 I ‘St OSS L8st 9'8T “LG G96 SOE 9°86 666 S63 GiGG er 4 0G ‘VE 8°96 Z ON & 8600 valg ey oyoury STTRyUapI900 “a “ULUL ‘W0SaIQ ‘AYVT] [Isso woz GET T&G 6°06 SIG 6°SS 6'SS 86 SLE 9°63 U'83 COE 9°66 GisG. SLE For 78 G9OT “C6L “ON of Bolg By oyoury 16006 SI[VJUIPIIIO * uauttoeds s, Aa[Tpry 4 ‘uoutoeds addy, 7 IoJOWVIP oSIOAsuBIy ysazveIs OT JaJIWIVIP ISIOASUBI 4Ysa}VeIs OT I9POWIVIP aSIOASUBIy “TT ToJoWVIp LOTLoysodos9yue ‘TV IdJOWUVIP ISIOASUBIY CTT JoyoWetp Lot1ajsodorozue “TT IOJIWVIP ISIOASUBIY “IT JopWVIp AOTLoysodoreque ST sale ieee aa So ER ELER EE irae JOJOUIVIP oSAaASUBIy 4g lojoueIp Lor1eysodoraque 4g TdJOWLIP osIOAsuRI} ‘gq JoJouv(p 1ot1eysodorszue ‘.q sili te aaanIER a Guaniceoda iaaana se ui ToJoulVip ostoasueBdy “qT ToJoOWUVIpP LoToysodor9yue —q a Soties repour teddn Jo yysueyT yNOYAIM ‘sotios tejouread aaddn yo yy8ue 4 . . Solas cvpowodd-repou aaddu zo yysuery NOILILNA(M LNANVNYAG Ao SINANAYOS Va 411 : Horses of Rancho La Brea errvam M 1913] uswmtoeds eddy, SISUBLBIQOLU “Hf G86 81 06 ‘ON OO0TS SI[v}Uaplov0 “Gf bolg vy oyoury GLOTS “ON valg ery oyoury SI[VJWIP!II0 “Of wd a p Ine) wD Q Pn OM-P eee Oo AraAnRA HM A Ww S el ie) . H on 693GL ‘ON ow 15 SI[VJUIPINIO "WE GO valg vy opoury ‘ON acl Bolg vy oyoury GOOTS ST[v}UEpI990 OA eee eeeennaeneeaae Ane ay, A ae a GiGi JojawuVIp 1ote4sodoiayuR 4ysoqwVoIis ‘9 * LOJIWIVIP ISIOASUBA] JSo}BaIS MT IDJIWVIP ISIOASUBI] JSso}BIId “T IoJowvIp os1aasuedy “PW EG Gk pyaiaseheeceg aera er Joyauetp Lotz1eysodoraque “py IEG Ta Rasa oan tan aga eave IdjowvIp ostaasueiy “TV G:O Gas gies ena mace fs ea Iojouetp ro11ysodorazue “Py CN Cie ent a ea ca Ida}JIWVIp ostaasuvIy “PL GEC Ce Masa necenicuee gan rene eee ee Iojouetp ror1aysodosezue “Vy TAS) lier acta ae age IajoureiIp asteasuvay “gq CM eaten aS sa pce IoJouUVIp Lor1ysodorszue “q Giri ase ae wage aaa IoJIWVIP osdoasuery “qG 0) aan ag Ce ae Iajowetp 1ortaysodoryue “gq OA ease nsersoe oe coencecn arenes amen IojowVtIp astoasuvry “q ‘Te - dojgowieip rot1oysodoroyue “gq WO QU aaa anaes as Sotias Ivpowoad IaMol JO y4suerT BUCTUUIS G2 0 aia ae scecaaeecn anaae? Salas IR[OUI JAMO] FO Y4SuaT DAE Shey ioe = SOs. Meas EWE w = oO n 2 PanwijUuoOO—NOILILNAdG LNANVNYAd JO SLNANAYASVATL 412 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 MEASUREMENTS* OF MILK DENTITION No. No. No. No. 20099a@ 19834b 21072c 19835d Dm’, anteroposterior diameter .............. (OTM, acces, ceases eee Dm’, anteroposterior diameter: . 50 48 9 Dm’, transverse diameter ...............------- 24.6 248 cancsset, Nees Dm’, anteroposterior diameter .............. 34 33), . Sebcis Pee Dm*, transverse diameter ..........0000.-.--- 2 26:00 =) eee Dm‘, anteroposterior diameter .............. 38 36:2 as eee Dm‘, transverse diameter ...................... 24.5 2612 48 ee Di’, greatest transverse diameter ........ 2290 ote are eee Di’, greatest transverse diameter ........ 228; ciedessoll 9) teas ees Di’, greatest transverse diameter ........ Q's: eel ene eee Dm,, anteroposterior diameter -......00-.00 cence cee 40 39.8 Dm., transverse diameter ...... ee | ae aeey 14.2 14.8 Dm, anteroposterior diameter -.......0.22.0 cece eee 34. 34.9 Wm... tramsyverse) dvameter wesc eee eens eeeeaees 14.5 16.2 Dm,, anteroposterior diameter .......0:-- 0 cece cence 37.2 34.6 my, tmamsverse diamiet ery cece. esses nesses esses 12.9 15.9 Di,, greatest transverse diameter 2... ec, cece neta 17.8 Di,, greatest transverse diameter 00. 0-22. 0 ceceeoee 18.3 Di;, greatest transverse diameter 00... 0 2-2 000 eeeeeoee 14.5 * Measurements taken in manner indicated in discussion on page 409. a, M* just emerging through jaw. b, M* erupting. c, M, showing first traces of wear. d, M,in function, M, erupting. COMPARISON WITH EQUUS CABALLUS The skulls of Rancho La Brea horses have approximately the size seen in the modern domesticated horse, but range up- ward to dimensions greater than those of the average domesti- cated horse. They differ from Equus caballus in the shorter and wider nose, more convex forehead, narrower occiput, and more massive lower jaw. The mandible is very noticably higher below the premolars and the diastema. The dentition of the Rancho La Brea species differs from that of Equus caballus in the more simple pattern of the enamel of the cheek-teeth. The dimensions do not differ markedly. 1913] Merriam: Horses of Rancho La Brea 413 RELATIONSHIP TO PLEISTOCENE SPECIES OF WESTERN NORTH AMERICA In comparing the Rancho La Brea horses with the known Pleistocene species of America considerable difficulty is en- countered, as the larger number of described forms are based upon very scanty material, usually cheek-teeth alone. Only three North American Pleistocene horses are known by skulls, and of these only Equus scotti is represented by more than one specimen. Of Equus laurentius there is one good skull, of typical Equus niobrarensis one specimen with imperfect facial and frontal region. It is probable that several of the American species of Hquus which are considered distinct run near each other in skull characters, and until the approximate limits of variation are known in each, it will be difficult to make certain of specific distinctions. Until the appearance of the important papers by Gidley* on Equus scotti, and Hay® on Equus lawrentius and Equus nio- brarensis, specific separation of American Pleistocene horses was based almost entirely upon characters of the cheek-teeth, and in a considerable number of species but little material was known. As has been shown by Gidley, horse teeth of the same stage of growth may vary markedly in size and pattern, and where various stages of wear are compared the range of difference is wide. As first noted by Gidley, the character of size, particu- larly as seen in the transverse diameter, of the cheek-teeth seems the most reliable. While it is doubtless true that good specifie differences appear in the enamel pattern of the cheek-teeth, it is certain that such characters must be used with caution. The final determination of the value of these characters must depend upon examination of considerable series of individuals of nearly the same age. Relation to Equus occidentalis Leidy—Typieal horses of the genus Equus have been known fossil from California in two species represented by very fragmentary remains. The first form described, Equus occidentalis Leidy,’ was based upon a 4 Gidley, J. W., Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 13, art. 13, 1900. 5 Hay, O. P., Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 44 (no. 1969), 1913. 6 Leidy, J., Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad., 1865, p. 94. 414 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 specimen found in Pleistocene auriferous gravels at a depth of thirty feet below the surface in Tuolumne County, California. Better material from an asphalt bed near Buena Vista Lake in the southern end of the Great Valley of California was after- ward referred to this species by Leidy’. The second species, Equus pacificus Leidy®, was based upon an upper premolar tooth from Martinez, California. Gidley® recognizes this species as the common horse of the Pleistocene at Fossil Lake, Oregon. These two species have come to be well known in palaeontologic literature as representing the Pacific Coast horses, though rela- tively meagre information has been available coneerning both forms. The cheek-teeth from Tuolumne County, California, consti- tuting Leidy’s type of Equus occidentalis agree very closely in dimension and in enamel pattern with average specimens from Rancho La Brea. Considering that the typical. Equus occi- dentalis occurs in approximately the same geographic region as the asphalt forms, there seems every reason to believe that the common horses from Rancho La Brea represent Equus occi- dentalis. The material from near Buena Vista Lake in the southern end of the Great Valley of California, which Leidy referred to Equus occidentalis, seems quite certainly to repre- sent the same species as the specimens from Rancho La Brea. In the table of measurements on p. 410, the dimension of Rancho La Brea specimens are shown in comparison with those of the type of Equus occidentalis. Comparison with Equus pacificus Leidy.—The relation of the Rancho La Brea horses to the type described from Martinez, California under the name of Equus pacificus is not so easily determined as is their affinity to E. occidentalis. The type of E. pacificus as described by Leidy consisted of a single upper pre- molar three, which was not figured. The enamel is described as less simple than in the horses of the group referred to E. occi- dentalis of California, and there was stated to be an inflection 7Leidy, J., Extinct Mammalia of Dakota and Nebraska, p. 267, 1869. Also Geol. Surv. Terrs., vol. 1, p. 242, pl. 33, fig. 1, 1873. 8 Leidy, J., Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad., 1868, p. 195. 9 Gidley, J. W., Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 14, p. 116, 1901. 1913] Merriam: Horses of Rancho La Brea 415 of the enamel at the anterior end of the post-protoconal valley. The tooth was characterized especially by its large size. The dimensions are compared with those of E. occidentalis in the table on p. 410. As is seen in the table of measurements, the largest specimens from Rancho La Brea approach the type of E. pacificus in dimensions. They are, however, quite different in average pattern of the enamel. Even the largest speci- mens from Rancho La Brea fall below the dimensions of Leidy’s type of EF. pacificus, and below Gidley’s typical material from Fossil Lake. It is very doubtful whether any of the Rancho La Brea specimens thus far examined ean be referred to E. pacificus. It is evident that the typical horses of Rancho La Brea are EF. occidentalis. Comparison with Equus excelsus Leidy—The Great Plains species described as Equus excelsus by Leidy in 1858, from ma- terial obtained in Nebraska, approaches the California EF. occiden- talis very closely. In reviewing the species in 1869 Leidy'® stated that there was little doubt that EH. excelsus and E. occidentalis were the same, and he united the two. In 1873 Leidy"! referred to the two under the name of E. occidentalis. As pointed out by Gidley!” the name E. excelsus really preceedes E. occidentalis. Gidley suggests that the Nebraska form shows a tendency to more complicated enamel pattern of the cheek-teeth, and that it may be a relatively simple variation of a form normally with a much more complicated pattern than the typically simple teeth of the California EH. occidentalis. Gidley also calls attention to the fact that H. excelsus and E. occidentalis were described from geographic stations widely separated, on opposite sides of the Rocky Mountain system. After weighing the evidence available, Gidley held it wisest to consider the two species as distinct. Recently Hay'® has referred to E. excelsus additional mate- rial, and has discussed the relation of the species to EF. niobra- rensis. 10 Leidy, J., Extinct Mammalian Fauna of Dakota and Nebraska, p. 267, 1869. 11 Leidy, J., Geol. Surv. Terrs., vol. 1, p. 248, 1873. 12 Gidley, J. W., Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 14, p. 115, 1901. 13 Hay, O. P., Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 44 (no. 1969), p. 592, 1913. 416 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 With only meagre material representing the cheek-tooth dentition at hand, it seems futile to attempt to establish definitely the relationship of HF. excelsus to the California E. occidentalis. It is certainly necessary to have a larger series of teeth, and it will probably be necessary to have good skull material before a satisfactory comparison can be made. A character of the type of E. ercelsus to which both Gidley and Hay have called attention is the position of the postpalatine foramina, which are unusually far forward, opposite the anterior half of M*. In the Rancho La Brea skulls the postpalatine fora- mina range from a position opposite the middle of M® in individ- uals of advanced age to a position opposite the posterior half of M? in individuals of middle age with all of the molars in function. The type of E. exrcelsus represents a young adult with M? sufficiently worn to show the enamel pattern clearly. It is pos- sible that the somewhat advanced position in the California form may be indicative of relationship to EF. excelsus. Comparison with Equus scottt Gidley—Of the American Pleistocene horses known up to the present time Equus scott, described by Gidley™, is the only form represented by more than a single skull. Unfortunately only one of several skulls obtained up to the time of Gidley’s revision of the Pleistocene horses in 1901 was that of an adult in which all of the teeth had come into full use. The Rancho La Brea horses resemble E. scotti in being a large-headed form. They differ from E. scotti in the somewhat smaller cheek-teeth, less pronounced enamel folds around the fossettes and at the anterior end of the post- protoconal valley of the cheek-teeth, and possibly also in possess- ing a shorter and wider nose. Other differences will doubtless appear when the two species can be more fully compared. Comparison with Equus niobrarensis Hay.—Hay’s recently deseribed species, Hquus niobrarensis”, from Hay Springs, Nebraska, approaches the Rancho La Brea form closely in char- acters of skull and dentition. Both types have a heavy, short head, a heavy mandible, and a short, wide nose. The Rancho La Brea species differs slightly from F. niobrarensis in the 14 Gidley, J. W., Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 13, p. 111, 1900. 15 Hay, O. P., Proce. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 44 (no. 1969),.p. 576, 1913. 1913 | Merriam: Horses of Rancho La Brea 417 shortness and width of nose, relative narrowness across the skull through the anterior region of the maxillary ridges, relative narrowness in superior view immediately in front of the inion, and smaller size of the orbits. The postpalatine foramina and the anterior end of the inferior nasal opening are somewhat farther forward in some specimens than in FE. niobrarensis. The cheek-teeth of the Rancho La Brea form are slightly larger than in FE. niobrarensis, and the tooth row is in most specimens relatively longer. The relation of the tooth row to the basilar length in the type of EF. mobrarensis is 33.8%. In no. 21002, a much older specimen, from Rancho La Brea, the proportion is 34.9%. In no. 20098 it is 36%. As shown in the table of measurements on page 410, the average width of the cheek-teeth of the Great Plains form is somewhat less than in the average of the Rancho La Brea speci- mens. Unless the difference can be shown to hold for a large number of individuals it would hardly be considered of specific value. Between E. niobrarensis and the Rancho La Brea form there are certain small differences in the pattern of the enamel. In E. niobrarensis the folding of the enamel at the anterior and posterior borders of the fossettes, and at the anterior end of the post-protoconal valley is more pronounced, and in that species the anterior end of the post-protoconal valley is wider. The relation of E. niobrarensis to the Rancho La Brea horses suggests a resemblance of the former species to E. e.xrcelsus. E. excelsus 18 apparently somewhat nearer to E. niobrarensis than is the California E. occidentalis. In a recent paper Hay' has discussed the relationships of FE. niobrarensis and E. excelsus, and considers them distinct. In Hay’s paper a series of cheek- teeth referred to E. exrcelsus seems partly to bridge the gap between these two species, but other characters may still separate them. The California E. occidentalis appears to be separable from E. niobrarensis by more simple pattern of the enamel of the cheek-teeth, and by several skull characters, no one of which seems, however, entirely reliable with the material available. The presumption is that these species are distinet, but it is 16 Hay, O. P., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 44 (no. 1969), p. 592, 1913. nN 418 University of Califorma Publications in Geology [Vou very desirable to have more material of H. niobrarensis for a fully: satisfactory comparison. Comparison with Equus laurentius Hay.—A fine skull from supposed Pleistocene near Lawrence, Kansas, recently described by Hay,’ and designated as the type of a new species, Equus lawrentius, represents a form quite different from the California E. occidentalis. The skull and teeth in EZ. laurentius are much smaller; the nose is relatively longer and narrower; the width behind the orbits is relatively greater; the mandible is much more slender, being narrower or lower below the premolars; the inferior border of the mandible is straight instead of sinuous as in E. occidentalis; the orbits seem to be relatively larger. SUMMARY The species of horse commonly represented in the Pleistocene beds of Rancho La Brea is not separable from Equus occidentalis first described by Leidy from Tuolumne County, California. As represented by the excellent series of specimens from Rancho La Brea, Equus occidentalis is characterized by its large, heavy head, short and broad nose, high and heavy mandible, and relatively simple enamel pattern of the cheek-teeth. 17 Hay, O. P., Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 44 (no. 1969), p. 584, 1913. Transmitted September 18, 1913. E seen it oF ae, Issued December 16, 1913 Be JOHN C. MERRIAM , Ere OF CALIFORNIA PRESS BERKELEY hs eations of learned societies and snatitntiohe, universities and li all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample « publications and other information, address the Manager of the University California, U. S. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to BS ; Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. S. A. ei Otto HARRASSOWITZ R. FRIEDLAENDER & SouN LEIPZIG BERLIN Agent for the series in American Arch- Agent for the series in Amerie: aeology and Hthnology, Classical Philology, aeology and Ethnology, Botany, Geo Edueation, Modern Philology; Philosophy, Mathematics, Pathology, hysio. Psychology. Zoology, and Mem(irs. Geology.—AnprEew C. Lawson and JoHN C. MerRIAM, Editors. Price per volume, Volumes 1 (pp. 435), II (pp. 450), III (pp. 475), IV (pp. 462), V (pp. a completed. Volumes VI and VII (in progress). Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. Volume 1, 1893-1896, 435 pp., with 18 plates, price .........-..-.--cssese-censeceseeeeors Volume 2, 1896-1902, 450 pp., with 17 plates and 1 map, price.......--..-c2.-cecseee- & A list of the titles in volumes 1 and 2 will be sent upon request. VOLUME 3. 1, The Quarternary of Southern California, by Oscar H. Hershey -2.0..0..----c-cccecceecneeeeeeee 2. Colemanite from Southern California, by Arthur S. Hakle_.i...oo2.ece-cccctocccecceeeeeeee 3. The Eparchaean Interval. A Criticism’ of the use of the term Algonkian, by Andrew C, Gia wson 2.2.2--cbecscectsoedencrennntctecepctcun okeccenotesathnn rate nadtigies toe eto eae ae a 4, Triassic Ichthyopterygia from California and Nevada, by John C. Merriam......... 5. A Contribution to the Petrography of the John Day Basin, by Frank C. Calkins 6. The Igneous Rocks near Pajaro, by John A. Reid..on:-----ccq-cccc-cscconccecerescenemeesie aeons 7. Minerals from Leona Heights, Alameda Co., California, by Waldemar T. Schaller 8. Plumasite, an Oligoclase-Corundum Rock, near Spanish Peak, meee by Andrew: OC. Lawson’ ..ci 2220... See. cb ocatocsao+ Se ccapedeesononptnnBantccncese seco aaeeees pena nae ete ea f 9. Palacheite, by ArthuryS. Waller oon 2a cosa tee ceces cnet nthe open ee pence enc oe ea eee : 10. Two New Species of Fessil Turtles from Oregon, by O. P. Hay Jor 11. A New Tortoise from the Auriferous Gravels of California, by OW. J. Sinelair, Nos. 10 and 11 in one! Cowes oscar note ce ete wrap awe ce ee 12, New Ichthyosauria from the Upper Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam........ 13. Spodumene from San Diego County, California, by Waldemar T. Schaller........... 1 14, The Pliocene and Quaternary Canidae of the Great Valley of California, ae ; John Ce Moerman 6.22 ee econ Secchn ete ce teocssoaens nee =o eee ee 15. The Geomorphogeny of the Upper Kern Basin, by Andrew C. aba WwSOnS:.-eee 2 16. A Note on the Fauna of the Lower Miocene in California, by John C. Merriam...... 17. The Orbicular Gabbro at Dehesa, San Diego County, California, by Andrew C. TLBWSOM © | woeceetesenn banda ees eh conc nsnnsacbe ns enenewepoe wae ndnnenonatnns dee veneeas pane eedh anaes maaan ee 18. A New Cestraciont Spine from the Lower Triassie of Idaho, by Herbert M. Evans 19, A Fossil Egg from Arizona, by Wm. Conger Morgan and Marion Clover Tallmon 20. Buceratherium, a New Ungulate from the Quaternary Caves of California, by William J. Sinelair and E. L. By std Lona seer oe ee aaa ee er ee eer ee oa eaccnoneno 21. A New Marine Reptile from the Triassic of California, by John C. Merriam... 22. The River Terraces of the Orleans Basin, California, by Oscar H. Hershey.............. VOLUME 4. 72 . The Geology of the Upper Region of the Main Walker River, Nevada, by Dwight OP nab nn ose se setae ecco coe ee ea ae . A Primitive Ichthyosaurian Limb from the Middle Triassie of Nevada, by Jo Co Merriam o.......e--eenceeeeeceeeceeterecneecennensecennsenessennencennannascnesenoesnessncssensenanacsnasanmannneaneees . Geological Section of the Coast Ranges North of the Bay of San Francisco, Ve Cy. OSMONE oii. nnnnnce-nsenseenececensGennenseenennenonenepnedeeeseepansenenncarsudnnwsssannananananenasenannen . Areas of the California Neocene, by Vance C. Osmont........-.--------<----e--esee Contribution to the Palaeontology of the Martinez Group, by Charles E. W New or Imperfectly Known Rodents and Ungulates from the John Day Seri 8, William J. Simelair -.............--ccecececeeecesceeeeceecenecenececceseeseesnnrssnesennasnnsensnssecnaeamnaanoennsans New Mammalia from the Quarternary Caves of California, by William J. Sine . Preptoceras, a New Ungulate from the Samwel Cave, California, by Eustace | FUrlOng n-ceceenececocsesesceresenecerenesetseesenenenscnsassnecenersenesnets annecsozant ororassnarccomensnsanensasiHacTaaenncs om foe & po fp UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 22, pp. 419-434, 5 text figures Issued December 16, 1913 NEW ANCHITHERIINE HORSES FROM THE TERTIARY OF THE GREAT BASIN AREA BY JOHN C. MERRIAM CONTENTS PAGE TE ales COX AUCH 0 ee ee 419 Hypohippus (Drymohippus) nevadensis, n. sub-gen. and n. sp. ...........-.. 420 Soul em GD STG GY OME ee coec ctw es oot cs cactacs cee secee ace seed cdueueetecesecec cases soeceueceuivecoets 420 J EAU TN OS el eee Oe en es eae 425 A RKCUET RO HOES OUT 0} ee ey er ec re ee eee 426 Parahippus(?) mourningi, n. sp. -......./ See ee et 427 Wippery@heek Veet Wee. set eyst acre eee hase scseevegen de secescccesedeecucestees:seneses use Seeescces 428 TU Coy Sher (ON AVEYED ETE 4a lng er Er 430 TSH OWS) GT OFS) gener rere rr OF Soe et cea ee ere 432 INTRODUCTION Within the past two years, four expeditions from the Univer- sity of California have visited the southern portion of the Great Basin region to search for vertebrate remains in Tertiary deposits. One party investigated the region southeast of Walker Lake, Nevada, in 1912, and three parties have worked in the Mohave Desert area in 1911, 1912, and 1913. Of numerous palaeontologic contributions made by these expeditions, among the most interesting is the discovery of two anchitheriine horses presenting phases of structure or stages of development not previously known in the groups with which they are most nearly allied. 420 Umversity of Califorma Publications in Geology (Vou.7 The first specimen found was obtained by Lawrence C. Baker in the Mohave Miocene of California in April, 1911. It represents the lower jaw of a form showing characters near those of both Parahippus and Archaeohippus. A fragmentary upper jaw, evidently belonging to an animal of the same species as that found by Mr. Baker, was discovered in the Mohave Beds by J. P. Buwalda and H. C. Mourning in January, 1913. The second type of anchitheriine horse discovered is repre- sented by a slab containing scattered parts of a skeleton obtained in the region southeast of Walker Lake, Nevada, by Baker and Buwalda in May, 1912. This specimen had previously been seen by Mr. T. H. Buck of Mina, Nevada. It was through the kindness of Mr. Buck that the slab was pointed out to Baker and Buwalda. The writer wishes to express his thanks for the kind assistance given by Mr. Buck in bringing the specimen to the railway station for shipment. HYPOHIPPUS (DRYMOHIPPUS!1) NEVADENSIS, n. sub-gen. and n. sp. Type specimen no, 21056, University of California Collections in Verte- brate Palaeontology. From the Stewart Valley Miocene, twenty-four miles northeast of Mina, Nevada. Characters much as in Hypohippus, but metaloph of milk molars not connected with ectoloph. The type specimen consists of a small portion of the skull with three milk molars, portions of all four limbs, and a number of scattered fragments of other skeletal parts. The elements of the limbs were in part connected. Skull and Dentition—The greater portion of the skull had been weathered away before the specimen was discovered. All that remains consists of a portion of the lower region of the cranium. Fortunately it was embedded in such a manner that it faced into the rock, and only the roots of the teeth were damaged. The portions of the cranium present show little of significance. The dentition (figs. la and 1b) shows three well-preserved cheek-teeth. The incisors are not present. The cheek-teeth rep- resent the milk dentition with Dm* just coming into function. They are referred to the milk dentition as they are relatively narrower than P? to P* of nearly related forms. 1 Spuuds, wooded dell or glade; ‘ir7os, horse. 1913] Merriam: New Anchitheriine Horses 421 The teeth of no. 21056 represent an animal larger than any of the known forms of Hypohippus, but approaching in size Hypohippus affinis, the largest described species. They are absolutely larger than the permanent premolars of H. osborni, and larger than the milk molars of the type specimen of H. affinis. The excess in dimensions is evident in both the antero- posterior and transverse diameters. COMPARATIVE MEASUREMENTS OF DENTITION Milk dentition Permanent dentition a H. nevad- H. affinis ensis Type H. lal . No. 21056 specimen osborni equinus Dm’, anteroposterior diameter along OUbeT ORG CL eeesecerseese sees ceeeeaese Bye) | dba eee P22 fea" 25 Dm’, greatest transverse diameter. 29 —........ PP? 26 25 Dm‘, anteroposterior diameter along Ouberab On deri eesseeee coerce Bilge? ga e952 5:4 25 Dm‘, anteroposterior diameter meas- ured through protoconule and 1A 7 0X0) (C2) eee ee 20 aie P? 24 22 b Dm’, greatest transverse diameter. 30.5 — ....... P? 30 27 Dm‘, anteroposterior diameter along OULET Onder geccecesrsee eeececsseeeeeeseses 31.9 ap. 28.5 ap. P* 30 25 Dm‘, anteroposterior diameter meas- ured through protoconule and InyPOstyley ses eieess ceectessees cece ‘ere 26.7 a Pt 25 22 b Dim‘, greatest transverse diameter. 31.4 29 Pt 30 26 a, measurements from J. Leidy’s figure of type specimen. b, from W. B. Scott’s figures of type specimen. ap, approximate. In form and pattern of the milk molars the Nevada specimen resembles in general the permanent dentition of Hypohippus osborm. The protoconule portion of the protoloph seems a little more distinctly marked off from the protoecone in Dm? than in P? of H. osborni. In Dm*, however, the protoconule region of no. 21056 seems less distinct than in P* of H. osborni. In Dm? of no. 21056 the longitudinal ridge or rib on the outer side of the paracone is much less distinct and the parastyle is more prominent than in P? of H. osborni. A small but distinet hypo- style is seen on Dm? and Dm*. The size of the hypostyle is near that in the premolars of H. osborm. On Dm? there is a strong 422 University of Califorma Publications in Geology [Vou 7 shelf of the cingulum extending around the anterior and inner sides and into the hypostyle region posteriorly. On Dm* the cingulum is faintly interrupted on the inner side opposite the middle of the protocone, and fully interrupted on the inner side of the hypocone. ‘a y, a} mu Veit ee Bea pO eZ Zi) NS U7 SiG, ~ >. fae) sso Ib 2) Figs. la and 1b. Hypohippus (Drymohippus) nevadensis, n. sub-gen. and n.sp. Upper milk molars. No. 21056, natural size. Fig. la, lateral view; fig. 1b, occlusal view. Stewart Valley Beds, southwestern Nevada. The principal difference between the Nevada specimen, no. 21056, and Hypohippus osborni is found in the separation of the outer end of the metaloph from the ectoloph. In none of the milk molars of the Nevada specimen is the summit of the outer end of the metaloph connected with the ectoloph. In Dm? and Dm* the base of the metaloph barely reaches the base of the ectoloph. In Dm+‘ the base of the metaloph scarcely reaches the base of the ectoloph. In each of these teeth there is a small transverse ridge or tubercle pointing inward from the ectoloph at the posterior end of the paracone crescent. This transverse 1913 | Merriam: New Anchitheriine Horses 423 prominence arising from the ectoloph extends inward near the outer end of the metaloph but fails to meet that ridge. The outer end of the metaloph tends to swing a little in front of the inner transverse prominence of the ectoloph. The inner transverse prominences arising from the ectoloph attain their greatest elongation or height near the summit of the ectoloph, and rapidly diminish in height as they extend toward the base of the tooth. On Dm* the transverse prominence con- sists of two small tooth-like projections. On the longer or lower of these points the diameter, parallel with the height of the tooth crown, is not more than twice the anteroposterior diameter. The second projection, situated farther toward the base of the ectoloph, is an exceedingly small tubercle. The smaller projec- tion does not reach the bottom of the valley between metaloph and metacone crescent. On Dm* the inner transverse prominence of the ectoloph is very small, and is situated near the crest of the ectoloph. On Dm? the prominence is higher, but is reduced rapidly at the proximal end and does not connect with the metaloph. A certain significance may attach to the situation of the inner transverse ridge of the ectoloph. In the milk teeth of the Nevada form, this transverse crest or ridge rests upon the pos- terior end of the paracone crescent. In a permanent upper molar (no. 11570) of Hypohippus from the Middle Miocene of Virgin Valley, Nevada, the connection between metaloph and ectoloph is established at the posterior end of the paracone crescent. In the cheek-teeth from P? to M* in H. osborni the inner transverse ridge of the ectoloph arises almost exactly at the junction of the paracone and metacone crescents. In no. 12564, a very narrow Hypohippus tooth from the Virgin Valley Miocene of northern Nevada, the union of metaloph and ectoloph seems to be as in AH. osbornmi. In the original reference to tooth no. 12564 the writer suggested? that this form might represent a species distinet from no. 11570, which is much wider antero- posteriorly and shows the more anterior position of the inner transverse ridge of the ectoloph. 2 Merriam, J. C., Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 6, pp. 259 and 260, 1911. 424 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 The separation of metaloph and ectoloph as noted in the milk teeth of specimen no. 21056 is a matter of considerable interest in the classification of the Equidae. In Mesohippus the metaloph and ectoloph are separate, and a small transverse ridge ‘or wrinkle may arise from the inner side of the ectoloph in the same situation as that in the milk teeth of the Nevada specimen, no. 21056. In Miohippus, as represented by specimens from the John Day series, the metaloph is usually separated from the ectoloph. In Anchitherium, Hypohippus, and Archaeohippus the metaloph is completely united with the ectoloph. The stage of advance of the cheek-teeth in the Nevada specimen, no. 21056, is near that of Miohippus so far as the relation of the metaloph to the ectoloph is concerned, and in this character it differs from the known forms of Anchitherium, Archaeohippus, and Hypohippus. In general form of the cheek-teeth and in the relation of pro- tocone to protoconule, specimen no. 21056 is of the Hypohippus type. In Mesohippus, Miohippus, Archaeohippus, and Anchi- therium, the protocone and protoconule are distinctly separated, in Hypohippus and in the Nevada specimen the protoconule is small, and is almost completely merged with the protocone. As the teeth in specimen no. 21056 correspond so closely to the general type of cheek-teeth in Hypohippus, the hypothesis that the milk molars of typical Hypohippus might show the primitive character of the Nevada specimen naturally suggested itself. Leidy’s type of Hypohippus affinis, the typical species of that genus, is a milk tooth, but the specimen shows no sug- gestion of separation of metaloph and ectoloph. It is shghtly worn, but a corresponding degree of wear in Dm* of the Nevada form would not tend in any way to connect metaloph and ectoloph. Dr. W. D. Matthew, who has very kindly examined such milk teeth of Hypohippus as are present in the ‘collections of the American Museum of Natural History, finds that in all of the specimens the metaloph and ectoloph are connected. The Nevada form represented by specimen 21056 seems, therefore, to represent a type with dentition in general close to that of Hypohippus, but distinguished especially by the less advanced stage of evolution of the metaloph in the temporary molars. 1913 | Merriam: New Anchithertine Horses 425 Limbs.—Portions of both the anterior and posterior limbs (figs. 2a and 2b) exhibit some of the essential characters, but parts of each of the feet had been carried away before burial, or had been destroyed by weathering before the specimen was found. The general character and proportions of the parts of the extremities preserved are near those of Hypohippus. The Figs. 2a, 2b, and other fragments. Hypohippus (Drymohippus) nevad- ensis, n. Sub-gen, and n.sp. Portions of limbs. No. 21056, K ¥%. Fig. 2a, anterior limb; fig. 2b, posterior limb. Stewart Valley Beds, southwestern Nevada. 426 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 lateral digits and their ungual phalanges are relatively large, and were evidently functional. The first and second phlanges of the median digit are relatively shorter and wider than in the Merychippus forms of the Miocene. The ungual phalanx of the median digit is broad, and the lateral wings show a stage of development at least as advanced as in Hypohippus. Metacarpal three shows a distinetly oblique lateral facet for articulation with the unciform. In metatarsal three there seems to be a very small and quite oblique facet for the cuboid. In general the limb structure resembles that of Hypohippus. MEASUREMENTS OF LIMB ELEMENTS Radius, oreatest leneth ot \shavtt, Seeteescesccee ees seeeweeseeesaeeeseenteeeeeeeneas 241 mm. MAIGbNey, ICN RH ayalcliddy Ge Sel ane A ee eee 25 Metacarpall Mil woreatest. Lem eth. sccesescereter. ore ceteet ee eeeesese ase eee 190 Metacarpall Til; soreatest: lem pithy 222. sscecccecescetessezscsceeescesceesesesseeaqes 192 Metacarpal III, width of distal end, approximate ....................-- 28.5 Phalanx J, digit III of anterior extremity, greatest length........ 4¢ Phalanx 1, digit IIT of anterior extremity, greatest width.......... 30 Phalanx II, digit IIT of anterior extremity, greatest length...... 30 Phalanx II, digit LIT of anterior extremity, greatest width........ 31 Mictanarsall 1b woneabestel riot leseems esses seesveers se oeeeee eee eee 2038. Metatarsal IV, greatest width at proximal end —.....000222....--- aT Phalanx I, lateral digit (hind foot?) greatest length along SUP CRN O Pes 2s ee asa a serve eee cere cee ee ee 23.5 Phalanx IIT, lateral digit (hind foot?) length along superior SCLC ccs s aS ee RR area SO 35 Relationships.—The form represented by the Nevada speci- men, no. 21056, resembles Hypohippus in the characters’ of the limbs and in the general form of the cheek-teeth. It differs from Hypohippus in the separation of metaloph and ectoloph in the milk dentition. It is uncertain whether the permanent dentition of this species is represented in any of the collections from the Great Basin region. ; : FER 2 1914 7 Lig wses Z ? oe ere Py) te 5. %2 Norg.—The University of California Publications are offered in exe eations of learned societies and institutions, universities and libraries. — all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For ae, cop: publications and other information, address the Manager of the University Press, California, U. S. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. S. A. OTTO HaRRASSOWITZ _ R, FRIEDLAENDER & Sonn LEIPZIG¢ BERLIN ~ 25 Agent for the series in American Arch- . Agent for the series in American aeology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, aeology and Ethnology, Agricultural S Economics, Education, History, Modern Botany, Geology, Mathematics, Pathol Philology, Philosophy, Psychology. Physiology, Zoology, and Memoirs. Geology. ANDREW C. Lawson and JouN C. Merriam, Editors. Price per ona $ Volumes I (pp. 435), II (pp. 450), TIT (pp. 475), IV (pp. 462), V (pp. 448), VI (pp. 454), and VII (pp. 500), completed. Vol. VILE in progress. Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. Volume 1, 1893-1896, 435: pp.) with 18*plates, price 22.22 eee Volume 2, 1896-1902, 450 pp., with 17 plates and 1 map, price ..-...--2.2-c eee Volume 3, 1902-1904, 482 pp., with 51 plates, price ..:252 5.22: cee see eee A list of the titles in volumes 1, 2 and 3 will be sent upon request. VOLUME 4. 1 pee ae of the Upper Region of the Main Walker River, Nevada, by Dwight — TG wis. co.cc cescvenensndsnesantauensovencsnectaede.seessttonsscatweasescaes 1 sag) 2s sa aaa 2. A Primitive Ichthyosaurian Limb from the Middle Triassic of Nevada,-by John Gye Merriam 22 sc-----. iii sesctece cate ntstecctaenetinde onto ccbunegendinciont ogee atta aus tee Ocean 3.- Geological Section of the Coast Ranges North of the Bay of San Francisco, by WiC. OSM ONG 0nd. 5-222 cticeaesete nee tene nun dea tone stonenen dnnteeat ste sventy a beat bnoce nana eae on eee ee 4, Arcas of the California Neocene, by Vance C. Osmont...........21.-.2+--s-2-sesenecusererennenesesenaes 5. Contribution to the Palaeontology of the Martinez Group, by Charles E. Weaver 6. New or Imperfectly Known Rodents and Ungulates from the John Day Series, by 3 William, Sie Simelair ..- eu. sectescteweccs scsescoeseotemantbentstansescsndgnepensncsbeceeet aap eee 7. New Mammalia from the Quarternary Caves of California, by William J. Sinclair g 8. Preptoceras, a New Ungulate from the Samwel Cave, California, by Eustace L. Br) Ore es peo a eee eet = ee rem eee ee Zieh a 9. A New Sabre-tooth from California, by John C, Merriam ..................-... a 10. The Structure and Genesis of the Comstock Lode, by John A. Reid........ asd 11. The Differential Thermal Conductivities of Certain Schists, by Paul Thelen.......... Ba, 12. Sketch of the Geology of Mineral King, California, by A. Knopf and P. Thelen...... 13. Cold Water Belt Along the West Coast of the United States, by Ruliff S. Holway 14, The Copper Deposits of the Robinson Mining District, Nevada, by Andrew C. TG ANVSOD H.5-5o cod snnxacke ok ose eo oemsecnnnersese seepage Nee seas nae ace Ree ae ae ea oan ee eee & 15. I. Contribution to the Classification of the Amphiboles. 2 II. On Some Glaucophane Schists, Syenites, ete., by G. Murgoct............---scescneccesnes a 16. The Geomorphie Features of the Middle Kern, by Andrew ©. Lawson.............:. 17. Notes on the Foothill Copper Belt of the Sierra Nevada, by A. Knopf. 18. An Alteration of Coast Range Serpentine, by A. Knopf. Nios. 27 amd 18) in One, COVE I ea oc te ce ae nsec eme ee ee eae ee oe 19. The Geomorphogeny of the Tehachapi Valley System, by Andrew C. LaWs0D...---2nee- VOLUME 5 1. Carnivora from the Tertiary Formations of the John Day Region, by John SAL D7=) me 1c mena RO eR BO Uae er in a oem oarcee ee oce one iets 2. Some Edentate-like Remains from the Maseall Beds of Oregon, by William Jy Sinclair. 8. Fossil Mollusca from the John Day and Mascall Beds of Oregon, by Robert BE. C Stearns. Nos. 2 and): 11 Ome COV sce se cece cee eee eee oe 4. New Cestraciont Teeth from the West American Triassic, by Edna M. Wemple. 5. Preliminary Note on a New Marine Reptile from the Middle Triassic of Neva by John C. Merriam .........-esec-csccececeececeseccseseneeenensecnecssssnenenensnssnensnsnenensenensasesnsenecenensans . UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 24, pp. 443-464, pls. 22-25 Issued January 22, 1914 PLEISTOCENE BEDS AT MANIX IN THE EASTERN MOHAVE DESERT REGION BY JOHN P. BUWALDA CONTENTS PAGE NESGUUTT RONG WORE Sa es ae ee 443 General Geographic and Geologie Features of the Region —................. dt re -lerstocenen Golo pty, s.2:..sccescsees-n ace ccan 28s, ceeeec cceacseceteeedeehioeteeeeccsneepeeecenaeecees 445 IPANEMA LEN AUGH 1 Fe aed Kaye SS eee 446 deistocene Wacustrall Beds. .2222cc2-22...ccccc2- ese cceeecceces eaeceecceecceeseeceesceseceeeseaeeeeen=n 448 JESSEN MO SCS Se aap ar 448 Heh sical @ hava Glens exten ste enn Hoes See ee Ae ee ere cac se ces te Secs 449 RSIEIEe MEIC ayo ANIC 1 RAPT EMCO AM Sf ee er ee 450 ERD eA AR re oes reece enero t ste cece creat eae ete c1 enters Ne 22 NAS ere cosccsbencases 451 Deformation of the Fanglomerates and Lacustral Beds —....-2W.. 451 Mode of Origin and Cause of Disappearance of Manix Lake —.......... 454 SVE ler fi@) wei Oy se tena cess cso eae eco oe oon Pee decse scot ecu. <2edceacsae/nasetstsatens 454 WDrSappearancemoue tlie Male) 2. 2rccec.sxseeee segs eee ee ese seee oer ree oe see eco eee cece ee 455 Evidence of Climatic Change in the Manix Lake Region in Pleistocene ACTIN) ee kp a ER eee RRO 456 SOUDINI AT Vg cone Sees cess 2 Sete eco chee a steeeetssn sett Ee eres oe a ea eer eset Pak Nee 456 INTRODUCTION While engaged in the collection of fossil vertebrate material in the eastern Mohave Desert region for the Department of Palaeontology of the University of California, the writer exam- ined a series of Pleistocene mammal-bearing lake beds, which appear to have been deposited in the latest period of deforma- tion in that region. Excellent exposures of the beds occur along 444 University of California Publications in Geology [Vou.7 the Mohave River two miles southeast of Manix; the name Maniz Beds is therefore proposed for them. The Pleistocene lake in which they were deposited will be referred to as Manix Lake. The Manix Beds were brought to the attention of the writer by Mr. H. 8S. Mourning of Los Angeles, who had learned of the occurrence of vertebrate fossils in this formation from Mr. John T. Reed of San Bernardino. The writer is indebted to Professor John C. Merriam for the opportunity of engaging in the exam- ination and for subsequent advice and eriticism. No reference to Pleistocene lake-beds in this region has been found in the lterature. Some of the ranges surrounding the basin containing the Manix beds have, ‘however, received some attention from geologists. Lindgren,! Storms,? Campbell,° Keyes,! Baker,’ and others have studied the geology of the Calico Mountains to the west, and Storms® has published a brief account of the gold-bearing rocks of the Alvord Mountains to the north. The geologic results offered in this paper are to be considered as of no more than reconnaissance value, inasmuch as a large part of the time spent in the region was occupied in searching for vertebrate fossils in the lacustral beds. GENERAL GEOGRAPHIC AND GEOLOGIC FEATURES OF THE REGION The Manix Lake basin les about 120 miles northeast of Los Angeles, and twenty to forty miles east of Barstow, California. It is traversed by the lower course of the Mohave River, an inter- mittent stream which rises on the higher, less arid north slopes of the San Bernardino Mountains. After leaving the mountains 1 Lindgren, Waldemar, The silver mines of Calico, California, Trans. Am. Inst. Min. Engineers, vol. 15, pp. 717-7384, 1887. 2 Storms, W. H., Report on San Bernardino County, in 11th Ann. (1st Biennial) Report of the State Mineralogist, Calif. State Min. Bureau., pp. 337-869, 1893. 3 Campbell, M. R., Reconnaissance of the Borax Deposits of Death Valley and Mohave Desert, U. 8. Geol. Surv., Bull. no, 200, pp. 12-13, 1902. + Keyes, C. R., Borax deposits of the United States, Trans. Am. Inst. Min. Engineers, no. 34, pp. 867-9038, 1909. > Baker, C. L., Notes on the later Cenozoic History of the Mohave Desert Region in Southeastern California, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 6, no. 15, p. 849-853, 1911. 6 Storms, W. H., loc. cit. 1914] Buwalda: Pleistocene Beds in the Mohave Desert 445 the river runs northward along the eastern side of the relatively flat Mohave Desert for about forty miles to Barstow, and there turns eastward, entering a region of higher ranges. Its usually dry lower course reaches a point north of Scott on the Salt Lake railroad, fifty miles east of Barstow, where a playa lake receives and evaporates such of its flood waters as are not lost by evaporation en route in the extremely dry desert climate. This region of the lower Mohave River is an area of broad valleys and of rather bold ranges, which rise above the valleys one to three thousand feet. In its relief, climate, vegetation, and gen- eral physical aspect the region has the characteristics of the Great Basin, of which in reality it forms a part. In the discussion of the rocks three divisions will for conveni- ence be recognized: (1) the pre-Pleistocene rocks which form the floor and walls of the basin occupied by Manix Lake in Pleisto- eene time, (2) the Pleistocene fanglomerates underlying the Manix Beds, and (3) the Manix Beds of lacustral origin. PRE-PLEISTOCENE GEOLOGY The pre-Pleistocene formations are of diverse ages and char- acters. West of the Manix Lake basin lie the Calico Mountains (pl. 22), formed in part of the Rosamond Series, which consists of upper Miocene tuff-breecias, tuffs, coarse land-laid granitie de- posits, sandstones, limestones, and clays resting on rhyolite and overlaid uneonformably by a later lava flow. The rhyolite is said to rest on granitic rocks. To the north he the Alvord Mountains, Dunn Mountain, and Cave Mountain. The core of the Alvord Mountains consists of coarse granitic rock, presumably Mesozoie or older, in which he patches of limestone, marble, and schist; the mass is cut by numerous pegmatitie, aplitic, and basie dikes. On the eroded sur- face of the granite lies a series of basic lavas, presumably of middle Tertiary age. These are overlaid in turn, apparently con- formably, by at least several hundred feet of very coarse, granitic detritus. The structure of the eastern end of the Alvord Moun- tains is anticlinal with an east-west axis, but farther west it is 446 University of California Publications in Geology (Vou.7 possible that the south front represents a degraded fault scarp. East of the Alvord Mountains lies the well-rounded dome of Dunn Mountain, the mass of which appears to consist largely of schist. East of Dunn Mountain rises Cave Mountain. Through the south flank of this imposing granitic massif the Mohave River leaves the Manix Lake basin by a gorge cut in part in voleanies which overlie the granite. South of the Mohave River and east of the Manix Lake basin stand the Cady Mountains, of the geology of which little more was learned than that basic voleanics occur in the higher parts and that rhyolites with well-developed east-west slaty structure, probably of early Tertiary age, are present along the western flanks near Camp Cady. as 7 P : i ste . ’ 5 = a : be ; ; a a ¥ ‘ EXPLANATION OF PLATE 24 Fig. 1. North bank of Mohave River one mile southeast of Field. Coarse older fanglomerates on the left are brought up by post-lacustral fault. Finer fanglomerates on the right are horizontal. The contact is a plane movement, but perhaps not the main fault-plane. Note lack of bedding in coarse materials. Mohave River in foreground (February, 1913). Fig. 2. Looking west and up Mohave River, one mile southeast of Field. Scarp of post-lacustral fault as emboldened by backeutting of the Mohave into the coarse older fanglomerates. In foreground recent waste from coarse fanglomerates above overlies the fine fanglomerates. [462] [BUWALDA] VOL. 7, PL. 24 BUEE DEPT. GEOL. UNIV. CALIF. PUBL, ivy EXPLANATION OF PLATE 25 Fig. 1. One mile south of Field. Fine younger downthrown fanglom- erates in right middle distance dip northward into coarse older fanglomerates composing upthrown hill to the left. Downthrown strata uneonformably overlain by dark-colored southward-dipping Recent fanglomerates derived from hill above. Fig. 2. Three or four miles east of Afton. Showing depth of cafon cut across the anticlinal rim of Manix Lake basin by Mohave River in Pleistocene and Recent time. Irregularly arched older fanglomerates in middle distance, lying on older rocks of Cave Mountain exposed in fore- ground, Cady Mountains in far distance. [464] UNIV SCABIES PUBES BU DERI, GEOL [BUWALDA] VOL. 7, PL. 25 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 25, pp. 465-495, 15 text figures Issued January 22, 1914 THE PROBLEM OF AQUATIC ADAPTATION IN THE CARNIVORA, AS ILLUSTRATED IN THE OSTEOLOGY AND EVOLUTION OF THE SEA-OTTER BY WALTER P. TAYLOR UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS BERKELEY LEIPZIG BERLIN Agent for the series in American Arch- Agent for the series in American ie aeology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, aeology and Ethnology, Agricultural Science Economics, Education, History, Modern Botany, Geology, Mathematics, Patholo Philology, Philosophy, Psychology. Physiology, Zoology, and Memoirs. F Geology—ANbREW C. Lawsoy and JoHN C, Merriam, Editors. Price per volume, $3.50. Norz.—TYhe University of California Publications are offered in exchange for eations of learned societies and institutions, universities and libraries. oe all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample copies, publications and other information, address the Manager of the University Press, B California, U. S. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The Ex Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. S. A. . The Geology of the Upper Region of the Main Walker River, Nevada, by Dwight . A Primitive Ichthyosaurian Limb from the Middle Triassie of Nevada, by John . Areas of the California Neocene, by Vance C. Osmont.........-..---.----2cess-aterponcenseseccensnatnares . New Mammalia from the Quarternary Caves of California, by William J. Sinclair . Preptoceras, a New Ungulate from the Samwel Cave, California, by Eustace L. . Notes on the Foothill Copper Belt of the Sierra Nevada, by A. Knopf. . An Alteration of Coast Range Serpentine, by A. Knopf. . Carnivora from the Tertiary Formations of the John Day Region, by John an . Some Edentate-like Remains from the Mascall Beds of Oregon, by William x . Fossil Mollusca from the John Day and Mascall Beds of Oregon, by Robert E. a OTTO HARRASSOWITZ R. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN Volumes I (pp. 435), II (pp. 450), III (pp. 475), IV (pp. 462), V (pp. 448), Baie VI (pp. 454), and VII (pp. 500), completed. Vol. VIII in progress. Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. Volume 1, 1893-1896, 435 pp., with 18 plates, price 22022 se Sere eee Volume 2, 1896-1902, 450 pp., with 17 plates and 1 map, price —.._....----2------- Volume 3, 1902-1904, 482 pp., with 51 plates, price -.....22.-2022-2 cece ccna eee A list of the titles in volumes 1, 2 and 3 will be sent upon request. VOLUME 4, ETS MS TCH in nooo caee aba s a tocsonnsanedsQencodedlewndee A peeanapte gets nec eee ea a GP Merriam 52.232 atenitd cp ica atnatooettoncpttectannctossscubiedeetcspnmenentccaneibersd iter as sp nvage tens ae eee eee ee Géological Section of the Coast Ranges North of the Bay of San Francisco, by We ©; Osmont: os decade ne edie iii dite ae Contribution to the Palaeontology of the Martinez Group, by Charles E. Weaver New or Imperfectly Known Rodents and Ungulates from the John Day Series, by MWB tt sige) foe sae) E:inb i aaeeeeee oe sper ate Ra ee, MIA et RIE Pee ete Seranch en Scoxacomatcosrenmc TE) si Ves VeogR ee sree BARR Renner RRS ean enn A ree rceE Nr Sacha rH an Ea om sccec ese nn A New Sabre-tooth from California, by John C. Merriam . The Structure and Genesis of the Comstock Lode, by John A. Reid..........---.----r--ss---- . The Differential Thermal Conductivities of Certain Schists, by Paul Thelen............ . Sketch of the Geology of Mineral King, California, by A. Knopf and P. Thelen...... . Cold Water Belt Along the West Coast of the United States, by Ruliff 8. Holway . The Copper Deposits of the Robinson Mining District, Nevada, by Andrew C. LET 0 ee eRe ey ee ROR SE Spee BBE eB eer reece oor pen tie meecntegtosassteece etc at I. Contribution to the Classification of the Amphiboles. Il. On Some Glaucophane Schists, Syenites, ete., by G. Murgoct.......--------:sssecsesece The Geomorphie Features of the Middle Kern, by Andrew C. Lawson............1.---: Nos, 17-and. 18 3m One: COVE... os. necke---csncceenceestes ban -eamataantpe oon aendacesecvan aaeUdena== sees eee ‘15e . The Geomorphogeny of the Tehachapi Valley System, by Andrew C. Lawson............ VOLUME 5 INTO RTA TA. oo occ eceteace cts che ecc8 boens on ne bendo eed dapwande bode onde cede eee ceeap oe Sasetr nee taandile dae cneeere ace eee Sinclair. Stearns. Nos. 2 and S in Ome COWOR.2-2.0cc.cesct een o- stevens cene locnonnennnnnnamedecenete gene see=wanee n= no peena=nsa=anaaaa : New Cestraciont Teeth from the West American Tiaaie ae Edna M. Wemple..... t - liminary Note on a New Marine Reptile from the Middle Triassie of Nevada, ~ John Cy Merriaii.......c.-..0-esccscs-ceocbeccsnestecesecneonnnseneenscneagaeresasneercenaceasrassnacsnnsanansusnanaue=ns UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Vol. 7, No. 25, pp. 465-495, 15 text figures Issued January 22, 1914 THE PROBLEM OF AQUATIC ADAPTATION IN THE CARNIVORA, AS ILLUSTRATED IN THE OSTEOLOGY AND EVOLUTION OF THE SEA-OTTER BY WALTER P. TAYLOR CONTENTS ; PAGE BIRT TO CLT CO Tape nn seers secre ke ee INS cscs theteie estes ef ne ens vetueceiedcbcsscceSecesteeoes 466 Miatentallvandl Atckmiowled ements) <2... icf. acess nec ce ceeceneee cecceeeeee 467 He SP OTe Otsu MO mG IG CLA UUT C)2:2.82-ces-cc12c2<22-= send oeee-sateceesevccde=cévesssedescSeeesesaeditsseneets 469 Distribution and Classification of Latax -2.......20.221...22..222.ceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 470 VDSS een] oyu aC ae a ee 470 Classification and Relationships ...................-....------ssseecesseececeeeeeceeeeeeeeeee 470 Nature of the Characters Separating Latax and Lutra ...................... 473 Differential Characters, Osteological and Dental, Apparently Related COMA UaAtICE- Adaptations 2 ents. at ee ee 473 Characters Apparently not Related to Aquatie Adaptation -................... 475 Osteologyaamal embitvone Ot (ata xs dinae /omcethcne *0% AAAAdLLHN AN PALL! | LAA | | 4 OE wae s Naar ene x hana 5 ABapABAINN Gye oes ia AAa Ng, a 3 a s\ Pa and a naae ~ san ns apr) a ie SOR PRPPEP! | aaa es re “waa =, & rt f Phy oi aby Fel aar ' iG f mre TELE =| re An Re | ee i ei. Raman = gg AAS 06f Ue ee Aran @ se oy (a on mi be T aq St PT] A Ly “hat Aas Petia te ae 4 4 *| 5 “ Lae a rAMignaag ma Atte - i nana } wa ¥ \ Ab 3 Aa a Svea oe x: le ert xe fy aaa “waaa fs "ti “ana 2 A= . ~—~Aldy: eupan a. “4aae.* aS ° = YY} Nay ue Aa > 2 | LWA) 1A azaQarar® by aA wr tana. es am epariaitil as ry mes Tope E Me anaes a PAT ae ed, ' 4 a~* Gar . Saige aan AS | ga AAR aA : Wal ada Pane thks AMAL a ecole ee Sete A ne AMMAN a Berece Mn Pra Tt) Na nat Re z be Ae Bee tan. Mata a2, a Pots Sige ol : iy nedon £ Lape trontf = h,,* mAs a 2 a 4 a fork y pian OL oo nraanent er BARR RET KON OO ania ? Poiana Pe Reon: “e * ODM ApEn e a ; of os AANA elven ts : ian Aart ay aay’ ) -- AAapAbasMARn 5. - aerate ty 1 v= . SS ae = Le r ote a2 Aah argittt* ae A ' Bre. ell Lhe TNS & na Naaman gyanne a, anaes YY py A. aE ATS Sea perees a prasad igi ed val a n-mnesrh > p - asta Ala Saaant An. Aaa Herida BA A ag y Ae 4 a ’ ~S a ‘a i ARMeal & ,7 ~ as i BOR OOAR AR 4) rar ee e a p> ial a AN a oF a